100% menganggap dokumen ini bermanfaat (1 suara)

2K tayangan241 halaman

Modul Prof Umb Piping All (S)

for this one book you can use to piping drafting and piping design indonesia version

Diunggah oleh

ChandraBintang

Hak Cipta

Kami menangani hak cipta konten dengan serius. Jika Anda merasa konten ini milik Anda, ajukan klaim di sini.

Format Tersedia

Unduh sebagai PDF, TXT atau baca online di Scribd

100% menganggap dokumen ini bermanfaat (1 suara)

2K tayangan241 halaman

Modul Prof Umb Piping All (S)

for this one book you can use to piping drafting and piping design indonesia version

Diunggah oleh

ChandraBintang

Hak Cipta

Kami menangani hak cipta konten dengan serius. Jika Anda merasa konten ini milik Anda, ajukan klaim di sini.

Format Tersedia

Unduh sebagai PDF, TXT atau baca online di Scribd

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BUKU PEGANGAN
MAHASISWA
SISTEM PEMIPAAN 2009

VOLUME-1
VOLUME-2
LATIHAN-SOAL
By. Ir. Teguh Pudji Hertanto, M.Si

JANUARI 2009

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRAKATA
Buku ini di luncurkan sebagai buku pegangan bagi mahasiswa (peserta
kursus) sistem pemipaan atau yang tertarik dan berminat belajar sistem
pemipaan sebagai dasar keahlian yang dibutuhkan sehingga dapat membaca,
mengetahui dan membuat gambar suatu sistem pemipaan.
Penyajian tulisan ini dicoba dalam bentuk step-by-step dengan bahasa yang
lebih populer disertai dengan berbagai gambar, ilustrasi, tabel dan latihan
mandiri sehingga dapat lebih menarik dan memudahkan untuk dapat di
pelajari lebih mendalam.
Sajian buku ini hanya sebatas over view dan pengenalan tentang sistem
pemipaan, sedangkan bila ingin lebih sukses dan mudah mempelajarinya,
maka diharapkan untuk dapat membahas, latihan dan diskusi di dalam kelas.
Buku ini terbagi dalam 2 Volume, dimana volume ke-1 akan memaparkan
dan menyajikan suatu sistem pemipaan dalam lingkup penggambaran
(drafting) dan desain (design). Sehingga Mahasiswa (peserta) mengerti dan
mampu melakukan penggambaran baik 2 Dimensi ataupun 3 Dimensi
termasuk juga bagaimana melakukan desain pemipaan sebagaimana kaidahkaidah yang dipersyareatkan.
Volume ke-2 akan membahas sistem pemipaan dalam lingkup analisa
kekakuan (flexibility analysis) dan material pemipaan (piping material).
Dalam volume ini Mahsiswa (Peserta) di ajak untuk menghitung dan
menganalisa suatu sistem pemipaan sehingga tidak terjadi beban berlebih
akibat internal atau eksternal, juga mengerti dan memahami pemilihan dan
penggunaan material yang aman dan sesuai dengan kebutuhan.
Software yang dipergunakan dan wajib di kuasai oleh Mahasiswa (peserta)
meliputi penggambaran baik 2 D ataupun 3D dengan autocad dan PDMS,
serta penghitungan analisa tegangan pipa menggunakan caesar II.
Peran aktif Mahasiswa (Peserta) kursus diharapkan demi suksenya kegiatan
belajar mengajar ini.
Latihan dan diskusi kelas memberikan kontribusi
keberhasilan 80%, sedangkan bahan bacaan maksimum 20% mempengaruhi
tingkat keberhasilan.
Terima kasih kepada team pengajar Program studi profesional Keahlian
Sistem Pemipaan, dimana ini adalah pertama kalinya dilakukan pelatihan
secara komprehensif dan tepat guna sebagaimana kebutuhan aktual di
lapangan.

By. Ir. Teguh Pudji Hertanto, M.Si

JANUARI 2009

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pak Prawoto, yang telah memberikan banyak latihan soal (bongkar bahan/
materi training referensi waktu muda dulu udah lebih 30 tahun terpendam)
sehingga akan banyak membantu dalam meng-eksplore para mahasiswa
dalam design sistem pemipaan.
Pak Koko yang memberikan bahan masukan baik lisan maupun tulisannya
dan ide sehingga memperkaya isi tulisan.
Pak Beni, Pak Musofan, Pak
Yuriadi K dan Pak Hamid yang memberikan dukungan dan saran rembug dan
juga kesempatan sehingga pelatihan dan program ini bisa berjalan dan di
luncurkannya buku ini di lingkungan Universitas Mercu Buana.
Semoga buku ini bermanfaat bagi para pembaca sekalian.

Penulis,

By. Ir. Teguh Pudji Hertanto, M.Si

JANUARI 2009

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TENTANG TIM PENGAJAR.

Tim Pengajar di program ini adalah meraka yang telah bekerja di bidang
Piping Engineering, Procurement dan Construction lebih dari 10 tahun.
Banyak proyek khususnya di dalam negeri dari berbagai sektor petrokimia
dan Minyak & Gas pernah dikerjakan.
Koko Dwi Sulistyono, S.Pd. Adalah Designer di PT IKPT
yang saat ini masih terlibat dalam proposal untuk project di
Midle-East, joint venture dengan Petrofac (overseas company).
Yang bersangkutan akan memberikan pengajaran tentang
Piping drafting 2D.
Adalah Designer di PT Singgar-Doris
Ir. Musofan.
Engineering yang saat ini masih terlibat dalam project
dengan aplikasi PDMS 3D modelling, mengerjakan berbagai
project di dalam dan di luar negeri.
Yang bersangkutan
akan memberikan pengajaran tentang Piping drafting 3D.
Adalah Senior piping Engineer yang
Ir. Benny Setiawan.
saat ini masih bekerja sebagai piping stress Engineer di PT
Saipem, mengerjakan berbagai project di dalam dan di luar
negeri.
Yang bersangkutan akan memberikan pengajaran
tentang Flexibility Analysis.
Ir. Prawoto Martokusumo. Adalah Senior Piping Engineer
di PT IKPT yang saat ini masih terlibat dalam proposal untuk
project di Midle-East, joint venture dengan Petrofac (overseas
company). Memiki pengalaman lebih dari 30 tahun dengan
berbagai jabatan
(piping scope) di Engineering dan
Construction.
Yang bersangkutan akan memberikan
pengajaran tentang Piping Design.
Ir. Teguh Pudji Hertanto, M.Si.
Adalah Senior Piping
Engineer yang masih bekerja di PT IKPT sebagai piping Lead
untuk proposal proyek.
Juga lebih dari 5 tahun menjadi
dosen PKK di Universitas Mercu Buana untuk pengajaran
mata kuliah sistem pemipaan.
Yang bersangkutan akan
memberikan pengajaran tentang lingkup kerja dan tanggung
jawab seorang piping engineering dan pemahaman tentang
Material pemipaan.

By. Ir. Teguh Pudji Hertanto, M.Si

JANUARI 2009

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DAFTAR ISI

VOLUME -1

SISTEM PEMIPAAN ....................................................................................................................................... 4

PIPA ................................................................................................................................................................... 5

FITTING ............................................................................................................................................................ 7

PIPING DRAFTING AND

PIPING DESIGNING

FLANGE .......................................................................................................................................................... 15

MUR BAUT (BOLTS & NUTS) .................................................................................................................... 17

GASKETS ........................................................................................................................................................ 18
VALVES........................................................................................................................................................... 19

Mercubuana, Januari 2009

VOLUME-1

PERMUKAAN FLANGE .................................................................................................................................... 15

JENIS-JENIS FLANGE ...................................................................................................................................... 16

5.
7.

By team
Koko Dwi Sulistyono, S.Pd
Ir. Musofan
Ir. Benny SetIawan
Ir. Prawoto M
Ir. Teguh Pudji Hertanto, M.Si

LONG RADIUS ELBOW (WELD) ........................................................................................................................ 7

SHORT RADIUS ELBOW (WELD)....................................................................................................................... 8
MITER ELBOW (WELD) .................................................................................................................................... 8
45O ELBOW (WELD) ......................................................................................................................................... 9
TEE (WELD) ..................................................................................................................................................... 9
STUB-IN ......................................................................................................................................................... 10
COUPLING ..................................................................................................................................................... 11
REDUCERS ..................................................................................................................................................... 12
CAP ............................................................................................................................................................... 12
FITTING MAKE-UP .......................................................................................................................................... 12
ULIR FITTING & LAS-SOKET (THREADED & SOCKET WELD)........................................................................... 12
PIPE NIPLES ................................................................................................................................................... 14
SWAGE .......................................................................................................................................................... 14

GATE VALVES ............................................................................................................................................... 20

GLOBE VALVES ............................................................................................................................................. 20
ANGLE VALVES ............................................................................................................................................. 21
CHECK VALVES ............................................................................................................................................. 21
BALL VALVES ............................................................................................................................................... 22
PLUG VALVE ................................................................................................................................................. 22
BUTTERFLY VALVES ..................................................................................................................................... 22
RELIEF VALVES ............................................................................................................................................. 23
CONTROL VALVES......................................................................................................................................... 24
DIAPRAGM VALVE ........................................................................................................................................ 24
VALVE OPERATORS ....................................................................................................................................... 25
DIAGRAM ALIRAN DAN INSTRUMENTASI .......................................................................................... 26

FUNGSI DIAGRAM ALIRAN (FLOW DIAGRAM) ............................................................................................... 26

MACAM DARI DIAGRAM ALIRAN.................................................................................................................... 26
DIAGRAM ALIR INSTRUMENTASI ................................................................................................................... 29
SYMBOLOGY DAN SINGKATAN PEMIPAAN ..................................................................................................... 37
SPESIFIKASI PEMIPAAN............................................................................................................................ 39

10.

11.

CONTOH PIPING CLASS .................................................................................................................................. 41

GAMBAR ISOMETRIC............................................................................................................................ 43
DIMENSI DAN NOTASI GAMBAR ISOMETRIC .................................................................................................. 46
ISOMETRIC OFFSETS (GENERAL) ................................................................................................................... 46
MULTIPLE OFFSITE ........................................................................................................................................ 47
OFFSET PUTAR ............................................................................................................................................... 48
EQIPMENT LAYOUT .............................................................................................................................. 49

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 2 dari 126

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SISTEM KOORDINAT....................................................................................................................................... 49

SITE PLANS.................................................................................................................................................... 50

UNIT PLOTPLAN ............................................................................................................................................ 51

GAMBAR LOKASI EQUIPMENT ....................................................................................................................... 52

GAMBAR LOKASI PONDASI............................................................................................................................ 52

INDEKS GAMBAR PEMIPAAN ......................................................................................................................... 52

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

PLOTPLAN ................................................................................................................................................ 54
PENGEMBANGAN PLOTPLAN ......................................................................................................................... 54
MACAM-MACAM PLOTPLAN .......................................................................................................................... 57
TATA LETAK EQUIPMENT .............................................................................................................................. 58
PERTIMBANGAN PIPE RACKS ......................................................................................................................... 63
JALAN, JALUR AKSES DAN PAVING ................................................................................................................ 63
CONTOH MERANCANG PLOTPLAN ................................................................................................................. 66
PIPE RACKS .............................................................................................................................................. 69
PENENTUAN LEBAR, JARAK BENTANGAN DAN ELEVASI ................................................................................ 69
SETTING LINE, VALVE DAN LOKASI PERALTAN INSTRUMENTASI ................................................................... 75
KEKAKUAN PIPA DAN TUMPUAN ................................................................................................................... 76

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Sistem Pemipaan

Dalam dunia industri, khususnya di bidang petrokimia, oil and Gas baik
skala kecil hingga besar, sistem pemipaan merupakan bagian yang cukup
berperan dan memiliki nilai yang berarti.
Piping Designer / Engineer adalah individu yang memiliki latar belakang keilmuan yang tidak serta merta match & link dengan lulusan perguruan
tinggi.
Untuk itu maka pelatihan sistem pemipaan ini di berikan untuk
dapat memberikan pemahaman kepada masyarakat akademisi khususnya
yang berminat berkiprah di sektor industri petrokimia, minyak dan gas .
Sistem pemipaan bisa diibaratkan laksana saluran darah baik besar maupun
kecil juga arteri dan vena. Pemipaan menyalurkan dan mendistribusikan
darah kehidupan masyarakat moderen dewasa ini.

RANGKAIAN STRUKTUR ...................................................................................................................... 78

PERTIMBANGAN DESAIN STRUKTUR .............................................................................................................. 78
STRUKTUR SEDERHANA ................................................................................................................................ 80
STRUKTUR UKURAN BESAR ........................................................................................................................... 80
PIPA BAWAH TANAH (UNDERGROUND PIPING)............................................................................ 83
MACAM SISTEM ............................................................................................................................................. 83
MATERIAL YANG BANYAK DI PERGUNAKAN ................................................................................................. 84
BUANGAN LIMBAH KIMIAWI DAN PROSES (TERTUTUP) .................................................................................. 84
PROSES DAN POTABLE WATER ...................................................................................................................... 86
SISTEM AIR UNTUK PEMADAM KEBAKARAN .................................................................................................. 88
DUCT UNTUK KABEL LISTRIK DAN INSTRUMENTASI ...................................................................................... 91
DETAIL LAINNYA .......................................................................................................................................... 92
PERALATAN INSTRUMENTASI........................................................................................................... 95
JENIS PERALATAN INSTRUMENTASI ............................................................................................................... 95
PERLETAKAN PERALATAN INSTRUMENTASI ................................................................................................... 96
PIPING ARRANGEMENT ....................................................................................................................... 98
PENGATURAN GAMBAR ................................................................................................................................. 98
TENTANG PIPING DESIGNER .......................................................................................................................... 98
SUMBER INFORMASI (UPSTREAM DATA) ....................................................................................................... 98
PROSEDUR TATA LETAK................................................................................................................................ 98
PENGATURAN GAMBAR TATA LETAK PEMIPAAN .......................................................................................... 99
TABEL DAN DIMENSI .......................................................................................................................... 118
FITTING (WELD)........................................................................................................................................... 118
WELDED FITTING-FLANGES (150# RF WN)................................................................................................ 119
VALVE (150#) ............................................................................................................................................. 120
FITTING-FLANGE (WELD) 300#RF ............................................................................................................. 121
VALVES (300#) ........................................................................................................................................... 122
FITTINGS-FLANGE (WELD) 600# RF........................................................................................................... 123
VALVES (600#) ........................................................................................................................................... 124
SCREWED FITTINGS ..................................................................................................................................... 125
SOCKET-WELD FITTINGS ............................................................................................................................. 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 3 dari 126

Dalam masyarakat perkotaan saat ini sistim distribusi arir minum contoh
sederhana dari sebuah sistem pemipaan yang sederhana, termasuk juga
sistem distribusi lainnya seperti crude oil pipeline, LNG pipeline dsb.
Begitupun dalam plant petrochemical, kita akan menemui sistem pemipaan
yang lebih kompleks sebagai media hantar antar equipment (point to point)
dengan fluida pada setting service baervariasi.
Piping termasuk pipe, flanges, fittings, bolting, gaskets, valves, dan special
items adalah komponen / assesoris dari sistem pemipaan, termasuk juga pipe
hangers dan juga pipe support nya.
Penulisan buku pegangan sistem pemipaan ini diambil dari berbagai sumber
baik berupa handbook, bahan-bahan pelatihan (training) di dalam dan luar
negeri, publikasi ilmiah maupun internet.
Jika ingin memperdalam dan memahami sistem pemipaan, diharapkan
kepada mahasiswa untuk dapat menggali lebih dalam sebagaimana bahanbahan referensi pada mata kuliah ini maupun sumber-sumber lain yang di
publikasikan maupun sebagai referensi di dalam industri petrokima / oil &
gas.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 4 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Pipa

Selain NPS dikenal juga DN (Diameter Nominal) berdasarkan metric unit,

yang di kembangkan dari International Standard Organization (ISO).

Sudah sejak lama manusia mengenal adanya sistem pemipaan, dimana

untuk memenuhi kebutuhan akan pengairan (distribusi air) melalui saluran
batang bambu (bahan alam).
Pertama kali sistem pemipaan
mengguanakan logam adalah di Greek dan Romawi yang terbuat dari lead
dan bronze, dimana saat itu tehnologi pengecoran logam mulai dikenal.

Ukuran pipa dalam NPS dan DN

Selanjutnya sistem pemipaan berkembang dengan material logam yang

bervariasi seiring dengan tingkat perkembangan dan kebutuhan
masyarakat, yang akhirnnya saat ini berbagai logam hingga non logam
berkembang pesat dalam dunia industri termasuk juga sistem pemipaannya.
Ukuran pipa di identifikasi dengan kategori
ukuran, yaitu : nominal pipe size (NPS),
outside diameter (OD), dan inside
diameter (ID), sebagaimana yang di
tunjukkan pada gambar di sebelah.

Dimensi pipa ini mengacu pada code :

ASME B36.10M Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe
ASME B36.19M Stainless Steel Pipe

NPS digunakan hanya untuk menyebutkan

ukuran pipa komersial saja.
Tebal pipa (Wall Thickness) adalah
istilah untuk tebal dinding pipa,
yang mengacu pada pipes weight
yaitu standard, extra strong dan
double extra strtong.
Saat ini
juga dikenal sebagai schedule,
yaitu S10, S20, S30, dst.

Penggambaran Pipa
Pipa menjadi acuan dalam perhitungan termasuk juga koneksi dengan
aksesoris nya seperti fitting, flange dsb.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 5 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 6 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Fitting

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Short Radius Elbow (weld)

Jenis elbow yang lain adalah yang short yang
penggunaanya sesuai kebutuhan, karenanya
khusus dan jarang di pergunakan.
Kekhususan penggunaanya dikarena jenis elbow
ini memiliki nilai penurunan tekanan (pressure
drop) yang lebih besar dari pada yang long
radius.

Fitting di buat sebagai bagian suatu sistem pemipaan yang berfungsi untuk
merubah arah aliran (seperti elbow), membuat percabangan (seperti Tee)
atau untuk mengecilkan ukuran pipa (seperti reducer), sebagaimana
ditunjukkan di gambar atas.

Long Radius Elbow (weld)

Elbow jenis ini banyak dipergunakan.
Besar radius nya adalah 1 Nominal Size
nya.

Miter Elbow (weld)

Jenis
elbow
yang
terbuat dari potongan
potongan pipa adalah
Miter.
Penggunaanya
juga
tertentu di karenakan
tidak sehalus aliaran
elbow diatas.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 7 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 8 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

45o Elbow (weld)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stub-in
Jenis percabangan lainnya adalah stub-in, dimana percabangan langsung
pada pipa utamanya. Jenis ini banyak dipergunakan sebagai alternativ dari
pengguanaan Reducing tee, tetapi penggunaannya disesuaikan dengan
kalkulasi dan dinyatakan pada class piping di piping specification.

Jenis elbow ini adalah setengan dari Elbow 90 derajat, sebagaimana pada
gambar diatas. Pemilihannya selain untuk space yang lebih irit juga irit
material cost.

Berikut adalah lasan minimum pada pemakaian stub-in

Tee (weld)
Komponen pemipaan yang membuat percabangan dimana size cabang nya
sama dengan size utamanya adalah Tee, sedangkan bila ukuran
percabangannya lebih kecil disebut dengan Reducer Tee.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 9 dari 126

Bila service dan temperaturnya cukup tinggi dan dari hasil perhitungan
stub-in tidak mencukupi maka harus di beri penguatan (reinforcment), bisa
berupa pad, saddle ataupun o-let..

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 10 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reducers
Bila dalam sistem pemipaan dibutuhkan adanya perubahan ukuran, maka
dibutuhkanlah reducer fitting ini. Ada 2 jenis reducer yang dipergunakan,
yaitu concentric dan eccentric.

Cap
Untuk mengakhiri suatu line pemipaan (titik buntu), maka dipergunakanlah
cap ini. Penggambaran cap ini harus selalu dalam double line.

Fitting make-up
Pada situasi tertentu dalam desain
pemipaan,
bisa karena space yang
sempit maka dilakukan penyambungan
antar fiting tanpa ada spool pipa, hal
ini di kenal dengan fitting make-up.

Coupling
Coupling ini adalah jenis komponen
pemipaan yangdipergunakan pada
sambungan ukuran kecil seperti lassoket (socket weld) dan ulir (threaded).
Umumnya diperlukan untuk koneksi
ke peralatan instrumentasi.

VOLUME-1

Ulir Fitting & las-soket (threaded & socket weld)

Untuk pipa ukran kecil atau
dipergunakan sambungan ini.

Halaman : 11 dari 126

VOLUME-1

koneksi

instrumentasi

biasanya

Halaman : 12 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pipe Niples
Nah, untuk penyambunga dengan ulir dan las-soket ini tidak bisa dilakukan
secara fitting make-up, karena dibutuhkan spool. Spool pipa ini dikenal
dengan pipe nipple. Panjang nya pipe nipple bervariasi tergantung dari
kebutuhannya.

Swage
Untuk merubah ukuran pipa pada
diamater pipa yang kecil dikenal
dengan swage, yang koneksinya adalah
ulir atau las-soket.
Jadi fungsinya
seperti reducer, karenanya ada yang
concentric dan juga eccentric.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 13 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 14 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Flange

Untuk
temperatur
dan
pressure yang sangat tinggi,
maka dipergunakan jenis
flange
yang
ring-type,
dimana dibuat groove pada
permukaan flange untuk
perletakan
ring
nya.
Seperti gambar di samping.

Untuk melakukan sambungan

secara mekanis menggunakan
mur-baut dengan perapatnya
(gasket) untuk menghindari
kebocoran
karena
tidak
dengan
pengelasan,
maka
dipergunakanlah sambungan
Flange.
Flange adalah komponen pemipaan yang banyak dipergunakan pada
sambungan ke nozzle, valve, dsb yang mudah untuk dilakukan maintanance.
Pada peng-aplikasiannya flange juga mengacu kepada pipa untuk ketebalan
nya disamping besaran pressurenya yang dinyatakan dalam rating class.
Besaran nilai rating class pada ANSI B 16.5 menunjukkan nilai korelasi
pressure dan temperaturnya pada nilai MAWP (Maximum Allowable
Working Pressure).

Jenis-jenis Flange
Flange ini di kembangkan untuk berbagai keperluan dan aplikasi, sehingga
muncullah ber-variasi jenis flange, seperti : weld neck flange, threaded
flange, socket-welded flange, slip-on flange, lap-joint flange, reducing
flange, blind flange dan orifice flange.

Satuan rating ini biasa dalam pond ratings, yaitu 150#, 300#, 400#, 600#,
900#, 1500#, dan 2500#. Nah, kalau untuk Cast Iron ratingnya 25#, 125#,
250# dan 800#.

Permukaan Flange
Permukaan flange ini harus diperhatikan, karena tingkat kemungkinan
kebocorannya yang tinggi, meskipun telah diberi perapat (gasket).
Karenanya ada tingkat kekasaran permukaan pada flange ini.
Jenis permukaan flange ini ada yang Flat Face, Raised face dan Ring-type
Joint.
Flat face seperti gambar disamping
dimana permukaannya datar (flat)
dan umumnya dipergunakan untuk
rating rendah. Begitupun cast iron.
Raised face adalah jenis flange yang
banyak di pakai dalam ketahanan
rating yang medium.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 15 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 16 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. Gaskets

Sebagai perapat ikatan Flange

adalah gasket untuk pencegah
kebocoran. Bahan gasket ini bisa
dari rubber, neoprene, teflon, dan
juga kombinasi nya dengan metal.
Jenis gasket ini mengikuti
permukaan dari flange, yaitu :
Full face, Flat ring dan metal
ring. Umumnya ketebalan gasket
ini adalah 7/8 (3.175 mm).

Flat ring gasket

5. Mur Baut (Bolts & Nuts)

Untuk penyambungan antar-Flange atau
Flange dengan komponen lainnya maka
diikat secara mekanis dengan mur-baut
(Bolts & Nuts).

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 17 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 18 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. Valves

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gate Valves

Valve adalah bagian yang sangat esensial pada sistem pemipaan. Kegunaan
dari valve pada sitem pemipaan selain untuk block / stop aliran juga untuk
pencegah aliran balik, pengaturan aliran dan sebagainya, sehingga jenis dan
konstruksi dan material dari valve pun menyesuaikannya.

Gate valve ini adalah jenis valve yang banyak

dipergunakan sebagai isolation valves.

Valve pula yang membantu pada sisi maintaining maupun breaking

vacuum, karena valve mampu untuk memaintain tekanan atau temperatur
dari aliran.

Gate valve tidak digunakan untuk regulation atau

throtling
dari
aliran
dikarenakan
akurasi
pengendaliannya terhadap aliran yang rendah.

Penggunaanya umumnya adalah untuk bukaan

penuh atau tutupan penuh.

Pengoperasian dari valve ada yang manual maupun menggunakan aktuator

yang menggunakan motor, pneumatic, hydraulik, atau kombinasinya.
Klasifikasi berdasarkan pengaturan aliran
1. Closing Down
2. Sliding
3. Rotating
4. Flexing of Valve body
Klasifikasi berdasarkan Ukuran Valve (Sizing)
1. Small Size. Ukuran valve sampai dengan 2 (DN 50)
2. Large Size. Mulai NPS 2 (DN 65) ke atas

Globe Valves

Klasifikasi berdasarkan Pressure vs Temperature

Presure-Temperature ratting dari valve di disain berdasarkan class number.
Berdasarkan material construction nya, maka pressure-temperature setiap
class di tabelkan pada MAWP.
Jenis valve berdasarkan Pengaturan aliran.

Globe, Piston (Valve)

VOLUME-1

Gate (Valve)

Plug, Ball, Butterfly

(Valve)

Pinch, Diaphragm

Halaman : 19 dari 126

Globe valve banyak di pergunakan sebagai throtling.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 20 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Angle Valves

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ball Valves

Ball valve adalah uarter-turn valve yang banyak dipergunakan untuk

service gas, compressed air dan liquid.
Penggunaannya juga kadangkala pada lurry service dengan
pertimbangan khusus.
Angle valve banyak juga dipergunakan seperti halnya globe valve, yaitu
untuk throtling.

Plug Valve

Check Valves

Plug valves juga dikenal sebagai COCKS umumnya dipergunakan sama

sebagaimana gate valve tetapi dengan kecepatan operasi shut-off yang lebih
cepat. Penggunaannya pada service steam, water, oil, gas dan cairan kimia
service.
Plug valve tidak di disain untuk regulation of flow.

Butterfly Valves

Check valve didesain untuk membuat arah aliran hanya satu arah saja
dengan minimum resistance dan mencegah terjadinya aliran balik dengan
minimum kebocoran.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 21 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 22 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Valves
Control valve adalah valve yg digunakan untuk mengontrol kondisi operasi
seperti temperature, pressure, flow dan liquid level dengan cara membuka
atau menutup atau membuka sebagian flow sebagai respond sinyal yg
diterima dr controller yg membandingkan satu setpoint(nilainya diukur oleh
sensor yg memonitor perubahan kondisi) ke variable process yg diinginkan
(nilainya ditentukan oleh operator).
Butterfly valve digunakan untuk mengendalikan dan mengatur atau
throtle dari aliran pada suatu sistem pemipaan.
Karakteristiknya adalah beroperasi dengan cepat dan memiliki pressure
drop yang rendah. Kebutuhan putaran bukaan/tutup hanya seperempat
putaran saja.
Butterfly di produksi untuk size mulai 1 hingga 200.
Produksinya juga bisa flanged, wafer dan lug, atu single-flange type
design.
Butterfly valve di buat dengan metal-to-metal seats, soft seats dan
dengan fully lind body and disk.

Fungsi control valve :

- merupakan final control element
- untuk throttling (memberikan bukaan yg presisi dg sinyal manipulated
variable).

Relief Valves
Relief Valve ini sedikit berbeda
fungsinya dengan valve lain
diatas, yakni untuk menjaga
tekanan dalam line pipa, bila
berlebih maka secara otomatis
(berdasarkan setting an) akan di
lepaskan dari dalam line pipa
tersebut

VOLUME-1

Diapragm Valve

Semua diaphragm valve adalah bidirectional.

Penggunaannya sebagai on-off dan throlting valves. Diaphragm valve
memiliki keuntungan digunakan pada aliran dengan tekanan yang
rendah dibandingkan dengan jenis valve yang lain karena aliran fluida
akan smooth dan streamlined dengan pressure drop yang sangat rendah.
Cocok untuk dipergunakan sebagai moderate throtling.

Halaman : 23 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 24 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Valve Operators
Valve operator merupakan suatu mekanisme pada valve (baik untuk buka
atau tutup) sehingga valve befungsi sebagaimana mestinya. Operasinya
bisa berupa secara manual ataupun otomatis.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. Diagram Aliran dan Instrumentasi

Diagram aliran menjelaskan dan menceritakan secara skematik suatu

proses aliran fluida atau gas dalam suatu unit dan atau plant.
Karena merupakan skematik sehingga terdiri dari banyak symbol-symbol
yang dipergunakan seperti symbol equipment, symbol piping, symbol
instrument, dan sebagainya.... Nah, anda harus mencoba supaya familier
dengan per-symbol-an ini ya.
Selain symbol juga banyak singktan-singkatan yang musti juga di ingat.
Pada contoh di bawah di berikan symbol dan singkatan yang umum dan
banyak di pergunakan di berbagai project.

Fungsi Diagram aliran (Flow Diagram)

Flow diagram ini oleh piping gruop di perlukan untuk mngembangkan
Equipment Layout hingga Plot Plan.
Nah, saat melakukan pengaturan
tata letak equipment tersebut, Flow diagram menjadi acuan sehingga
secara urutan yang logis dari aliran proseslah secara berkelompok
equipment itu di letakkan.
Nah, pada perkembangan selanjutnya flow diagram yang secara detail
menjadi Piping & Instrument (P&ID) ini menjadi referensi khususnya
piping designer untuk melakukan routing pipa dengan juga
memperhatikan kaidah-kaidah design practice.

Macam dari diagram aliran

Seorang process engineer bertanggung jawab untuk melakukan
pengembangan dari diagaram alir (flow diagram) ini. Dengan berbagai
perangkat software dari mulai menghitung dan menggambar di
pergunakan untuk pengembangan diagram alir ini.
Process Flow diagram
Biasa dikenal dengan Aliran diagram proses (process flow diagramPFD).
Didalamnya termasuk indikasi :
Equipment Utama (major Equipment)
Piping Utama (main piping)
Temperatur dan Tekanan Operasi
Peralatan utama instrumentasi (major instrumentation)
Kondisi disain adalah nilai dimana batas tertinggi (limit) dari peralatan
dapat dipergunakan, dan biasanya nilai ini hampir tidak pernah tercapai.
Dibawah di tunjukkan contoh diagram aliran proses.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 25 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 26 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mechanical Flow Diagram.

Biasanya disebut juga dengan P&ID (Piping and Instrument Diagram).
Sering kali juga disebut sebagai kitab sucinya dari proses disain, dimana
menjadi rujukan piping designer dalam bekerja (melakukan routing pipa).
Didalamnya termasuk indikasi :
Pipe line number dan arah aliran
Pipe class dan ukuran line
Semua equipment
Semua valves dan Spesial items
Semua peralatan instrumentasi dengancontrolling device.
Pendefinisian di P&ID ini harus berurutan secara tepat dan detail,
dimana seluruh peralatan pabrik (Equipment), valves, piping special
items, peralatan instrumentasi, seluruh koneksi antar peralatan sehingga
piping line secara mudah untuk dibaca dan dilakukan routingnya.
Di bawah dilampirkan contoh P&ID.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 27 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 28 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Utility Flow Diagram

Pada diagram jenis ini di tunjukkan piping, valves, special items dan
peralatan instrumentasi untuk basis plant utiliti, ndak ada proses disini
ya.

Controler (C), Indicator (I), Gauge (G), Alarm (A) dan Recorder
(R).
ANSI ISA-S5.1 adalah standard referensi dari simbologi instrumentasi.

Service utiliti ini menjadi plant pendukung dari process plant, sehingga
cukup penting juga. Kebutuhan utiliti ini melayani Steam, Water, Air,
Gas dan sewer drain.
Beberapa sistem dari utility ini diantaranya adalah :
Steam
Condensate
Fuel oil
Utility air
Instrument air
Cooling water
Drainage system
Flare system
Diagram aliran ini adalah dokumen yang dinamis, dimana selalu ada
kemungkinan dilakukan revisi dan update sesuai dengan perubahan
akibat kebutuhan dari client ataupun modifikasi regulasi dari
pemerintah.
Gambar dibawah contoh dari utility flow diagram

General instrumentation atau Fungsi simbol

PRIAMARY LOCATION
NORMALLY ACCESSIBLE
TO OPERATOR

FIELD MOUNTED

AUXILIARY LOCATION
NORMALLY
ACCESSIBLE TO
OPERATOR

DISCRETE
INSTRUMENTS
SHARED DISPLAY,
SHARED CONTROL
COMPUTER
FUNCTION
PROGRAMMABLE
LOGIC CONTROL

Diagram alir Instrumentasi

Fungsi peralatan instrumentasi dalam suatu line pemipaan adalah
memonitor veriabel perubahan / kondisi line tsb. Ada 4 (empat
kelompok utama instrumentasi yang di pasang, yaitu Aliran/flow (F),
Level (L), Tekanan/Pressure (P), dan Suhu/Temperature (T).
Jenis peralatan yang digunakan untuk kendali dan monitor yaitu :

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 29 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 30 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control valve body symbols, damper symbols

Symbols for self-actuated regulators, valves, and other devices

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 31 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 32 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Primary element symbols

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 33 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 34 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 35 dari 126

Halaman : 36 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Di bawah adalah contoh symbol peralatan instrumentasi.

Symbology dan singkatan pemipaan

Pada gambar di bawah ditunjukkan contoh piping symbol yang sering
di pergunakan.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 37 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 38 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9. Spesifikasi Pemipaan

Setiap orang dalam suatu kelompok yang bekerja atau bermain bersama
tentunya punya aturan main yang disepakati bersama agar pekerjaab atau
permainan itu berjalan dengan benar sesuai aturan.
Nah, hal itupun diperlukan dalam melakukan kegiatan pembangunan
fasilitas sistem pemipaan. Sebagaimana ilustrasi diatas pada pengerjaan
proyek fasilitas pemipaan pun dibutuhkan basic guidelines, code dan
spesifikasi termasuk juga standard dan prosedure nya.
Spesifikasi ini pada tingkat lanjutnya dikembangkan hingga tingkat khusus
sebagai guidlines untuk desain, fabrikasi dan konstruksi.
Penulisan/pendokumentasian spesifikasi
keseragaman harus dibuat secara detail.

demi

untuk

konsistensi

dan

Umumnya pada spesifikasi sistem pemipaann berisikan : (contoh...) Lihat

di Daftar Spesifikasi, Standard dan Prosedure di Volume-2.
Untuk melakukan aplikasi desain pemipaan pun juga penggambarannya,
biasanya dibatasi dan diatur dalam suatu spesifikasi, yaitu Specification of
Piping Design dan Standard Drawing procedure.
Contoh Sebagaimana gambar dibawah untuk clearence dan accessibility.
7.1.1
7.1.2
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.3
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.5
7.3.6

Minimum headroom clearance over secondary roadways is l0'-0".

Minimum width of secondary roadways is l0'-0" excluding 3'-0"shoulders.
Walkways
Maintain a minimum headroom clearance of 7'-0".
Maintain a minimum horizontal clearance of 2'-6".
Platform
Minimum platform width is 2-6 .
Minimum headroom clearance above platforms is 7'-0"
Platforms shall be placed 2'-6" below the centerline of manways.
Maximum vertical distance between platforms (laders,der length) is 30'-0".
Minimum clearance around any platform obstruction 1-3
Cages are not required for ladders 8-0 long or less or ladders that end 20-0 or
less above the high point of paving.
7.3.7 Platforms shall be provided for manways which have a centerline 15'-0" or
higher above high point of paving.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 39 dari 126

Dibawah ditunjukkan penomoran dari line number :

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 40 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Salah satu spesifikasi adalah

Spesifikasi of piping material
class.
Di line number diatas
dicontohkan
sebagai
A15.
Pembagian
atas
class
ini
didasari atas pengelompokkan
atas service nya (termasuk juga
fluida,
temperatur
dan
pressurenya),
kelompok
material pipanya, dan besaran
dari corrosion allowance.

Contoh piping class

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 41 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 42 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10. Gambar Isometric

Gambar isometric adalah salah satu produk gambar suatu sistem pemipaan
laksana bentukan 3 dimensi (pictorial). Jadi penggambaran isometric atau
biasa kita panggil iso menunjukkan dimensi panjang, lebar dan tinggi
laksana 3 dimensi.
Perbedaan gambar orthographic dengan gambar isometric.

Dibawah ditunjukkan penggambaran piping component dalam isometric.

Untuk latihan, cobalah membuat dengan tarikan tangan, selanjutnya
dengan AutoCad.

Pada penggambaran orthographic untuk penunjukannya membutuhkan

pandangan samping, sedangkan isometric tidak perlu ada tambahan
pandangan samping.
TEES

Nah, supaya penggambaran tampak 3 dimensi bisa terlihat dan terproyeksi

kan dalam ta,pak 2 dimensi, maka harus di buat dalam ukuran garis axes
30o terhadap bidanghorizontalnya.
Penggambaran piping isometric ini sangat penting untuk
keperluan, mulai dari MTO (material take-off), hingga konstruksi.

REDUCERS
ELBOWS

berbagai

Pada MTO ini, setiap material per- individual line number, komponen piping
nya di hitung (pipes, fittings, flanges, valves, gaskets, bolts&nuts, dsb) dalam
suatu tabulasi sehingga didapat jumlah nya untuk selanjutnya akan di order
untuk pembeliannya oleh procurement.
Pada fase konstruksi gambar isometrik ini juga diperlukan untuk fabrikasi,
spool drawing dan pemasangannya.

CAP (WELD)

FLOW, NOZ, FLG

GATE, GLOBE (VALVE)

Nah jelasnya di gambar di bawah terlihat untuk kondisi dan routing yang
sama antara orthograpic dan isometric.
Perhatikan referensi
penggambarannya, yaitu penunjukkan arah gambar (Utara / North) dan
turning point (TP). Pasti bisa lah.....
VOLUME-1

Halaman : 43 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 44 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dimensi dan Notasi Gambar Isometric

FIELD, DUMMY (SUPPORT)

CHECK, CONTROL, PSV
(VALVE)

Konfigurasi Isometric.

Standard

Alternative-1

Alternative-2

Pada umunya pemberian dimensi dan notasi gambar isometrik sebagaimana

standard diatas, tetapi juga bisa di tolerir untuk penulisan sebagaimana
alternative 1 atau 2.

Isometric Offsets (General)

Pada gambar diatas dimana sebuah individual line number 01-2-C30-10

menghubungkan Vessel V-101 pada Nozzle N1 dan Vessel E-101 pada
Nozzle C.
Perhatikan routing nya secara PLAN dan tampak Samping (East & North)
dan Gambar Isometric nya.
Cobalah Gambarkan dan Diskusikan di kelas !

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 45 dari 126

Perhatikan gambar isometrik diatas, dimana ke

tiganya terdapat offset pada lintasan sudut 45o.
Nah...ingat dong dengan hukum phytagoras...
dimana panjang titik panjang pada sudut 45o
adalah akar pangkat 2 dari penjumlahan 2 kali
pangkat 2 sisi pendeknya....
lihat formulasi
disebelah ya..
VOLUME-1

Halaman : 46 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Multiple Offsite

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Offset putar

Sekarang bagaimana bila offsetnya tidak cuman satu.

Seperti contoh
gambar di bawah, dimana posisi nozzle yang tidak 90o, memungkinkan
terjadinya multiple offset....

Bagaimana sekarang bila offsetnya

menurun sehingga laksna berputar,
seperti tampak pada gambar di samping.
Diskusikan
dan
coba
membuat
isometriknya.
Lalu coba hitung
dimensinya dengan nilai asumsi yang
diberikan oleh instruktur di kelas....

Hitunglah berapa panjang pipa ? bila

di ketahui koordinat nozzle W 125-0
posisi pipa arah selatan W 122-6
besar
sudut
nozle
20o,
dsb
sebagaimana gambar kiri atas,
sehingga diketahui nilai panjang
seperti gambar segitiga sebelah kiri.
Jawabannya adalah

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 47 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 48 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11. Eqipment Layout

Tata letak Peralatan (Equipment) dalam suatu plan merupakan bagian

yang sangat penting dalam perencanaan pembangunan pabrik (plan),
karena menyangkut berbagai hal mulai dari keselamatan, keamanan,
akses keluar masuk, estetika hingga efisiensi pembiayaan.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

top of steel
bottom of pipe
face of flange
top of platform

T.O.S. EL. 112'-0"

B.O.P.EL. 112'-0"
F.O.F. EL. 105 '-0"
TO. PLAT. EL. 137'-6"

Sistem koordinat
Plot plan, gambar lokasi fondasi, dan gambar lokasi peralatan di
kembang kan menggunakan sistem koordinat dari plant.

Gambar diatan menunjukan sistem elevasi plant.

Jadi untuk menghitung dimensi horizontal mempergunakan koordinat
sedangkan dimensi vertikal menggunakan elevasi.

Site Plans
Titik koordinat seperti halnya sistem koordiant Cartesian, seperti
gambar diatas, suatu titik koordinat dari persilangan garis utaraselatan dengan timur barat.
Beberapa hal yang berkaitan dengan koordinat sistem ini adalah
elevasi. Beberapa terimonologi penting lainnya adalah sbb :
Piping Terminology

Piping Callout

grade elevation
high point of paving
center line elevation
top of concrete

GRADE EL.100'-0"
H.P. PAVING l00'-0"
CL. 102'-0"
T.O.C. EL. 101 '-0"

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 49 dari 126

Departemen civil akan menyiapkan topografik yang akan diperguna

kan sebagai site plans untuk fasilitas pemipaan
Site plans merupakan tampak menyeluruh yang menunjukan lokasi
project dan segala fasilitas lingkungan sekitanya, sepertinjalan raya,
jalur kereta api, pelabuhan laut, jalur-jalur kapal laut, pelabuhan
udara, dan sekitarnya.
Gambar-gambar itu tidak ditunjukkan sedemikian ditailnya, dan bila
ada yang ingin di tunjukkan beberapa are yang detil, dibuatlah kotak
doted dan ditunjukkan area detail yang dimaksud.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 50 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit Plotplan

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gambar Lokasi Equipment

Unit plot plans adalah bagian atau unit dari suatu plot plan yang
dimana di beri batasan area yang disebut dengan battery limit.
Battery limit umumnya di gambar dengan skala 1:20, atau 1:30 atau
1:30.
Di dalam unit plot plan di tunjukkan lokasi dari bangunan, peralatan
pabrik (equipment), pipe racks, dan item-item lainnya yang dianggap
penting dalam suatu plot plans. Penunjukan arah utara sebenarnya
(true north) dan utara gambar (plan north) wajib di tunjukkan.

Didalam perencanaan pengembangan suatu plot plan, berdasarkan

permintaan dan kebutuhan akan ruang untuk peralatan (equipment),
selanjutnya di tentukanlah lokasi dan koordinat dari equipment tsb.
Contoh gambar suatu lokasi peralatan (equipment).

Piping Engineering yang biasanya bertanggung jawab untuk

melakukan pengembangan dari suatu unit plot plan. Pengembangan
dari plot plan ini berdasarkan dari data / dokumen P&ID (Piping &
Instrument Diagram), spesifikasi dari Client, Codes & Standrds.
Contoh gambar suatu unit plot plan.

Gambar Lokasi Pondasi

Departemen civil membutuhkan informasi lokasi pondasi ini yang
harus di tunjukkan baik untuk pondasi euipment, tumpuan struktur
juga gedung.

Indeks Gambar Pemipaan

Drawing Indeks di kembangkan dari plot plan. Gambar indeks ini
membagi plot plan dalam area-area gambar yang lebih kecil, dimana
batas gambarnya kita sebut match lines. Bagian-bagian kecil ini di
beri label, yang bila disusun menjadi bagian utuh suatu plot plan
ya, seperti bermain puzzle deh ya

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 51 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 52 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gambar di bawah menunjukkan contoh suatu drawing index

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12. Plotplan

Plot plan adalah salah satu dokumen kunci yang di hasilkan selama
fase engineering yang merupakan plot dari berbagai fasilitas proses.
Didalamnya juga ditunjukkan lokasi dari equipment (lihat pada Sub
Bab 11 diatas), tumpuan berbagai infrastruktur dan tata urutan
berbagai aktifitas besar engineering dan konstruksi.
Plot plan ini diperlukan oleh hampir seluruh engineering group mulai
dari estimasi, scheduling hingga konstruksi.

Pengembangan Plotplan
Pengembangan plot plan bukan layaknya suatu ilmu pasti, tetapi
bagaimana mengatur plant yang harus di mulai sebelum seluruh
kebutuhan peralatan di tuangkan dan finalisasi konfigurasi diperoleh
juga sebelum semua permasalahan mekanik di kolaborasi jawabannya.
Nah, jadi pengaturan plot plan ini merupakan refleksi kemampuan
seorang designer untuk mengantisipasi permasalahan mekanis,
memperhitungkan akses untuk operasional dan juga maintenance nya.
Plot plan ini umumnya di kembangkan dalam suatu tahapan, dimulai
dari tahap konsep dasar hingga tahap konstruksi.
Kira-kira
tahapannya sbb:
Proposal Plot plan.
Pengembangan plot plan pada tahap
ini adalah dalam masa estimasi suatu proyek sehingga
didapatkan perkiraan akan kebutuhan bulk material nya.
Pada tahap ini juga termasuk presentasi pengaturan unit
sebagai gambaran ke Client.
Karena masih dalam keterbatasan informasi, maka yang di
indikasikan hanya equipment utama beserta fasilitas
pendukungnya dan dimensi secara menyeluruh.
Planning Plot plan.
Setelah di tanda tanganinya suatu
kontrak, selanjutnya plot plan ini di perbarui untuk
menyesuaikan informasi terakhir dan mendapatkan review dan
approval dari client.
Nah.. dokumen ini selanjutnya akan menjadi basis untuk fase
layout suatu plan pada proyek itu.
Construction Plot plan.
Pada tahap ini dikenal juga
tahap lengkap sempurna, dimana semua equipment telah pasti
ukuran dan besarnya dalamperletakkan yang terbaiknya sesuai
kebutuhan proyek termasuk juga akses jalan, gedung-gedung,
dan juga pipe rack.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 53 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 54 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Untuk mengembangkan plot plan, seorang plot plan engineer harus

mendapatkan dan juga meng akomodir semua informasi dan
mendiskusikannya. Beberapa hal yang diperhatikan antara lain :
Daftar Equipment (Equipment List).
Diagram Aliran Proses (Process Flow Diagram). Diagram
ini memperlihatkan semua interkonekting utama antar-unit,
seperti proses unit, utility plants dan juga fasilitas
penampungan.
Block Flow Diagram
Spesifikasi
Process Design data. Ini akan memberikan site information
atau suatu pemetaan atau juga overall existing plot plan.
Di
sana didapatkan gambaran seperti letak geografis, jalan, rel
kereta api, sungai, dan sebagai nya.
Selain itu pada Proses
design data ini juga mengindikasikan kondisi cuaca tahunan,
seperti suhu udara, kelembaban udara, kecepatan angin, curah
hujan, dsb. Juga referensi elevasi plan dan koordinatnya.
Dimensi dan ukuran Equipment
Material of Construction. Disini material specialist
mengidentifi - kasikan pada diagram alir material yang
VOLUME-1

Halaman : 55 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 56 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

eksotis/kritis, seperti alloy, tebel banget, dan mahal. Ini akan

membantu plot plan engineer saat penentuan lokasi equipment
supaya optimim.

Macam-macam Plotplan
Dalam proyek petrokimia seperti LDAN (Low Density Ammonium
Nitrat) plan ataupun Ammonia plan tata letak equipment menjadi
konfigurasi yang penting. Sehingga dalam suatu unit proses plot plan
konfigurasinya dibagi 2, yaitu :
X Grade-Mounted Horizontal Arrangement, yang banyak di
fasilitas pengilangan (refinery) dan
Y structure-mounted vertical arrangement, yang banyak di plant
kimia.

Pada gambar diatas di tunjukkan contoh dari Vertikal Arrangement,

dimana lokasi equipment sebagian besar di struktur baja bertingkat.
Karena lokasinya yang ke atas, maka akses operator menggunakan
tangga atau elevator.
Untuk pemeliharaan, maka dibutuhkan kelengkapan seperti trolley
beams atau travelling cranes. Karena itu perlu di persiapkan area
drop yang kosong di permukaan tanah.

Tata letak Equipment

Lihat di sub bab 11
diatas ya.
Pada gambar diatas di tunjukkan contoh dari Horizontal Arrangement,
dimana hampir seluruh perletakan equipmen di ground (di atas
tanah), dan umumnya di pusat plot plant tersebut terdapat pipe racks.
Kekurangan jenis ini adalah dibutuhkannya tanah yang lebih luas dan
juga panjang kabel yang lebih panjang.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 57 dari 126

Contoh pertimbangan
jarak antar quipment
berkaitan
dengan
ruang keselamatan,
sebagaimana tampak
pada
gambar
di
samping.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 58 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hubungan antara PFD, Tata letak Equipment dan Plot plan.

Perhatikan gambar di bawah.... diskusikan

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Kebutuhan proses. Kadangkala untuk memenuhi kebutuhan proses

dibutuhkan posisi equipment pada level tertentu, seperti untuk
pressure drop, line yang tidak mengantung (pocket) dan gravity flow.
Contohnya pada gambar dibawah untuk memenuhi gravity flow.

Equipmen yang membutuhkan perhatian operator yang terus menerus

atau memerlukan fasiitas utility dan perawatan bersama, umumnya
diletakkan dalam area yang sama. Contohnya kompreor yang 24 jam
diawasi oleh operator dengan drivernya diletakkan dalam rumah
kompresor seperti gambar di bawah.

Akses Pemeliharaan.
Equipmen membutuhkan perawatan rutin (shutdown periodic), yang di
VOLUME-1

Halaman : 59 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 60 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lakukan secara rutin.

Untuk itu di butuhkan clear area yang juga
mudah terhubung ke jalan. Di bawah di tunjukkan contoh akses tsb.

Fasilitas Bawah Tanah

Kondisi dan berbagai penggunaan fasilitas di bawah tanah memiliki
pengaruh yang cukup besar juga terhadap perletakan suatu
equipment.

Pertimbangan kondisi cuaca.

Cuaca yang cukup ekstrim atau yang memiliki pengaruh pada
peralatan, menjadi pertimbangan suatu equipment di tempatkan
dalam bangunan, seperti contoh di bawah.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 61 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 62 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pertimbangan Pipe Racks

Untuk jalur interkoneksi baik pemipaan maupun kabel-kabel dalam
plan, di butuhkan adanya sistem pipe racks ini, yang umumnya di
letakkan di pusat plan, untuk melayani semua area plan tsb.
Lebar pipe rack dan juga banyaknya level tergantung dari besarnya
jalur pipa dan kabel dan equipment yang perlu di layani. Lebar pipe
ravk biasanya sih 6 meter (20 feet), tapi bisa juga lebih besar.
Levelnya umunya 2 layer. Tapi inget waktu meng-estimasi harus
sudah mempertimbangkan 20% untuk allowance.
Contoh pipe rack (selain yang ada di specifikasi.), Diskusikan !

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ROADS, PAVING, SURFACING AND RAIL ROAD

ITEM
DESCRIPTION
Headroom for primary access roads (where major
1
maintanance vehicles are expected to pass)
ROADS
Headroom for electrical transmission and distribution
2
line
Paving, 3 Freeboard height of curbs and dike wall
Maximum average height of dikes above the interior
Grading
4
grade of diked area.
Surface
5 Headroom over through railroads (from top of rail)
Railroads 6 Headroom dead-ends and sidings (from top of rail)
7 Clearance from track centerline to obstructions

DIMENSION
4900 mm
6700 mm
150 mm
1800 mm
6700 mm
4900 mm
2450 mm

Jalan, Jalur akses dan Paving

Sebagai pertimbangan untuk kebutuhan perawatan dan juga
keselamatan, secara prinsip harus diperhatikan akses dari ataupun ke
unit proses melalui jalan raya.
Idealnya sih... jarak battery limit plan ke center line jalan raya
minimum 15 m (40 ft), karena sudah cukup ruang untuk drainase dan
jalur fasilitas pemadam kebakaran.
Lihat di specifikasi untuk items ini ya Diskusikan !

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 63 dari 126

Plot plan engineer harus familier dengan kebutuhan spesifikasi proyek

untuk akses keselamatan, perawatan dan operator.
Contohnya untuk area tower, sebagaimana gambar di bawah, dimana
terdapat equipment lain yang terkait seperti drums dan heat
exchanger yang di letakkan tidak jauh dari pipe rack utama dimana
terdapat akses perawatan melalui jalan.
VOLUME-1

Halaman : 64 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Contoh merancang Plotplan

Nah sekarang coba kita mengembangkan Plot plan. Dari PFD
diketahui flow process sebagai berikut :

Terlihat bahwa sebagaimana PFD kita diatas kita lakukan grouping

pada unit naphtha hydrotreater yang selanjutnya kita kelompokkan
(dengan kotak-kotak) sebagai sub system sebagaimana gambar
Diagram Alir Proses telah di Grouping.
Selanjutnya pada unit plot plan di lakukan sketches, dimana dengan
area yang di berikkan letakkan equipment yang di kelompokkan
tersebut, sebagaimana gambar Sketsa dari PFD yang telah di
Grouping.
Periksa kembali keefisienan perletakan equipment tsb dengan cara
cobalah tarik routing pipa utamanya, sebagaimana gambar Dari
PlanPeriksa Pipe Route Utama.
Akhirnya setelah dikembangkan dan dilengkapi jadilah final plotplan.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 65 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 66 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 67 dari 126

Halaman : 68 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

13. Pipe Racks

Sebagai media penghubung pemipaan dan peng-kabelan, khususnya

antar unit plot plan maka peran dan perletakan pipe rack ini sangat
penting. Oleh karena itulah umumnya letak dari pipe rack ini di posisi
tengah suatu plant, juga di bangun lebih awal sebelum equuipment.
Data-data yang dibutuhkan untuk mengembangkan pipe rack adalah :
Plot plan
Piping & Instrument Diagram (P&ID)
Spesifikasi dari Plan Layout
Client Specification
Construction Materials
Fireproofing requirements

Penentuan Lebar, jarak bentangan dan Elevasi

Pertama-tama yang dilakukan untuk mengembangkan pipe rack
adalah tarik garis ruting yang menunjukkan perletakannya di pipe
rack.
Meski belum pada penempatan yang tepat baik posisi, elevasi
ataupun interferensi nya, tetapi sudah dapat diperkirakan belokan
yang ada pada pipe rack.
Nah, setelah itu selesai selanjutnya
mulai dikembangkan lebar, bentangan dan elevasi dari pipe rack.
Pada P&ID sudah terlihat line number termasuk di dalamnya apakah
perlu ada insulasi, dsb.
Untuk besar bentangan
perlu di perhatikan
tinggi
kolom
dan
banyaknya
struktur
horizontal
tempat
perletakan
pipanya,
yang umunya diatas
kepala kita ya... (lihat
bahasan tentang akses
di sub bab diatas
ya.....).
Bila bentangan pipa
tidak mencukupi, maka
perlu ditambahkan tumpuan antara (intermediate).

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 69 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 70 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Karena piperack adalah

media tumpuan perletak
kan pipa, kabel, dsb, maka
komposisi penempatannya
pun
umumnya
untuk
proses line di letakkan
pada tingkat dibawah
sedang kan utility di
letakkan
pada
level
diatasnya...
begitupun
dengan peralat an perkabelan, dan juga harus
diingat,
untuk
menyediakan
allowance
20% ya... lihat seperti
gambar
disebelah
Komposisi Piperack.
Untuk menghitung besar
lebar bentangan terhadap
banyaknya line, maka
jarak antar pipa sbb :

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 71 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 72 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dibawah di tunjukkan konfigurasi yang umum pada Pipe rack.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 73 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 74 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Setting line, Valve dan lokasi peraltan instrumentasi

Banyak faktor yang mesti dipertimbangkan ketika ingin melatakkan
jalur pipa, valve dan juga instrumentasi di pipe rack. Pada gambar di
bawah di contohkan perencanaan pada pipe rack.

Kekakuan pipa dan Tumpuan

Meskipun
nanti
pada
akhirnya setiap perhitungan
aanalisa tegangan pada pipa
dilakukan oleh pipe stress
engineer, tetapi designer
harus memahami prinsip
dasar
tegangan
ini
khususnya di sekitar pipe
rack.
Perhatikan
sebagaimana
gambar di bawah, perlunya
loop pada perletakan pipa
yang panjang, besar dan
temperaturnya cukup tinggi.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 75 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 76 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

14. Rangkaian Struktur

Dalam suatu perencanaan plant, sesuai kondisi, kebutuhan proses dan

keinginan/pertimbangan client banyak di pertimbangkan untuk
membuat struktur baja atau concreate sebagai perletakan equipment.
Biasanya pertimbangan untuk memilih memakai rangkaian struktur
ini adalah untuk meng-optimasikan penggunaan ruang (space), dengan
juga mempertimbangkan kebutuhan keselamatan, perawatan,
operasional, biaya dan juga mampu konstruksinya.
Hal-hal yang perlu di pertimbangkan dalam mendesign rangkaian
struktur ini adalah :
Desain Baja atau concreate
Rangkaian struktur yang terbuka atau agak tertutup
Siding requirements
Jenis Lantai/platform
Akses
Rangkaian kaku atau lentur
Fireproofing requirements
Perawatan Equipment
Jenis atap

Pertimbangan desain struktur

Tentunya di butuhkan
tangga
untuk
akses
operator, handril dan
platform.
Equipment
yang setiap hari tidak di
inspeksi oleh operator
cukup
menggunakan
Ladder, sedangkan yang
secara harian didatangi
oleh
operator
menggunakan stairways.
Nah, kalau strukturnya
buesar dan operator
kadangkala
harus
membawa
peralatan
yang cukup besar, maka
sebaiknya menggunakan
elevator atau trevelling
belt lift.
VOLUME-1

Halaman : 77 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 78 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ladder sebagaimana gambar

diatas diatas 20 ft (6100 mm)
menggunakan
kurungan
(cage) untuk pengamanan.
Untuk
stairways
dibuat
sudut yang lebih landai
dibandingkan ladder, dimana
untuk ladder sudutnya 15o ,
sedangkan stairways 35o.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Struktur Sederhana
Jenis struktur ini relatif kecil dan tidak benyak berisi equipment yang
besar. Contoh struktur sederhana sebagaimana gambar di bawah.

Gambar disamping menunjuk

kan platform pada ketinggian
tertentu.

Lantai
tahan
asam,
dipergunakan
sesuai
kebutuhan
yg
spesifik,
diperlihatkan pada gambar di
samping.
Untuk aktifitas perawatan,
dimana
dibutuhkan
alat
angkat untuk equipment yang
besar, maka dibutuhkanlah
monorail seperti tampak pada
gambar di samping.
Pada saat perencanaan untuk
menggunakan monorail ini,
harus di perhitungkan beban
maksimum
yang
mampu
diangkat.

VOLUME-1

Struktur Ukuran besar

Bila banyak equipment besar di letakkan dalam struktur, maka
dibutuhkanlah struktur yang besar yang bisa mengakomodir
kebutuhan plant tersebut.
Di bawah di gambarkan contoh untuk Struktur besar ini.

Halaman : 79 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 80 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 81 dari 126

Halaman : 82 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15. Pipa Bawah Tanah (Underground Piping)

Untuk jalur pipa yang di letakkan
di bawah tanah, yang biasa kita
kenal dengan underground piping
bisa berisikan buangan air
ataupun bersisi bahan yang
berbahaya,
sehingga
bisa
merupakan
proses
terbuka
ataupun tertutup.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Potable Water
Sistem ini merupakan sistem untuk air minum, emergency eyewash
dan juga untuk mandiiiiii.

Macam sistem
Jenis system yang dilayani oleh underground piping antara lain :
Air buangan tak terkontaminasi
Jenis air buangan ini dari mengumpulkan air buangan dari wilayah
peralatan proses, jalan, dsb. Selanjutnya di alirkan dalam saluran
buangan termasuk juga akibat curah hujan.
Sanitary Water
Ini sistem pembuangan air bersih biasa ya
Blowdoen system
Sistem ini merupakan buangan dari sekitar boiler dan steam drum dan
dialirkan ke sistem pemisahan.
Pump-out system
Di P&ID sistem ini di tunjukkan lho.... Meskipun tidak memerlukan
slope tetapi tidak boleh ada poket.
Sistem ini digunakan sebagai
buangan minyak oli dari pompa yang panas.
Solvent collection system
Biasanya untuk mmbuang CO2 dari system gas banyak di pergunakan
Solvent. Solvent hasil penggunaan ini di buang dalam saluran limbah
yang juga di tunjukkan di P&ID.
Cooling Water
Ini merupakan sistem suplai dan buang air yang berfungsi sebagai
pendingin equipment.
Fire Water

Nah, untuk mengembang

kan sistem pipa pendam ini,
kita harus memperhatikan
di plot plant apa sajakah
yang ada di bawah tanah
itu,
seperti
equipment,
fondasi dan juga jalur-jalur
kabel, seperti yang di
tunjukkan samping ini.

Material Yang banyak di pergunakan

Materal yang umumnya dipergunakan pada sistem underground ini
antara lain :
Baja karbon (CS); Umum dipergunakan pada sistem pembuang
an ter tutup, cooling dan fire water.
Baja Stainless (SS); Untuk pembuangan tertutup bahan kimia.
Cast Iron. Untuk macam-macam water service termasuk fire
water.
Ductile Iron. Sama spt Cast iron penggunaannya.
Concreate pipe. Untuk pembuanganlimbah.
Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe.
Untuk macem service dan anti
corrosion, spt air laut, dsb.
PVC pipe

Buangan limbah kimiawi dan proses (tertutup)

Drainase yang tertutup ini dipergunakan karena fluidanya karosif dan
atau beracun yang nantinya di tampung pada drum. Pada P&ID
untuk sistem ini di tunjukkan, contohnya di gambar bawah, P&ID
untuk close drain system dan Plan Drawing untuk close drain
system.
Banyaknya jumlah aktual titik buangan tergantung kepada titik
terendah yang ada dalam konfigurasi sistem pemipaan itu

Sistem ini merupakan sistem pemipaan untuk pemadaman kebakaran.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 83 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 84 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Proses dan Potable Water

Di dalam plant, proses dan potable water adalah komoditas yang selalu
ada. Pada gambar di bawah,

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 85 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 86 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sistem Air untuk pemadam kebakaran

Sistem pemadam kebakaran ini selain sistem pemipaannya juga
terdapat berbagai aksesoris peralatan seperti hydrant, monitor dan
deluge spray system.
Biasanya Fire hydrant sebagaimana
gambar di samping yang diatas
tanah dimensinya standard, tetapi
untuk
yang
dibawah
tanah
bervariasi tergantung dari jalur dan
potensial terjadinya pembekuan (ini
untuk daerah dingin ya).
Gambar di bawah
instalasi fire hydrant.

ditunjukkan

Fire monitor digunakan untuk langsung memadamkan api di titik

kebakaran dimana air di arahkan.
Sebelum memilih fire monitor dan di tempatkan pada posisinya, di
butuhkan pertimbangan, dikarenakan bahwa fire monitor itu lever
operated, bisa diputar 360 derajat, dan bisa di kunci untuk diarahkan
pada arah yang diinginkan.
Fire monitor di letakkan diatas tanah, kira-kira 4 ft (1200 mm) diatas
tanah.
Di bawah di tunjukkan instalasi fire monitor dan fire hydrant.
Fire hydrant dan fire minitor umumnya merupakan komponen
pemadam kebakaran yang individual, tetapi sesuai permintaan client
bisa dilakukan kombinasi seperti gambar yang telah di tunjukkan
diatas.
VOLUME-1

Halaman : 87 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 88 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 89 dari 126

Halaman : 90 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Detail Lainnya

Duct untuk kabel Listrik dan Instrumentasi

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 91 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 92 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 93 dari 126

Halaman : 94 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

16. Peralatan Instrumentasi

Dalam memonitor, mengoperasikan dan mengontrol suatu sistem

dalam plant dibuthkan suatu peralatan instrumentasi. Oeralatan itu
mengindikasikan, mencatat dan mengendalikan sebagaimana proses
dan aliran utility seperti volume, suhu dan kondisi tekanan suatu
sistem pemipaan.

Jenis peralatan instrumentasi

Hampir semua plant proses memiliki banyak komponen instrumentasi
yang harus di masukkan dalam perencanaan. Umumnya sperti vessel
level instrument, indikator suhu dan tekanan dan pengukur aliran.

Control valve di pasang pada suatu sistem pemipaan yang bekerja

secara otomatis untuk mengendalikan aliran gas atau cairan dari
proses atau utility. Gambar diatas ditunjukan control valve beserta
asesorisnya.

Perletakan peralatan instrumentasi

Penempatan peralatan instrumentasi diatas menjadi tanggung jawab
piping designer.
Dibawah di contohkan perletakan control valve.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 95 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 96 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

17. Piping Arrangement

Untuk melengkapi dalam
arrangement, lihat contoh

memahami

pengembangan

piping

Pengaturan Gambar
Pengaturan gambar ini adalah hal yang sangat penting dari seorang
piping designer, dimana semua informasi dan tata letak pemipaan di
tuangkan disana.
Plan drawing yang paling banyak digunakan
sebagai informasi baik saat fabrikasi maupun ereksi.
Saat ini penyampaian infortmasi gambar sudah dalam bentuk 3 (tiga)
dimensi dengan berbagai software yang ada.

Tentang Piping Designer

Piping designer adalah orang yang memiliki keahlian untuk mampu
mendesign tata letak pemipaan yang memenuhi standard requirement,
effisien dan memiliki nilai keekonomisan.
Untuk menjadi seorang piping designer dahulu harus melalui tahapan
lebih dari 5 tahun menjadi seorang piping drafter dahulu. Tetapi saat
ini dengan bantuan berbagai tekhnologi komputer dan metode
pelatihan, seorang piping designer dapat di percepat tidak harus 5
tahun menjadi piping drafter dahulu.

Sumber Informasi (Upstream data)

Untuk mengembangkan Piping Arrangement ini, dibutuhkan sumber
data, seperti :
Piping & Instrument Diagram (P&ID)
Plot plan
Perencanaan lokasi fondasi atau lokasi equipment
Piping index drawing
Equipment (vendor) drawings dan gambar fondasinya
Spesifikasi Piping
Pipe line list

Prosedur Tata Letak

Pertama-tama kita harus familier dengan plan yang akan kita buat
dan juga client job specification nya.
Mengapa ?
Karena setiap
project yang berbeda ataupun jenis project nya sama tapi clientnya
berbeda, pasti akan memiliki tuntutan dan keinginan client yang
berbeda (tidak akan sama persis), bisa karena keinginan keselamatan /
kenyamanan yang lebih tinggi, manpower, keterbatasan anggaran dan
sebagainya sehingga berbedalah kebijakannya.
Berikut tahapan sederhana yang di perlukan dalam mengembangkan
piping arrangement (referensi untuk 2D), yaitu :
VOLUME-1

Halaman : 97 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 98 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(01). Buat area gambar atau drawing match lines

(02). Beri nomor gambar dan informasi nya
(03). Taruhlah penunjukkan arah UTARA gambar di sudut
kanan atas
(04). Tentukan pondasi dari gedung, kolom piperack, equipment
sebagaimana koordinatnya.
(05). Gambar pondasi equipment
(06). Layout Equipment
(07). Coba mulai tarik konfigurasi pemipaan per line number
(individual). Disini akan membutuhkan kreatifitas kita untuk
memenuhi kebutuhan desain, operasi dan juga maintenance.
(08). Berdasarkan nomor tujuh diatas, selanjutnya coba di
gambarkan layout pipingnya termasuk juga koneksi ke
instrumentasinya.
(09). Tambahin deh Ladders, cages, pipe guides, anchor, support
juga hanger sesuai kebutuhannya.
(10). Lengkapi dengan line numbers, special items codes, specs,
jga callouts.
(11). Lengkapi dengan dimensi
(12). Tandai koordinat equipment, pipe supports dsb sesuai
kebutuhan.
(13). Lengkapi dengan bulatan tag equipment dan callouts.
(14). Termasuk schedule dari nozzle dan beberapa catatan
khususnya.
(15). Jadilah gambar yang lengkap, yang sudah jelas batas
gambar, reference detail juga tampak section atau elevasi sesuai
kebutuha.
(16). Kalau sudah yakin... di print deh.... teruk periksa kembali
kerjaannya...
(17). Laporkan ke supervisor atau checker.
Tunggu hasil
periksaanya...
Kalau gak ada revisi, di tandatangani dan di
release resmi.
Nah... nanti bisa diikuti tahapannya di bawah ini ya....

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Piping Arrangement Double line.

Pengaturan Gambar Tata Letak Pemipaan

Dengan memperhatikan prosedur diatas dalam mengembangkan
piping arrangement, perhatikan lah gambar di bawah, bagaimanakah
kita mulai melakukannya. Dibawah contoh piping Arrangementnya.
Piping Arrangement Single line.

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 99 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 100 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cobalah lakukan tahapan pembuatan piping Arrangement.

Tahap-1~3. adalah Drawing set-up. Tempatkan area dan unit area,
title block dan penunjukkan arah utara gambar.
Tahap 4. Layout center line dari pipe rack dan pondasi equipment
Tahap 5. Gambarkan pipe rack dan equipment foundation
Tahap 6. Equipment Layout
Tahap 7 dan 8. Konfigurasi sistem pemipaan.
Tahap 9. Platform, ladder dan cage layout.
Tahap 10~15. Letakkan line number, callots, coordinate dan dimensi

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 101 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 102 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 103 dari 126

Halaman : 104 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 105 dari 126

Halaman : 106 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 107 dari 126

Halaman : 108 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 109 dari 126

Halaman : 110 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 111 dari 126

Halaman : 112 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 113 dari 126

Halaman : 114 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 115 dari 126

Halaman : 116 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

18. Tabel dan dimensi

Fitting (weld)

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 117 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 118 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Welded Fitting-Flanges (150# RF WN)

VOLUME-1

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Valve (150#)

Halaman : 119 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 120 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fitting-Flange (weld) 300#RF

VOLUME-1

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Valves (300#)

Halaman : 121 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 122 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fittings-Flange (Weld) 600# RF

VOLUME-1

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Valves (600#)

Halaman : 123 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 124 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Screwed Fittings

VOLUME-1

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Socket-weld Fittings

Halaman : 125 dari 126

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 126 dari 126

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DAFTAR ISI

VOLUME -2

LINGKUP KERJA PIPING............................................................................................................................. 4

PIPING MATERIAL SELECTION................................................................................................................ 5

PIPING FLEXIBILITY ANALYSIS

AND
PIPING MATERIAL
3.

PIPING COMPONENT.................................................................................................................................. 33

PEMILIHAN MATERIAL........................................................................................................................... 33
PIPE.............................................................................................................................................................. 34
FITTINGS .................................................................................................................................................... 37
FLANGES .................................................................................................................................................... 42
BOLTING..................................................................................................................................................... 50
GASKET ...................................................................................................................................................... 51
TRAPS.......................................................................................................................................................... 55
STRAINERS ................................................................................................................................................ 56
PIPING CLASS ............................................................................................................................................... 57

PERALATAN MEKANIS .............................................................................................................................. 58

By team
Koko Dwi Sulistyono, S.Pd
Ir. Musofan
Ir. Benny Setiawan
Ir. Prawoto M
Ir. Teguh Pudji Hertanto, M.Si

PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION (SECTION 01) - ASTM .............................................................. 10

PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION (SECTION 02) - ASTM............................................................... 13
PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION (SECTION 03) - ASTM............................................................... 17
PLASTIC LINED (KETAHANAN KOROSI) ............................................................................................. 18
CEMENT LINED (KETAHANAN KOROSI) ............................................................................................ 21
CRYOGENIC MATERIALS ....................................................................................................................... 22
SISTEM PEMIPAAN FIBER GLASS......................................................................................................... 25
TEKANAN DAN UJI KEBOCORAN ......................................................................................................... 28
HAZARDOUS PIPING SYSTEM ............................................................................................................... 29

VESSEL.......................................................................................................................................................... 58
PUMPS ........................................................................................................................................................... 60
COMPRESSORS ............................................................................................................................................... 62
EXCHANGER .................................................................................................................................................. 62
REBOILER ...................................................................................................................................................... 63
AIR FAN ........................................................................................................................................................ 64
COOLING TOWERS ......................................................................................................................................... 64
HEATER/BOILERS .......................................................................................................................................... 65
STORAGE TANKS ........................................................................................................................................... 65
DRAWING EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................................. 66
PIPE FLEXIBILITY ANALYSIS.................................................................................................................. 68

TUJUAN ANALISA FLEKSIBILITAS DAN TEGANGAN PIPA ............................................................. 68

KODE STANDAR DESAIN PIPA ....................................................................................................................... 68
PROSES KERJA PIPE STRESS ANALYSIS .............................................................................................. 69
DEFINISI TEGANGAN DAN BEBAN ....................................................................................................... 71
KATEGORI TEGANGAN........................................................................................................................... 72
KEGAGALAN BEBAN PRIMER VS SEKUNDER ................................................................................... 74
LOADING DATA ........................................................................................................................................ 74
PIPE SUPPORT ............................................................................................................................................. 79

REFFERENCE DAN STANDARD ............................................................................................................. 79

FILOSOPHY PIPE SUPPORT .................................................................................................................... 79
PERTIMBANGA DISAIN SECARA UMUM ............................................................................................. 80
PENENTUAN DARI PENAMPATAN TUMPUAN ................................................................................... 81
JENIS-JENIS PIPE SUPPORT..................................................................................................................... 83
PEMAKAIAN DAN PENGGUNAAN STANDARD SUPPORT................................................................ 85

Mercubuana, Januari 2009

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 2 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Lingkup Kerja Piping

DAFTAR SPECIFIKASI, STANDARD DAN PROCEDURE .................................................................... 94

SPESIFIKASI DARI DISAIN PEMIPAAN, YANG BERISIKAN : (CONTOH) ............................................................. 94

SPESIFIKASI DARI LAYOUT SUATU PLAN, YANG BERISIKAN (CONTOH).......................................................... 94
SPESIFIKASI DARI LAYOUT SUATU SISTEM PEMIPAAN, YANG BERISIKAN (CONTOH)...................................... 94
SPESIFIKASI DARI ANALISA KEKAKUAN, YANG BERISIKAN : (CONTOH) ....................................................... 94
PROSEDUR DARI PENGGAMBARAN 2D, YANG BERISIKAN : (CONTOH) .......................................................... 94
STANDARD PENGGAMBARAN UNTUK PIPING ARRANGEMENT, YANG BERISIKAN : (CONTOH) ...................... 94
LATIHAN & TUGAS HARIAN .................................................................................................................... 95

Sistem pemipaan bisa diibaratkan laksana saluran darah baik besar maupun kecil
juga arteri dan vena. Pemipaan menyalurkan dan mendistribusikan darah
kehidupan masyarakat moderen dewasa ini.
sebuah sistem pemipaan yang sederhana, termasuk juga sistem distribusi lainnya
seperti crude oil pipeline, LNG pipeline dsb. Begitupun dalam plant petrochemical,
kita akan menemui sistem pemipaan yang lebih kompleks sebagai media hantar
antar equipment (point to point) dengan fluida pada setting service baervariasi.
Piping termasuk pipe, flanges, fittings, bolting, gaskets, valves, dan special items
adalah komponen / assesoris dari sistem pemipaan, termasuk juga pipe hangers
dan juga pipe support nya.
Pada pembangunan pabrik atau pengilagan minyak atau industri petro kimia dan
MIGAS, perencanaan pemipaan di perlukan, dimana para insinyur mulai
mengembangkan proses flow sheet hingga men set-up spesifikasi proyeknya higga
pemilihan peralatan yang dipergunakan, sedangkan para designer dan juga drafter
dengan informasi yang diperoleh dari para insinyur tersebut dan juga informasi
gambar dari vendor selanjutnya melakukan design dan layout nya.
Didalam melakukan pen disaian-an pada plant yang kompleks dibutuhkan dan
dihasilkan ratusan gambar pemipaan hingga tahap konstruksinya. Semuanya itu
harus sesuai dengan keinginan customer sejauh memadai dari segi keselamatan
yang diatur dalam code, standard keselamatan pemerintah, angagran dan
sebagainya.
Didalam kerjanya piping group, baik itu designer ataupun drafternya harus selalu
berkoordinasi dengan disiplin lain seperti civil, structural, electrical, mechanical
dan control system group. Hal ini di karenakan dalam melakukan pengembangan
design dan layout, kita harus juga memperhatikan akan kebutuhan dari disiplin
lain tersebut baik space maupun kebutuhan prosesnya.
Para peserta harus memiliki latar belakang dan dasar-dasar yang baik tentang
menggambar tehnik sebagai pondasi untuk memulai menjadi sorang piping drafter
atau piping designer. Latihan dengan tangan dan juga komputer yang sering dan
kontinyu akan membuat siswa terbiasa dalam penggambaran dan informasi sistem
pemipaan.
Dibutuhkan banyak kesempatan dan waktu untuk menjadi ahli dalam bidang
drafting dan design pemipaan ini, semuanya terpulang kepada ketekunan dan
kerajinan masing-masing peserta.
Kejujuran, kepercayaan dan dedikasi akan meningkatkan kemampuan keahlian
sistem pemipaan dan berfikir dan bertingkah laku positif akan memberikan
kontribusi akan kesuksesan dalam karir di bidang ini.
Dalam bekerja nantinya mungkin akan berhubungan dengan orang-orang asing,
maka bekerjalah secara profesional dengan menunjukkan kemampuan dan terus
belajar dari pergaulan sehari-hari.

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 3 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 4 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. PIPING MATERIAL SELECTION

G97XX0
G98XX0

97XX Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steels

98XX Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steels

GXXXX1
GXXXX4

XXBXX B denotes boron steels

XXLXX L denotes leaded steels

S2XXXX
S3XXXX
S4XXXX
S5XXXX

302XX Chromium-nickel steels

303XX Chromium-nickel steels
514XX Chromium steels
515XX Chromium steels

AISI (American Iron and Steel Institute) dan SAE (Society of Automotive
Engineers) telah mengelompokkan dan menstandarisasi sistem penomoran untuk
berbagai klass baja karbon dan alloy yang dipakai menjadi acuan hingga kini.
Untuk baja karbon dan alloy ada 4 (empat) digit, sedangkan stainless steel ada 3
(tiga) digit sebagaimana tabel dibawah.
Table Karbon dan alloy grade (AISI, SAE, UNS)
______________________________________________________________________

Numerals and digits

UNS
SAE/AISI
Types of identifying elements
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Carbon steels
G10XX0
G11XX0
G12XX0
G13XX0
G23XX0
G25XX0
G31XX0
G32XX0
G33XX0
G34XX0
G40XX0
G41XX0
G43XX0
G44XX0
G46XX0
G47XX0
G48XX0
G50XX0
G51XX0
G50XX6
G51XX6
G52XX6
G61XX0
G71XX0
G72XX0
G81XX0
G86XX0
G87XX0
G88XX0
G92XX0
G93XX0
G94XX0
VOLUME-2

10XX
Nonresulfurized, manganese 1.00% maximum
11XX Resulfurized
12XX Rephosphorized and resulfurized

13XX
23XX
25XX
31XX
32XX
33XX
34XX
40XX
41XX
43XX
44XX
46XX
47XX
48XX
50XX
51XX
50XXX
51XXX
52XXX
61XX
71XXX
72XX
81XX
86XX
87XX
88XX
92XX
93XX
94XX

Alloy steels

Manganese steels
Nickel steels
Nickel steels
Nickel-chromium steels
Nickel-chromium steels
Nickel-chromium steels
Nickel-chromium steels
Molybdenum steels
Chromium-molybdenum steels
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steels
Molybdenum steels
Nickel-molybdenum steels
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steels
Nickel-molybdenum steels
Chromium steels
Chromium steels
Chromium steels
Chromium steels
Chromium steels
Chromium-vanadium steels
Tungsten-chromium steels
Tungsten-chromium steels
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steels
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steels
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steels
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steels
Silicon-manganese steels
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steels
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steels

Carbon and alloy steels

Stainless steels

Experimental steels

None Ex. . . SAE Experimental steels

_______________________________________________________________________

Table ASME spec. untuk pemilihan material sistem pemipaan

_______________________________________________________________________________
ASME Specification
Metal or Alloy
Number
Grade
Other comments
MPa
Pipe
ksi*
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Carbon steel
SA-53
A
48,000 UTS/30,000YS (330/205)
Carbon steel
SA-106
B
60,000 UTS/35,000YS (415/240)
Carbon steel
SA-106
C
70,000 UTS/40,000YS (485/275)
Cr1 Moly
SA-335
P2
55,000 UTS/30,000YS (380/205)
1 Cr1 Moly
SA-335
P12
60,000 UTS/32,000YS (415/220)
11 Cr1 Mo-Si
SA-335
P11
60,000 UTS/30,000YS (415/205)
21 Cr1 Mo
SA-335
P22
60,000 UTS/30,000YS (415/205)
5 Cr1 Mo
SA-335
P5
60,000 UTS/30,000YS (415/205)
9 Cr1 Mo
SA-335
P9
60,000 UTS/30,000YS (415/205)
9 Cr1 Mo-V
SA-335
P9
85,000 UTS/60,000YS (585/415)
304H
SA-376
TP304H
0.04% Min carbon
304H
SA-430
FP304H
Forged and bored pipe
316H
SA-376
TP316H
75,000 UTS/30,000YS (515/205)

Forgings/fittings

Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon-Moly
Cr1 Moly
1 Cr1 Moly
11 Cr1 Mo-Si
11 Cr1 Mo-Si
21 Cr1 Mo
5 Cr1 Mo
9 Cr1 Mo-V
Halaman : 5 dari 96

VOLUME-2

SA-105
SA-181
SA-266
SA-182
SA-182
SA-182
SA-182
SA-182
SA-234
SA-336
SA-234

C170
C12
F1
F2
F12
F11a
F11b
WP12 Fittings
F5A
WP9 Fittings

Rolled or forged bar

70,000 UTS/36,000YS
70,000 UTS/30,000YS
0.5% Mo

70,000 UTS/40,000YS
75,000 UTS/45,000YS
60,000 UTS/30,000YS

(485/250)
(485/205)
(485/275)
(515/310)
(415/205)

80,000 UTS/50,000YS (550/345)

Halaman : 6 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

304H

SA-213/SA-312 (321H)
S31209
SA-213/SA-312 (347)
S34700
SA-213/SA-312 (347H)
S34709
SA-213/SA-312 (348)
S34800
SA-213/SA-312 (348H)
S34809
SA-335 (P1)
K11522
SA-335 (P2)
K11547
SA-335 (P5)
K41545
SA-335 (P7)
S50300
SA-335 (P9)
S50400
SA-335 (P11)
K11597
SA-335 (P12)
K11562
SA-335 (P21)
K31545
SA-335 (P22)
K21590
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tubing

Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon-Moly
Cr1 Moly
21 Cr1 Moly
9 Cr1 Mo-V
304H
*UTS and YS in psi.

SA-336

F304H

1900_F Min anneal

SA-178
SA-210
SA-209
SA-213
SA-213
SA-213
SA-213

A Electric resistance welded

A1
60,000 UTS/37,000YS (415/255)
T1a Seamless
T2
60,000 UTS/30,000YS (415/205)
T22
60,000 UTS/30,000YS (415/205)
T91
Normalized and tempered
TP304H
75,000 UTS/30,000YS (515/205)

Table Referensi ASME vs UNS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------ASME specification (and grade)
UNS number
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------SA-53 (E-A)(S-A)
K02504
SA-53 (E-B)(S-B)
K03005
SA-106 (A)
K02501
SA-106 (B)
K03006
SA-106 (C)
K03501
SA-178 (A)
K01200
SA-178 (C)
K03503
SA-209 (T1)
K11522
SA-209 (T1a)
K12023
SA-209 (T1b)
K11422
SA-210 (A1)
K02707
SA-210 (C)
K03501
SA-213 (T2)
K11547
SA-213 (T3b)
K21509
SA-213 (T5)
K41545
SA-213 (T7)
S50300
SA-213 (T9)
S50400
SA-213 (T11)
K11597
SA-213 (T12)
K11562
SA-213 (T21)
K31545
SA-213 (T22)
K21590
SA-213/SA-312 (304)
S30400
SA-213/SA-312 (304H)
S30409
SA-213/SA-312 (304L)
S30403
SA-213/SA-312 (304N)
S30451
SA-213/SA-312 (310)
S31000
SA-213/SA-312 (316)
S31600
SA-213/SA-312 (316H)
S31609
SA-213/SA-312 (316L)
S31603
SA-213/SA-312 (316N)
S31651
SA-213/SA-312 (321)
S32100
VOLUME-2

Table Nominal composition dari Wrought cooper materials

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Alloy

Composition

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Coppers

Electrolytic tough pitch (ETP)

Phosphorized, high residual phosphorus (DHP)
Phosphorized, low residual phosphorus (DLP)
Lake
Silver bearing (1015)
Silver bearing (2530)
Oxygenfree (OF) (no residual deoxidants)
Free cutting
Free cutting
Free cutting
Chromium copper (heat treatable) (b)
Cadmium copper (b) 99
Tellurium nickel copper (heat treatable) (b) 98.4
Beryllium copper (heat treatable)

99.90 Cu0.04 O
99.90 Cu0.02 P
99.90 Cu0.005 P
Cu8 oz/ton Ag
Cu10 to 15 oz/ton Ag
Cu25 to 30 oz/ton Ag
99.92 Cu (min)
99 Cu1 Pb
99.5 Cu0.5 Te
99.4 Cu0.6 Se
Cu _ Cr and Ag or Zn
Cu1 Cd
Cu1.1 Ni0.5 Te
Cu2 Be0.25 Co or 0.35 Ni

Gilding, 95% 95
Commercial bronze, 90% 90
Red brass, 85% 85
Low brass, 80% 80
Cartridge brass, 70% 70
Yellow brass, 65% 65
Muntz metal 60

Cu5 Zn
Cu10 Zn
Cu15 Zn
Cu20 Zn
Cu30 Zn
Cu35 Zn
Cu40 Zn

Leaded commercial bronze (rod) 89

Cu9.25 Zn1.75 Pb

Plain brasses

Free-cutting brasses

Halaman : 7 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 8 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Leaded brass strip (B121-3) 65

Leaded brass strip (B121-5) 65
Leaded brass tube (B135-3) 66
Leaded brass tube (B135-4) 66
Medium-leaded brass rod 64.5
High-leaded brass rod 62.5
Free-cutting brass rod (B16) 61.5
Forging brass 60
Architectural bronze 57

Miscellaneous brasses

Cu34 Zn1 Pb
Cu33 Zn2 Pb
Cu33.5 Zn0.5 Pb
Cu32.4 Zn1.6 Pb
Cu34.5 Zn1 Pb
Cu35.75 Zn1.75 Pb
Cu35.5 Zn3 Pb
Cu38 Zn2 Pb
Cu40 Zn3 Pb

Admiralty (inhibited) 71
Cu28 Zn1 Sn
Naval brass 60
Cu39.25 Zn0.75 Sn
Leaded naval brass 60
Cu37.5 Zn1.75 Pb0.75 Sn
Aluminum brass (inhibited) 76
Cu22 Zn2 Al
Manganese brass 70 Cu28.7
Zn1.3 Mn
Manganese bronze rod A (B138) 58.5 Cu39
Zn1.4 Fe1 Sn0.1 Mn
Manganese bronze rod B (B138) 65.5 Cu23.3
Zn4.5 Al3.7 Mn3 Fe
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table Spesifikasi Cooper dan cooper-based pipe

ASME
specification

UNS grade
number

Characteristics

SB-42/SB-68
SB-42/SB-68
SB-42/SB-68
SB-43
SB-75/SB-111
SB-75/SB-111
SB-75/SB-111
SB-75/SB-111
SB-111
SB-111
SB-111
SB-111
SB-111
SB-111
SB-111
SB-111
SB-111
SB-111
SB-111
SB-315
SB-466
SB-466

C10200
C12000
C12200
C23000
C10200
C12000
C12200
C14200
C23000
C28000
C44300
C44400
C44500
C60800
C68700
C70400
C70600
C71000
C71500
C65500
C70600
C71500

99.95 Cu
99.90 plus low Phos
99.9 plus high Phos
Red Brass
Oxygen Free

Phosphorized, Arsenical
Red Brass
Muntz Metal
Admiralty Metal
Cu-Zn
Cu-Zn
Aluminum Bronze
Aluminum Brass
95-5 Cu-Ni
90-10 Cu-Ni
80-20 Cu-Ni
70-30 Cu-Ni
High-Si Bronze
90-10 Cu-Ni
70-30 Cu-Ni

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 9 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A320/A320M-03. Standard specification for alloy-steel bolting materials for lowtemperature service.
A333/A333M-99. Standard specification for seamless and welded steel pipe for lowtemperature service.
A334/A334M-99. Standard specification for seamless and welded carbon and alloysteel tubes for low-temperature service.
A335/A335M-03. Standard specification for seamless ferritic alloy-steel pipe for hightemperature service.
A350/A350M-02b. Standard specification for carbon and low-alloy steel forgings,
requiring notch toughness testing for piping components.
A358/A358M-01. Standard specification for electric-fusion-welded austenitic chromiumnickel alloy steel pipe for high-temperature service.
A369/A369M-02. Standard specification for carbon and ferritic alloy steel forged and
bored pipe for high-temperature service.
A376/A376M-02a. Standard specification for seamless austenitic steel pipe for hightemperature central-station service.
A381-96(2001). Standard specification for metal-arc-welded steel pipe for use with highpressure transmission systems.
A403/A403M-03a. Standard specification for wrought austenitic stainless steel piping
fittings.
A409/A409M-01. Standard specification for welded large-diameter austenitic steel pipe
for corrosive or high-temperature service.
A420/A420M-02. Standard specification for piping fittings of wrought carbon steel and
alloy steel for low-temperature service.
A437/A437M-01a. Standard specification for alloy-steel turbine-type bolting material
specially heat treated for high-temperature service.
A453/A453M-02. Standard specification for high-temperature bolting materials, with
expansion coefficients comparable to austenitic stainless steels.
A524-96(2001). Standard specification for seamless carbon steel pipe for atmospheric
and lower temperatures.
A530/A530M-03. Standard specification for general requirements for specialized carbon
and alloy steel pipe.
A587-96(2001). Standard specification for electric-resistance-welded lowcarbon steel
pipe for the chemical industry.
A671-96(2001). Standard specification for electric-fusion-welded steel pipe for
atmospheric and lower temperatures.
A672-96(2001). Standard specification for electric-fusion-welded steel pipe for highpressure service at moderate temperatures.
A691-98(2002). Standard specification for carbon and alloy steel pipe, electric-fusionwelded for high-pressure service at high temperatures.
A789/A789M-02a. Standard specification for seamless and welded ferritic/austenitic
stainless steel tubing for general service.
A790/A790M-03. Standard specification for seamless and welded ferritic/ austenitic
stainless steel pipe.
A815/A815M-01a. Standard specification for wrought ferritic, ferritic/austenitic, and
martensitic stainless steel piping fittings.

A47/A47M-99. Standard specification for ferritic malleable iron castings.

A48/A48M-00. Standard specification for gray iron castings.
A126-95(2001). Standard specification for gray iron castings for valves, flanges, and
pipe fittings.
A216/A216M-93(2003). Standard specification for steel castings, carbon, suitable for
fusion welding, for high-temperature service.
A217/A217M-02. Standard specification for steel castings, martensitic stainless and
alloy, for pressure-containing parts, suitable for hightemperature service.
A278/A278M-01. Standard specification for gray iron castings for pressurecontaining
parts for temperatures up to 6508F (3508C).
A351/A351M-03. Standard specification for castings, austenitic, austeniticferritic
(duplex), for pressure-containing parts.
A352/A352M-03. Standard specification for steel castings, ferritic and martensitic, for
pressure-containing parts, suitable for low-temperature service.
A395/A395M-99. Standard specification for ferritic ductile iron pressureretaining
castings for use at elevated temperatures.
A426/A426M-02. Standard specification for centrifugally cast ferritic alloy steel pipe for
high-temperature service.
A451/A451M-02. Standard specification for centrifugally cast austenitic steel pipe for
high-temperature service.
A487/A487M-93(2003). Standard specification for steel castings suitable for pressure
service.
A494/A494M-03a. Standard specification for castings, nickel and nickel alloy.
A571/A571M-01. Standard specification for austenitic ductile iron castings for pressurecontaining parts suitable for low-temperature service.
01.03 SteelPlate, Sheet, Strip, Wire; Stainless Steel Bar
A167-99. Standard specification for stainless and heat-resisting chromiumnickel steel
plate, sheet, and strip.
A240/A240M-03c. Standard specification for chromium and chromiumnickel stainless
steel plate, sheet, and strip for pressure vessels and for general applications.
A263-03. Standard specification for stainless chromium steel-clad plate.
A264-03. Standard specification for stainless chromium-nickel steel-clad plate, sheet,
and strip.
A265-03. Standard specification for nickel and nickel-base alloy-clad steel plate.
A479/A479M-03. Standard specification for stainless steel bars and shapes for use in
boilers and other high-pressure vessels.
01.04 SteelStructural, Reinforcing, Pressure Vessel, Railway
A20/A20M-02. Standard specification for general requirements for steel plates for
pressure vessels.
A36/A36M-03a. Standard specification for carbon structural steel.
A202/A202M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloy steel,
chromium-manganese-silicon.
A203/A203M-97(2003). Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloy steel,
nickel.
A204/A204M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloy steel,
molybdenum.

01.02 Ferrous Castings, Ferroalloys

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 11 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 12 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A285/A285M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, carbon steel, lowand intermediate-tensile strength.
A299/A299M-03e1. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, carbon steel,
manganese-silicon.
A302/A302M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloysteel,
manganese-molybdenum and manganese-molybdenum-nickel.
A353/A353M-93(1999). Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloy steel,
9% nickel, double-normalized and tempered.
A387/A387M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloy steel,
chromium-molybdenum.
A515/A515M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, carbon steel, for
intermediate- and higher-temperature service.
A516/A516M-03. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, carbon steel, for
moderate- and lower-temperature service.
A537/A537M-95(2000). Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, heat-treated,
carbon-manganese-silicon steel.
A553/A553M-95(2000). Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, alloy steel,
quenched and tempered 8% and 9% nickel.
A645/A645M-99a. Standard specification for pressure vessel plates, 5% nickel alloy
steel, specially heat treated.
01.05 SteelBars, Forgings, Bearings, Chains, Springs
A508/A508M-03. Standard specification for quenched and tempered vacuum-treated
carbon and alloy steel forgings for pressure vessels.
A675/A675M-90a(2000). Standard specification for steel bars, carbon, hotwrought,
special quality, mechanical properties.
01.06 Coated Steel Products
A123/A123M-02. Standard specification for zinc (hot-dip galvanized) coatings on iron
and steel products.
A153/A153M-03. Standard specification for zinc coating (hot-dip) on iron and steel
hardware.
01.07 Ships and Marine Technology. This material is not referenced in ASME
B31.3.
01.08 Fasteners; Rolling Element Bearings.
A307-03. Standard specification for carbon steel bolts and studs, 60,000 psi tensile
strength.
A325-02. Standard specification for structural bolts, steel, heat-treated, 120/105 ksi
minimum tensile strength.
A325M-03. Standard specification for structural bolts, steel heat-treated 830 MPa
minimum tensile strength (metric).
A354-03a. Standard specification for quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts, studs,
and other externally threaded fasteners.
A563-00. Standard specification for carbon and alloy steel nuts.

PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION (SECTION 02) - ASTM

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 13 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Section 02. Non-Ferrous Metal Products

02.01 Copper and Copper Alloys

B21/B21M-01e1. Standard specification for naval brass rod, bar, and shapes.
B42-02. Standard specification for seamless copper pipe, standard sizes.
B43-98. Standard specification for seamless red brass pipe, standard sizes.
B61-02. Standard specification for steam or valve bronze castings.
B62-02.Standardspecification forcompositionbronzeorouncemetalcastings.
B68-02. Standard specification for seamless copper tube, bright annealed.
B68M-99. Standard specification for seamless copper tube, bright annealed (metric).
B75M-99. Standard specification for seamless copper tube (metric).
B75-02. Standard specification for seamless copper tube.
B88-02. Standard specification for seamless copper water tube.
B88M-99. Standard specification for seamless copper water tube (metric).
B96/B96M-01. Standard specification for copper-silicon alloy plate, sheet, strip, and
rolled bar for general purposes and pressure vessels.
B98/B98M-03. Standard specification for copper-silicon alloy rod, bar, and shapes.
B148-97(2003). Standard specification for aluminum-bronze sand castings.
B150/B150M-03. Standard specification for aluminum bronze rod, bar, and shapes.
B152/B152M-00. Standard specification for copper sheet, strip, plate, and rolled bar.
B169/B169M-01. Standard specification for aluminum bronze sheet, strip, and rolled
bar.
B171/B171M-99e2. Standard specification for copper-alloy plate and sheet for pressure
vessels, condensers, and heat exchangers.
B187/B187M-03. Standard specification for copper, bus bar, rod, and shapes and
general-purpose rod, bar, and shapes.
B280-02. Standard specification for seamless copper tube for air conditioning and
refrigeration field service.
B283-99a. Standard specification for copper and copper-alloy die forgings (hot
pressed).
B466/B466M-98 Standard specification for seamless copper-nickel pipe and tube.
B467-88(2003) Standard specification for welded copper-nickel pipe.
B584-00 Standard specification for copper alloy sand castings for general applications.
02.02 Aluminum and Magnesium Alloys
B26/B26M-03. Standard specification for aluminum-alloy sand castings.
B209-02a. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy sheet and plate.
B209M-03. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy sheet and plate
(metric).
B210-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy drawn seamless
tubes.
B210M-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy drawn seamless
tubes (metric).
B211-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy bar, rod, and wire.
B211M-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy bar, rod, and wire
(metric).
B221M-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy extruded bars,
rods, wire, profiles, and tubes (metric).
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 14 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B221-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy extruded bars, rods,
wire, profiles, and tubes.
B241/B241M-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy seamless
pipe and seamless extruded tube.
B247-02a. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy die forgings, hand
forgings, and rolled ring forgings.
B247M-02a. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy die forgings, hand
forgings, and rolled ring forgings (metric).
B345/B345M-02. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloyseamless
pipe and seamless extruded tube for gas and oil transmission and distribution
piping systems.
B361-02. Standard specification for factory-made wrought aluminum and aluminumalloy welding fittings.
B491/B491M-00. Standard specification for aluminum and aluminum-alloy extruded
round tubes for general-purpose applications.

B409-01. Standard Specification for nickel-iron-chromium alloy plate, sheet, and strip.
B435-03. Standard specification for UNS N06002, UNS N06230, UNS N12160, and
UNS R30556 plate, sheet, and strip.
B443-00e1. Standard specification for nickel-chromium-molybdenumcolumbium alloy
(UNS N06625) and nickel-chromium-molybdenumsilicon alloy (UNS N06219)
plate, sheet, and strip.
B444-03. Standard specification for nickel-chromium-molybdenum-columbium alloys
(UNS N06625) and nickel-chromium-molybdenum-silicon alloy (UNS N06219)
pipe and tube.
B446-03. Standard specification for nickel-chromium-molybdenum-columbium alloy
(UNS N06625), nickel-chromium-molybdenum-silicon alloy (UNS N06219),
and nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy (UNS N06650) rod and bar.
B462-02. Specification for forged or rolled UNS N06030, UNS N06022, UNS N06200,
UNS N08020, UNS N08024, UNS N08026, UNS N08367, UNS N10276, UNS
N10665, UNS N10675, and UNS R20033 alloy pipe flanges, forged fittings
and valves and parts for corrosive hightemperature service.
B463-99. Standard specification for UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and UNS N08024 alloy
plate, sheet, and strip.
B464-99. Standard specification for welded UNS N08020, UNS N08024, and UNS
N08026 alloy pipe.
B493-01(2003). Standard specification for zirconium and zirconium alloy forgings.
B514-95(2002)e1. Standard specification for welded nickel-iron-chromium alloy pipe.
B517-03. Standard specification for welded nickel-chromium-ironalloy (UNS N06600,
UNS N06603, UNS N06025, and UNS N06045) pipe.
B523/B523M-02. Standard specification for seamless and welded zirconium and
zirconium alloy tubes.
B550/B550M-02. Standard specification for zirconium and zirconium alloy bar and wire.
B551/B551M-02. Standard specification for zirconium and zirconium alloy strip, sheet,
and plate.
B564-00a. Standard specification for nickel alloy forgings.
B574-99a. Specification for low-carbon nickel-molybdenum-chromium, low-carbon
nickel-chromium-molybdenum, low-carbon nickel-molybdenum-chromiumtantalum, low-carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenumcopper,low-carbon nickelchromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy rod.
B575-99a. Specification for low-carbon nickel-molydbdenum-chromium, low-carbon
nickel-chromium-molybdenum, low-carbon nickel-chromium- molybdenumcopper, low-carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenumtantalum, low-carbon
nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy plate, sheet and strip.
B619-00. Standard specification for welded nickel and nickel-cobalt alloy pipe.
B620-03. Standard specification for nickel-iron-chromium-molybdenum alloy (UNS
N08320) plate, sheet, and strip.
B621-02. Standard specification for nickel-iron-chromium-molybdenum alloy (UNS
N08320) rod.
B622-00. Standard specification for seamless nickel and nickel-cobalt alloy pipe and
tube.
B625-99. Standard specification for UNS N08904, UNS N08925, UNS N08031, UNS
N08932, UNS N08926, and UNS R20033 plate, sheet, and strip.

02.03 Electrical Conductors. This material is not referenced in ASMEB31.3.

02.04 Nonferrous MetalsNickel, Cobalt, Lead, Tin, Zinc, Cadmium,Precious,
Reactive, Refractory Metals and Alloys; Materials forThermostats,
Electrical Heating and Resistance Contacts, and Connectors
B127-98. Standard specification for nickel-copper alloy (UNS N04400) plate, sheet, and
strip.
B160-99. Standard specification for nickel rod and bar.
B161-03. Standard specification for nickel seamless pipe and tube.
B162-99. Standard specification for nickel plate, sheet, and strip.
B164-03. Standard specification for nickel-copper alloy rod, bar, and wire.
B165-93. Standard specification for nickel-copper alloy (UNS N04400)* seamless pipe
and tube.
B166-01. Standard specification nickel-chromium-iron alloys (UNS N06600,
N06601, N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045) and nickelchromium-cobaltmolybdenum alloy (UNS N06617) rod, bar, and wire.
B167-01. Standard specification for nickel-chromium-iron alloys (UNSN06600, N06601,
N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045) andnickel-chromiumcobalt-molybdenum alloy (UNS N06617) seamless pipe and tube.
B168-01. Standard specification for nickel-chromium-iron alloys (UNS N06600, N06601,
N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045) and nickel-chromiumcobalt-molybdenum alloy (UNS N06617) plate, sheet,and strip.
B265-02. Standard specification for titanium and titanium-alloy strip, sheet, and plate.
B333-03. Standard specification for nickel-molybdenum alloy plate, sheet, and strip.
B335-03. Standard specification for nickel-molybdenum alloy rod.
B338-02. Standard specification for seamless and welded titanium and titanium-alloy
tubes for condensers and heat exchangers.
B363-03. Standard specification for seamless and welded unalloyed titanium and
titanium-alloy welding fittings.
B381-02. Standard specification for titanium and titanium-alloy forgings.
B407-01. Standard specification for nickel-iron-chromium alloy seamless pipe and tube.
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 15 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 16 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B658/B658M-02. Standard specification for seamless and welded zirconium and

zirconium-alloy pipe.
B675-02. Standard specification for UNS N08367 welded pipe.
B688-96. Standard specification for chromium-nickel-molybdenum-iron (UNS N08366
and UNS N08367) plate, sheet, and strip.
B690-02. Standard specification for iron-nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloys (UNS
N08366 and UNS N08367) seamless pipe and tube.
B705-00. Standard specification for nickel-alloy (UNS N06625, UNS N06219 and UNS
N08825) welded pipe.
B725-93. Standard specification for welded nickel (UNS N02200/UNS N02201) and
nickel-copper alloy (UNS N04400) pipe.
B729-00. Standard specification for seamless UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and UNS
N08024 nickel-alloy pipe and tube.

PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION (SECTION 03) - ASTM

Section 03. Metals, Test Methods, and Analytical Procedures
03.01 Metals Mechanical Testing, Elevated and Low-Temperature Tests,
Metallography. E112-96e2. Standard test methods for determining
average grain size.
03.02 Wear and Erosion, Metal Corrosion. This situation is not referenced in
ASME B31.3.
03.03 Nondestructive Testing. E114-95. (2001) Standard practice for ultrasonic
pulse-echo straight-beam examination by the contact method.
E125-63(2003). Standard reference photographs for magnetic particle indications on
ferrous castings.
E155-00. Standard reference radiographs for inspection of aluminum and magnesium
castings.
E165-02. Standard test method for liquid penetrant examination.
E186-98. Standard reference radiographs for heavy-walled (241212 in.; 51114 mm)
steel castings.
E213-02. Standard practice for ultrasonic examination of metal pipe and tubing.
E272-99. Standard reference radiographs for high-strength copper-base and nickelcopper alloy castings.
E280-98. Standard reference radiographs for heavy-walled (412 12 in.; 114305 mm)
steel castings.
E310-99. Standard reference radiographs for tin bronze castings.
E446-98. Standard reference radiographs for steel castings up to 2 in. (51 mm)
thickness.
E709-01. Standard guide for magnetic particle examination.
03.04 Magnetic Properties. Such properties are not referenced in ASME

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 17 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PLASTIC LINED (KETAHANAN KOROSI)

Dalam perkembangan selanjutnya, untuk mendapatkan kemampuan kombinasi
antara kekuatan yang tinggi dengan ketahanan yang tinggi pula tetapi berharga
lebih murah, maka muncullah kombinasi antara baja karbon dengan lining plastik
misalnya.
Berikut sedikit di paparkan permasalahan dari plastic lining pada sistem pemipaan.
Plastik lining material dibagi dalam 2 (dua) kategori, yaitu : (1) Fluorinated Plastic
dan (2) non-fluorinated plastics.
Fluorinated plastic adalah fully fluorinated, seperti polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE),
perfluoroalkoxy,
dan
perfluoroethylenepropylene
dalam
kasus
ethyleneetetrafluoroethylene (ETFE) dan polyvinylidenefluoride.
Non-fluorinated plastic seperti polypropylene (PP) dan polyvinylidene chloride
(PVDC) yang banyak dipakai dengan ketahanan kimiawi yang tinggi.

JENIS-JENIS LINER

PTFE (POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE). Ini jenis lapisan dikembangkan

oleh DuPont tahun 1938, dan mulai dikembangkan untuk pelapis pada sistem
pemipaan tahun 1950an. DuPont dikenal pada market sebagai Teflon untuk
produk ini, tapi manufacture lain menggunakan nama seperti Fluon, Hustaflon,
Algoflon dal Polyflon.
FEP (FLUORINATED ETHYLENE PROPYLENE).
FEP di kenalkjan ke
pasaran tahun 1960an dalam bentuk cairan resin yang memiliki ketahanan
kimiawi. Produk ini juga dikembangkan oleh DuPont dan dikenal dengan
Teflon FEP. Kemampuan pemakaiannya dibawah temperatur PTFE, cakupan
pemakaiannya berkisar antara -20oF (-29 oC) ~ 300oF (149 oC).
PVDF (POLYVINYLIDINE FLUORIDE).
Diperkenalkan di pasaran oleh Elf
Atochem North America dan Ausimont dibawah bendera KYNAR. Pelapis
jenis ini memiliki ketahanan kimiawi yang sangat baik dengan cakupan kerja
temperatur -20oF (-29 oC) ~ 275oF (135 oC).
PP (POLYPROPYLENE).
Secara umum dikenal juga memiliki ketahanan
kimiawai yang bagus dengan cakupan temperatur kerja 0oF (-18C) ~ 225oF
o
PP banyak dan umum dipakain sebagai media hantar inorganic
(107 C).
acid seperti hydrochloric dan sulfuric sebaik caustic seperti halnya sodium
hydroxide.
PVDC (POLYVINYLIDENE CHLORIDE).
PVDC ini memiliki ketahanan
terendah dalam temperetur kerja berkisar 0oF (-18 oC) ~ 175oF (79 oC), di
pasaran dikenal dengan nama SARAN.
PE (POLYETHYLENE). PE memiliki ketahanan kimiawi yang cukup baik dan
temperatur kerjanya dibawah 180oF (82 oC).

Dibawah di sajikan list dari pelapis terhadap service yang ditanganinya.

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 18 dari 96

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Table Bahan pelapis pada temperatur maksimumnya (oF)

Chemical
Acetic acid (glacial)
Acetone (10%)
Ammonia (dry gas)
Ammonia aqua (30%)
Amyl acetate
Benzene
Bromine liquid
Chlorine liquid
Chlorine gas
Chlorine dioxide (15%)
Chlorosulfonic acid
Cyclohexane
Diethylamine
Ethyl acrylate
Formaldehyde (37%)
Formic acid
Hydrochloric acid (10%)
Hydrochloric acid (20%)
Hydrochloric acid (36%)
Hydrofluoric acid (35%)
Hydrofluoric acid (100%)
Hydrogen peroxide (30%)
Hydrogen peroxide (90%)
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methylene chloride
Nitric acid (10%)
Nitric acid (50%)
Nitric acid (90%)
Phenol
Phosgene (gas or liquid)
Phosphoric acid
Propyl alcohol
Sodium hydroxide (10%)
Sodium hydroxide (50%)
Sodium hypochlorite
Sulfuric acid (30%)
Sulfuric acid (50%)
Sulfuric acid (93%)
Sulfuric acid (98%)
Sulfuric acidfuming
Toluene
Trisodium phosphate

ETFE
230
150
300
230
250
212
150
212
212
250
75
300
230
212
230
275
300
300
300
275
230
250
150
230
212
212
150
NR
212
212
275
212
230
230
300
300
300
300
200
120
250
275

PVDF
NR
75
NR
175
125
170
150
200
175
150
NR
275
70
70
120
250
275
275
275
250
212
212
75
NR
70
225
120
NR
120
120
250
120
NR
NR
125
230
230
200
120
NR
170
275

PP
70
120
140
150
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
120
NR
140
140
185
175
150
200
70
70
70
70
70
150
70
NR
140
NR
225
140
225
225
150
200
125
NR
NR
NR
NR
150

PVDC
125
75

125
75
NR
NR
75
125
NR
125
NR

125
150
175
175

175
NR
125
125
NR
NR
150
125
NR
75

125
150
150
75
125
75
NR
NR
NR
NR
75
150

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table Standar Spesifikasi dari Polymer

Table Biaya rasio pemasangan (ref baja karbon = 1.0)

PIPING MATERIAL COST RATIO

PVC (sch 80)
CPVC (sch 80)

0.56
0.63

Carbon steel (Sch. 40)

1.00
304L S.S. (Sch. 10)
1.13
Rubber-lined steel (Sch 40)
1.16
316L S.S. (Sch. 10)
1.20
304L S.S. (Sch. 40)
1.31
316L S.S. (Sch. 40)
1.45
Hastelloy C-276 (Sch 40)
4.46
FRP/vinyl ester
1.78
FRP/epoxy
1.86
FRP/polyester
1.86
Polypropylene lined steel (Sch 40) 1.90
Saran lined steel (Sch 40)
1.91
PVDF-lined steel (Sch 40)
2.47
Alloy 20 (Sch. 10)
2.60
Monel (Sch 10)
2.61
Glass-lined steel (Sch 40)
2.69
PVDF (Sch 80)
2.71
PTFE-lined steel (Sch 40)
2.94
Titanium (Sch 10)
2.99
FEP-lined steel (Sch 40) 2.99

PTFE-lined FRP
Monel (Sch 40)
Alloy 20 (Sch 40)
Nickel (Sch 10)
Hastelloy C-276 (Sch 10)

3.20
3.24
3.32
3.34
3.52

PTFE-lined 304L SS (Sch 10)

Nickel (Sch 40)
Titanium (Sch 10)

4.12
4.27
4.46

Hastelloy B (Sch 40)

Zirconium (Sch 10)

5.71
5.95

Zirconium (Sch 40)

7.04

Gambar CRE, ELBOW DAN TEE

yang di liner

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 19 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 20 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Type
ANSI/AWWA C3036
ANSI/AWWA C6027

Standard for Reinforced Concrete

Pressure Pipe,Non-Cylinder
Type
Standard for Concrete Pressure
Pipe, Bar Wrapped, SteelCylinderType

For concrete and mortar

linings in concrete
pressure pipe
For mortar linings in concrete pressure pipe For
field-applied mortar
linings in steel pipe, cast
iron pipe, and ductile
iron pipe

Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining

of Water Pipe lines in Place-NPS
4 (DN 100) and Larger

Gambar Working pressure ASME class 150, 300 yang di lapis plastik

JOINT PROTECTION.

CEMENT LINED (KETAHANAN KOROSI)

Sudah lebuh dari 100 tahun, semen mortar ini digunakan sebagai bahan anti
koorosi pada logam besi untuk service air, juga pada kondisi di pendam dalam
tanah.
Refference AWWA standard untuk cement mortar lining di berikan pada tabel
dibawajh ini.
Table AWWA Standard untuk cement mortar lined
NUMBER

TITLE
Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining
for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
for Water

For factory-applied mortar

linings in ductile iron
pipe

ANSI/AWWA C2052

Standard for Cement-Mortar

Protective Lining
and Coating for Steel Water PipeNPS 4 (DN
100) and Larger-Shop Applied

For factory-applied mortar

linings in steel pipe

ANSI/AWWA C3014
ANSI/AWWA C3025

VOLUME-2

Pada gambar dibawah , ada

sedikit celah/gap antara
lining dan joinan pipanya
dari hasil penggabungan
menggunakan
concrete
nyang pake spigot joint
dilapangan.

REMARKS

American National Standards

Institute (ANSI)/American
Water Works Association
(AWWA) C104/A21.41

ANSI/AWWA C3003

Fluida yang bisa menggunakan cement mortar lining ini adalah :

Raw fresh water
Potable water
Raw sewage
Treated sewage
Seawater
Power plant cooling water (both seawater and fresh water)

Standard for Reinforced Concrete

Pressure Pipe,Steel-Cylinder
Type
Standard for Prestressed Concrete
Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder

Gambar Joining dengan mortar

lining di inside

CRYOGENIC MATERIALS

For concrete and mortar

linings in concrete
pressure pipe

Pertimbangan yang cukup penting dalam pemilihan material untuk sistem

pemipaan kriogenik meliputi kecocokan propertis baik mekanis maupun fisik,
sehingga kompatibel dengan serficenya, mudah difabrikasi, murah dan cocok
dengan regulasi standardnya.

For concrete and mortar

linings in concrete
pressure pipe

Stainless steel (Ferritic maupun austenitic), adalah material Ferrous yang bisa
dipergunakan pada service cryogenik ini, lihat pada tabel di bawah ya.

Halaman : 21 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 22 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table Jenis Paduan Besi nyang dipake pada Cryogenic Piping

PADUAN

MIN. TEMP *

C-Mn steel1
21 % Ni steel1
31 % Ni steel1
9% Ni steel1
304 Stainless steel2
304L Stainless steel2
316 Stainless steel2
316L Stainless steel2
347 Stainless steel2

-46oC (-50oF)
-73oC (-100oF)
-101oC (-150oF)
-196oC (-320oF)
-254oC (-425oF)
-254oC (-425oF)
-196oC (-320oF)
-196oC (-320oF)
-254oC (-425oF)

ASME Spec.

KOMEN

SA-3333 Grade 1
SA-3333 Grade 7
SA-3333 Grade 3
SA-3333 Grade 8
SA-3123
SA-3123
SA-3123
SA-3123
SA-3123

Aluminum killed, fine grain practice

Aluminum killed, fine grain practice
Aluminum killed, fine grain practice
Aluminum killed, fine grain practice

Alloy

C-Mn steel1
21 % Ni steel2
31 % Ni steel2
9% Ni steel2
304 stainless
steel
304L stainless
steel
316 stainless
steel
316L stainless
steel
347 stainless
steel

SA 333
Grade 1
SA 333
Grade 7
SA 333
Grade 3
SA 333
Grade 8
SA 312
TP 304
SA 312
TP 304L
SA 312
TP 316
SA 312
TP 316L
SA 312
TP 347

RT
-50
RT
-100
RT
-150
RT
-320
RT
-425
RT
-425
RT
-325
RT
-325
RT
-425

Ultimate
tensile
strength
(ksi)

0.2%
Offset
Yield
strength
(ksi)

Elongation
in 2 in.
(%)

21(1)

65
75
100
120
115
170
85
250
80
225
87
197
85

35
40
75
87
90
135
38
70
37
65
38
65
38

18(1)

90
230

65
70

Charpy
impact
strength
(ft-lb.)

Thermal
expansion
(in/in oF x
10-6)

Thermal
conductivity
(BTU(hr
ft.oF)

25
27
45
3
45
31
45
56
45

70
50
58
20
96
22
47
25
115
75
60
60

50
38

60
45

6.5
3.0

5.8
4.8
5.8
4.8
9.0
1.2
EQ. 304
EQ. 304
9.0
7.8
EQ. 316
EQ. 316
8.7
7.2

15.7
7.6
9
0
EQ. 304
EQ. 304
9
0
EQ. 316
EQ. 316
8.5
0

18(1)

* Minimum value as stated in ASME Specification SA-333.

1 Normalized, aluminum killed, fine grain practice.
2 Quenched and tempered.
3 Corresponding ASTM specifications are A333 and A312.
4 RT is room temperature.

VOLUME-2

Table Jenis Paduan NON-Besi nyang dipake pada Cryogenic Piping

Alloy

Table Jenis Paduan Besi nyang dipake pada Cryogenic Piping (Mekanik & Physical propertis nya)
Temper
ature4
(oF)

Material non besi yang bisa digunakan untuk service nyang dingin banget
ini adalah Alumunium, Cooper ataupun kelompok nickel.
Nah, tabel dibawah adalah material besi nyang diperguanakan untuk
service kriogenik

Tempers

1100 Aluminum
3003 Aluminum
5052 Aluminum
5083 Aluminum
5086 Aluminum
6061 Aluminum
Copper (C10200, C12200)
Copper-nickel (70600)
Copper-nickel (C71500)
Monel 400, Al-Cu alloy

Catatan : * Design minimum temperature for which material is normally

suited without impact testing other than that required by
material specification.
1 Ferritic steels.
2 Austenitic steel.
3 Corresponding ASTM specifications are A333 and A312.

ASME3
spec.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Minimum temperature

ASME1 spec.
SB 210
SB 210
SB 210
SB 210
SB 210
SB 210
SB 75
SB 467
SB 467
SB 165

_254_C (_452_F)
_254_C (_452_F)
_254_C (_452_F)
_254_C (_452_F)
_254_C (_452_F)
_254_C (_452_F)
_198_C (_325_F)
_198_C (_325_F)
_198_C (_325_F)
_198_C (_325_F)

O, H11
O, H112
O, H32
O, H112
O, H112
T6
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed
Annealed

* Design minimum temperature for which material is normally suitable without impact testing
other than that required by material specification.
1 Corresponding ASTM specifications are B75, B165, B210 and B467.
Table Jenis Paduan non-Besi nyang dipake pada Cryogenic Piping (Mekanik & Physical propertis nya)

Alloy

1100 Aluminum
0, H112
3003 Aluminum
0, H112
5052 Aluminum
O, H32
5083 Aluminum
0, H1112
5086 Aluminum
0, H112
6061 Aluminum
T6
Copper (C10200,
C1200)
90/10 Cu-Ni
CDA 706
70/30 Cu-Ni
CDA 715
Monel 400

ASME1
spec.
SB-210
SB-210
SB-210
SB-210
SB-210
SB-210
SB-75
SB-467
SB-467
SB-165

Temper
ature
(oF)
RT
-452
RT
-452
RT
-452
RT
-452
RT
-452
RT
-452
RT
-452
RT
-325
RT
-325
RT
-325

Ultimate
tensile
strength
(ksi)

0.2%
Offset
Yield
strength
(ksi)

Elongation
in 2 in.
(%)

13S 24H
24S
16S 29H
32S
43S 46H
76S 86H
42S 44H
63S
38S 42H
78S 96H
45
70
33
52
44

5S 152H
8S
6S 186H
9S
37S 290H
47S 379H
21S 193H
23S
17S 117H
20S 179H
40
58
10
14
16

44
85
80
115

20
31
25
50

Charpy
impact
strength
(ft-lb.)

Thermal
expansion
(in/in oF x
10-6)

Thermal
conductivity
(BTU(hr
ft.oF)

40S 10H
56S
35S 7H
48S
12S 8H
42S 30H
22S 16H
32S
22S 12H
38S 30H
12
25
45
69
42

16S 70H
16S 70H

13
5
12
5
13.2

125
160
92
85
75
7
68
4
73

10
12
56
75

10
2
9.5
5.0
9.5

150
75
26

40
60
42
64

79
87
56
50

7.5
2.5

15
5

13
5
13.2

* The letters S and H designate soft and hardened conditions respectively.

1 Corresponding ASTM specifications are B75, B165, B210 and B467.

Halaman : 23 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 24 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SISTEM PEMIPAAN FIBER GLASS

Circumferential flexural modulus

Short-term
Long-term creep
Circumferential tensile strength
Compressive stress & modulus
Constituents; % resin, glass, aggregate, filler
Dimensions
Density
Dielectric strength

Fiberglass Reinfoced Plastic (FRP) telah banyak dan sukses di pakai lebih dari
lima puluh tahunan sebagai material pemipaan, karena menjadi kombinasi
antara plastik material yang resistant corrosion dengan kekuatan (karena ada
reinforced-nya).
Penggunaan FRP ini pada temperatur -40o s/d 300 o F (-40o s/d 149 o C)
Resin pada FRP di memiliki ketahanan korosi untuk acid, caustic ataupun
solvent.
Nah, kalau medianya abrasif misalnye aja slurry maka bisa
ditambahkan abrasion resistat material pada inside pipenye.

Electrical resistance, DC
Indentation hardness, barchol impressor
Impact resistance
Joints, pressure & bending as applicable
Cemented socket & spigot
Bolted flanges
Socket & spigot with elastomeric seals
Pipe stiffness
Short-term
Long-term creep
Pressure, external
Pressure, internal
Cyclic
Hydrostatic design basis
Short-time hydraulic failure
Time to failure, constant pressure
Regression analysis

Nah berikut aplikasi FRP di dindustri secara umum

INDUSTRY
Chemical
process

Aeration lines
Brine slurry lines
Chemical feed lines
Column piping
Condensate return
Conduit
Cooling water lines
Disposal well systems
Downhole tubing and casing
Effluent drain lines
Fire mains
Guttering and downspouts
Oily water
Scrubber headers
Seawater lines
Slurry lines
Vent lines
Water lines
Waste treatment
Buried gasoline piping1
1. At gasoline service stations.

Food
proces
sing

Marine
&
Offshor
e

Mining

Petroc
hem &
Petrole
um

Pharm
aceutic
al

Power
Plants

Pulps
&
paper

WW
TP

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X

Ring-bending strain

X
X
X

Shear strength
Specific gravity
Stiffness factor
Short-term
Long-term creep
Tensile elongation ultimate
Tensile stress & modulus
Hoop
Laminate
Longitudinal
Thermal conductivity
Thermal expansion, linear coefficient
Between _30_ and 30_C
Other temperatures

X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X

Beam bending stress & modulus

Beam deflection, full bore flow
Chemical resistance
Laminates
Molding compounds
Pipe, deflected

VOLUME-2

ASTM Standard
#
P
F
D 790
modified
D 2925

Yes

C 581
D 3615
D 3681

Yes
No
Yes

Yes
Yes
No

Yes

D 2290
D 695
D 2584
D 3567
D 792
D 149
D 257
D 2583
D 2444

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

D 2412

Yes

D 2924

Yes

D 2143
D 2992
D 1599
D 1598

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
Yes
Yes
No

D 2992
D 5365

Yes
Yes

Yes
No

D 792

Yes

D 2412

Yes

D 2105

Yes

D 1599
D 638
D 2105
C 177

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
No
Yes

D 696
E 228

Yes
Yes

No
No

53 769-3
EN 761
EN 1393

Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
No

10466
7684

Yes
Yes

No
No

EN 637

Yes

7510

Yes

53 479

Yes

EN 1449
EN 1450
EN 1448

Yes
Yes
Yes

53 769EN 761

Yes
Yes

No
No

10466
7684

Yes
Yes

No
No

10928

Yes

10466
7684

Yes
Yes

No
No

527-4

Yes

EN 59

53 769-3
53 758
EN 1447
53 768
EN 705

Yes
Yes
Yes

No
Yes
Yes

53 769-1

Yes

53 769-3
EN 761
EN 1393

Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
No

Table Standard Produk FRP pipe & Fitting

Table Metode Test nya FRP for P (Pipes) and F (Fittings)

PROPERTY TESTED

D 2412

DIN Standard
#
P
F

ISO Standard
#
P
F
ISO 178

53 393

Yes

Halaman : 25 dari 96

Yes

Product Description
Fittings
Contact molded
Dimensions, nominal
Flanges, contact molded
Flanges other than contact molded
Gravity flow
Line pipe, low pressure
Pressure

VOLUME-2

Standard

Pipe

Fittings

Size nps (DN)

Pressure psig
(bar)

ASTM D 6041
ISO 7370
ASTM D 5421
ASTM D 4024
ASTM D 3840
API 15LR
ASTM D 5685

No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

All
1144 (253600)
196 (252400)
All
8144 (2003600)
116 (25400)
116 (25400)

0150 (010)
NA
25150 (210)
50500 (334)
Gravity
up to 1000 (68)
251000 (268)

Halaman : 26 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Jet fuel lines, belowground

Joints
Bell & spigot gasket joints
Marine pipe & fittings
Laminates, contact molded
Pipe
Casing and tubing
Centrifugally cast
Contact molded
Dimensions, nominal
Filament wound
Line pipe, high pressure
Line pipe, low pressure
Machine made classification
Sewer
Water
Industrial wastes & corrosive fluids
Process plant piping
Water supply or sewerage piping
Water systems

ASTM D 5677

Yes

All

up to 150 (10)

ASTM D 4161
ASTM F 1173
ASTM C 582

Yes
Yes
Yes

8144 (2003600)
148 (251200)
All

up to 250 (17)
All
All

API 15AR
ASTM D 2997
ASTM C 582
ISO 7370
ASTM D 2996
API 15HR
API 15LR
ASTM D 2310
ASTM D 3262
ASTM D 3517
ASTM D 3754
BS 6464
BS 5480
AWWA C-950
M45 design
manual

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes

110 (25250)
All
All
1144 (103600)
116 (25400)
18 (25200)
116 (25400)
NA
8144 (2003600)
8144 (2003600)
8144 (2003600)
136 (251000)
1144 (253600)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

All
All
NA
All
5001000 (3468)
up to 1000 (68)
NA
Gravity
up to 250 (17)
up to 250 (17)
up to 940 (64)
50250 (317)

RESIN yang banyak digunakan adalah :

TEKANAN DAN UJI KEBOCORAN

Epoxy Resins limit temp 250oF (121oC)

Polyester Resins
Vinyl Ester Resins. limit temp 225oF (107oC); special aplication limit
temp 350oF (177oC)
Bisphenol-A Fumarate Polyester Resins. limit temp 250oF (121oC)
Chlorendic Polyester Resins. limit temp 350oF (177oC)
Isophthalic Polyester Resins. . limit temp 180oF (82oC)
Phenolic Resins limit temp 300oF (149oC)

SISTEM JOIN
Dalam sistem join di FRP ini dikenal dengan berbagai cara, yaitu :

Table Uji dan pengujian tekanan

CODE

JENIS UJI

TEKANAN UJI
MINIMUM

ASME B31.1

Hydrostatic1

1.5 times design

ASME B31.1

Pneumatic

1.2 times design

ASME B31.1

Initial service

Normal operating
pressure

ASME B31.3

Hydrostatic
1.5 times

ASME B31.3

Pneumatic

ASME B31.3

Initial service3

ASME I

Hydrostatic

design2

1.1 times design

ASME III
Division 1
Subsection
NB

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 27 dari 96

Hydrostatic

VOLUME-2

Design pressure
1.5 times max
allowallowable
Workworking
pressure4
1.25 times system

TEKANAN UJI
MAKSIMUM
Max allowable test
pressure any component
or 90 percent of yield
1.5 times design or max
allowable test
pressure any component
Normal operating
pressure
Not to exceed yield
stress
1.1 times design plus the
lesser of 50 psi or 10
percent of test Pressure
Design pressure
Not to exceed 90 percent
yield stress

TEKANAN UJI
(HOLD TIME)

TEKANAN
PENGUJIAN

10 minutes

Design Pressure

10 minutes

Lower of 100 psig

or design pressure

10 minutes or time
to complete leak
examination

Normal operating
pressure

Time to complete
leak exAmination but at
least 10 minutes
10 minutes
Time to complete
leak examination
Not specified,
typically 1 hr

1.5 times design

Design pressure
Design pressure
Max allowable
working pressure4
Greater of design
pressure or .75 times

Halaman : 28 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pneumatic
ASME III
Division 1
Subsection
NB

ASME III
Division 1
Subsec tion
NC

1.2 times system

design
pressure6

Hydrostatic

Pneumatic
ASME III
Division 1
Subsection
NC

ASME III
Division 1
Subsection
ND

design
pressure5

1.5 times system

design
pressure

1.25 times system

design
pressure

Hydrostatic

Pneumatic

ASME III
Division 1
Subsection
ND

1.5 times system

design pressure for
completed components, 1.25 times
system maxidesign
pressure for piping systems
1.25 times system design
pressure

Not to exceed stress

limits of design section NB-3226 or
maximum test pressure
of any system
component5
Not to exceed stress
limits of design section NB-3226 or
maximum test pressure
of any system
component
If minimum test pressure
exceeded by 6
percent establish limit by
the lower of analysis of
all test loadings or
maximum test pressure
of any component
If minimum test pressure
exceeded by 6
percent establish limit by
the lower of analysis of
all test loadings or
maximum
test pressure of any
component
If minimum test pressure
exceeded by 6
percent establish limit by
the lower of
analysis of all test
loadings or maxidesign
mum test pressure of
any component

10 minutes

10 minutes or 15
minutes
per inch of design
minimum wall
thickness for
pumps and
valves
10 minutes

10 minutes

test
pressure
Greater of design
pressure or .75times
test
pressure

Greater of design
pressure or .75
times test
pressure
Greater of design
pressure or .75 times
test
pressure
Greater of design
pressure or .75 times
test
pressure

10 minutes
Greater of design
pressure or .75 times
test
pressure

If minimum test pressure

exceeded by 6
percent establish limit by
the lower of
analysis of all test
loadings or maximum
test pressure of any
component

HAZARDOUS PIPING SYSTEM

ASME CODE B31.3 PROCESS PIPING mendefinisikan hazardous fluid service sbb :
a fluid service in which the potential for personnel exposure is judged to be significant and in
which a single exposure to a very small quantity of a toxic fluid, caused by leakage, can produce
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 29 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

serious irreversible harm to persons on breathing or bodily contact, even when prompt
restorative measures are taken [emphases added].
Code dan standard yang dipergunakan untuk membantu dalam identifikasi proses
terutama uang berkaitan dengan hal ini khususnya bagi owner maupun designer
adalah :
API 570, Piping Inspection Code: Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Rerating of Inservice Piping Systems
API RP 574, Inspection of Piping, Tubing, Valves, and Fittings
API RP 750, Management of Process Hazards
ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping. The ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping consists
of several sections: B31.1 Power Piping, B31.3 Process Piping,etc. (see Chap. A4). All the
sections, published as separate books, may have useful information relevant to the design
and construction of hazardous piping systems for their particular application. B31.3,
however, is the only section that includes a chapter on hazardous piping systems.
ASME B31G, Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipe
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Divisions 1 and 2, Rules for
Construction of Pressure Vessels
NBBPVI, National Board Inspection Code
NIOSH, Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances
NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
NFPA 49, Hazardous Chemical Data
NFPA 325M, Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable Liquids, Gases, and Volatile Solids
NFPA 491M, Manual of Hazardous Chemical Reactions
Table Material yang sangat beracun dan reaktif
Acetaldehyde
Acrolein (2-Propenal)
Acrytyl chloride
Allyl chloride
Allytamine
Alkylaluminums
Ammonia, Anhydrous
Ammonia solutions
Ammonium perchlorate
Ammonium permanganate
Arsenic hydride (also called Arsine)
Arsine (also called Arsenic hydride)
Bis(chloromethyl) ether
Boron trichloride
Boron trifluoride
Bromine
Bromine chloride
Bromine pentafluoride
Bromine trifluoride
3-Bromopropyne (also called
Propargylbromide)
Butyl hydroperoxide (tertiary)
Butyl perbenzoate (tertiary)

VOLUME-2

Dimethylhydrazine, 1,1Dimethylamine, anhydrous

2, 4-Dinitroaniline
Ethyl methyl ketone peroxide (also
called Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide)
Ethyl nitrite
Ethylamine
Ethylene fluorohydrin
Ethylene oxide
Ethyleneimine
Fluorine
Formaldehyde (Formalin)
Fuming sulfuric acid (also called
Oleum)
Furan
Hexafluoroacetone
Hydrochloric acid, anhydrous
Hydrofluoric acid, anhydrous
Hydrogen bromide
Hydrogen chloride
Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous

Nitromethane
Nitrogen dioxide
Nitrogen oxides (NO; NO2; N2O4;
N2O3)
Nitrogen peroxide (also called Nitrogen
tetroxide)
Nitrogen tetroxide (also called Nitrogen
peroxide)
Nitrogen trifluoride
Nitrogen trioxide
Oleum (also called Fuming sulfuric
acid)
Osmium tetroxide
Oxygen difluoride (Fluorine monoxide)
Ozone
Pentaborane
Peracetic acid (also called
Peroxyacetic acid)
Perchloric acid
Perchloromethyl mercaptan
Perchloryl fluoride
Peroxyacetic acid (also called

Halaman : 30 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Carbonyl chloride (also called

Phosgene)
Carbonyl nitrate
Chlorine
Chlorine dioxide
Chlorine pentrafluoride
Chlorine trifluoride
Chlorodiethylaluminum (also called
Dieth- Bromoylaluminum chloride)
1-chloro-2, 4-dinitrobenzene
Chloromethyl methyl ether
Chloropicrin
Chloropicrin and Methyl bromide
mixture
Chloropicrin and Methyl chloride
mixture
Cumene hydroperoxide
Cyanogen
Cyanogen chloride
Cyanuric fluoride
Diacetyl peroxide
Diazomethane
Dibenzoyl peroxide
Diborane
Dibutyl peroxide (tertiary)
Dicloro acetylene
Diclorosilane
Diethylaluminum chloride (also called
Chlorodiethylaluminum)
Diethylzinc
Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate
Dilaluroyl peroxide
Dimethyldiclorosilane

Hydrogen fluoride
Hydrogen peroxide
Hydrogen selenide
Hydrogen sulfide
Hydroxylamine
Iron, pentacarbonyl
Isopropylamine
Ketene
Methacrylaldehyde
Methacryloyl chloride
Methacryloyloxyethel isocyanate
Methyl acrylonitrile
Methylamine, anhydrous
Methyl bromide
Methyl chloride
Methyl chloroformate
Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide (also
called Ethyl methyl ketone peroxide)
Methyl fluoroacetate
Methyl fluorosulfate
Methyl hydrazine
Methyl iodide
Methyl isocyanate
Methyl mercaptan
Methyl vinyl ketone
Methyltrichlorosilane
Nickel carbonyl (Nickel tetracarbonyl)
Nitric acid
Nitric oxide
Nitroaniline

Peracetic acid)
Phophoryl chloride (also called
Phosphorusoxychloride)
Phosgene (also called Carbonyl
chloride)
Phosphine (Hydrogen phosphide)
Phosphorus oxychloride (also called
Phosphoryl chloride)
Phosphorus trichloride
Propargyl bromide (also called 3Bromoylaluminumpropyne)
Propyl nitrate
Sarin
Selenium hexafluoride
Stibine (Antimony hydride)
Sulfur dioxide (liquid)
Sulfur pentafluoride
Sulfur tetrafluoride
Sulfur trioxide (also called Sulfuric
anhydride)
Sulfuric anhydride (also called Sulfur
trioxide)
Tellurium hexafluoride
Tetrafluoroethylene
Tetrafluorohydrazine
Tetramethyl lead
Thionyl chloride
Trichloro (Chloromethyl) silane
Trichloro (Dichlorophenyl) silane
Trichlorosilane
Trifluorochloroethylene

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform stress analysis incorporating all the loadings

expected.
Select materials that will not deteriorate in service.
Use ductile materials.
Eliminate or minimize the use of mechanical joints.
Provide smooth transitions at welded joints.
Choose valves to be consistent with hazardous service.
Provide designs to minimize fugitive emissions.
Use appropriate NDE methods to assure quality
fabrication and erection.
Try to provide advice to plant designers regarding piping
layout needs.
Use piping geometry to compensate for thermal
expansion and contraction.
Provide a collection and disposal system for pressure
relief of hazardous systems.
Segregate hazardous piping systems during fabrication,
erection, and testing to facilitate all requirements
being met.
Design and maintain supports as part of the piping
system.
Provide design details of critical elements to
construction.
Provide mechanism for positive identification of piping
materials of construction.
Provide an in-service monitoring program for early
detection of problems.
Maintain service records throughout life of system.
Periodically examine critical elements.

Disregard short-term loadings combined with sustained

loads or the fatigue effects of short-term
loadings.
Choose materials sensitive to corrosion or erosion.
Use low-ductility materials, such as castiron or glass.
Use mechanical joints without considering means to
safeguard them.
Have abrupt changes in joint geometry.
Use stem packing designs that can leak.
Forget to perform a sensitive leak test with an
appropriate sensitivity.
Limit NDE methods to those in codes and standards if
newer methods will give reliable results.
Believe that plant designers will understand hazardous
piping layout needs.
Use expansion joints.
Vent directly to atmosphere without proper treatment.
Treat hazardous piping like other systems.
Treat piping supports as independent components.
Leave critical fabrication and assembly details to be
provided by field.
Rely on specifying materials with no follow-up.
Wait for a catastrophic event.
Repair piping without documenting it.
Install system and forget about it.

Trimethyloxysilane

EXAMINATION, INSPECTION DAN TESTING.

Umumnya pada piping kode dibedakan antara examination dan testing; dimana
examination adalah tanggung jawab manufacturer, fabricator atau erector sedangkan
inspection adalah tanggung jawabnya owner.
Table Rekomendasi design dan opration untuk Hazardous Piping

DO
Identify and give hazardous piping systems special
consideration.
Evaluate consequence of piping failure (forexample,
quantities released, personnelexposure, harm to
the environment).
Understand operating modes of the system,including
variations in normal and abnormal operating
conditions.
Consider dynamic effects, such as fluid hammering,
vibrations, earthquake.

VOLUME-2

DONT
View hazardous piping systems as conventional
systems.
Assume piping system cannot fail.
Expect operating conditions to be without
variation.
Overlook potential dynamic effects.

Halaman : 31 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 32 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. PIPING COMPONENT
Sistem pemipaan merupakan koneksi poin to poin pada setting kondisi design yang
sama. Sistem pemipaan tidak hanya membutuhkan pipa tetapi juga fitting,
Flange, valves, dsb yang dikenal dengan piping component. Piping komponen ini
meliputi design spec., materials, parts, supports, fabrikasi, inspeksi dan testing.

PEMILIHAN MATERIAL
Pertama kali pemilihan material tergantung dari service yang akan dilayani.
Pemilihan material membutuhkan pengetahuan corrosion properties, strength
and engineering characteristics, cost dan availability.
Pertimbangan utama pemilihan material yaitu properties korosi dari fluida,
kondisi tekanan dan temperatur dari service dan sifat alamiah dari service.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Low temperature steel. Digunakan dibawah temperature -20oF (-29oC)

Alloy Carbon steel (CS). Digunakan diatas temperature 800oF (425oC)
Untuk korosif fluide, sebagaimana rekomendasi dari licenser.

PIPE
UMUM
Ukuran dari pipa di identify dari NOMINAL
BORE or NOMINAL PIPE SIZE.
Dalam
American Code hal ini diatur dalam ASME
B36.10M dan B36.19M
NPS 12 & smaller memiliki OD yang lebih besar
dari nilai pipe size.

Mechanical properties dari material seperti :

Yield strength
Ultimate strength
elongation
Impact strength
creep-rupture strength
fatigue endurance strength
Berdasarkan material dari piping komponen dapat di klasifikasi dalam :

KETEBALAN PIPA
IPS (Iron Pipe Standard) STD
(Standard), XS (Extra Strong), XXS
(Double Extra Strong).
Untuk SS schedule number 5S, 10S, 40S,
dan 80S
Untuk CS schedule number S10, S20,
S30, S40, S60, S80, S100, S120, S140,
S160STD, XS, XXS
Ketebalan pipa Standard (STD) sama
dengan S40 untuk NPS s/d 10
Ketebalan pipa XS sama dng S80 untuk
NPS s/d 8
Ketebalan pipa XXS lebih dari S160 untuk
NPS s/d 6
Untuk NPS 12 ketebalan match untuk S120
dan 10 match S140

Basic material/generik material mengikuti specifikasi dari Process Licenser

untuk process fluida nya. Piping engineering menterjemahkannya secara
detail berlandaskan code & standard yang di pergunakan.
Piping Engineer juga mempertimbangkan kekuatan (strength) sbb :
Design pressure 10% lebih tinggi dari max. anticipated operting
pressure
Design temperature 25% diatas max. anticipated operting temperatur
Ketika operating temperature 15oC kebawah, maka design temperatur
adalah anticipated minimum operating temperature.
Penggunaan steel berdasarkan temperatur secara umum adalah
Carbon steel (CS). Digunakan sampai dengan temperature 800oF (425oC)
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 33 dari 96

SAMBUNGAN PIPA
1. Bevel End.
Las (Welding)
Keuntungan : Paling praktis untuk penyambungan pipa yang besar, tidak
mudah bocor dan mudah di radiography (untuk test)
Kerugian : Weld intrusion akan berpengaruh pada lairan, dan
membutuhkan preparasi pada end of pipe
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 34 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. Spigot/Socket End
specified joint (resin)
Keuntungan : Mudah di kerjakan di site, misalignment diterima sampai
susut 10o
Kerugian : hanya cocok untuk tekanan rendah, dibutuhkan special
konfiguration
2. Plain End
fillet welding
Keuntungan : Mudah alignment dari butt welding, Nggak ada intrusi
metal ke dalam pipa
Kerugian : 1.5 mm celah ada liquid yg terjebak, untuk service yang
korosif kagak boleh di pakai.
6. Buttress End
for glass piping using bolting
Hanya untuk glass pipe dan tidak di pakai untuk pressure tinggi

3. Screwed End
threaded connection
Keuntungan : Mudah di buat di site, Bisa di kombinasi dengan lasan
Kerugian : sambungan mudah bocor, tdk di rekomdasikan untuk service
yg korosif, kekuatan pipa turun, sealing (perapat) sebaiknya di pasang.
JENIS PIPA
1. Welded Pipe
Electric Resistance Welded (ERW). Longitudinal joint
Furnace Butt Welded, Continuous Welded. Longitudinal Joint
Electric Fusion Welded (EFW). Longitudinal joint single/double
Double Submerged-Arc Welded. Longitudinal joint
Spiral Welded. Helical seam
2. Seamless
4. Flanged End
bolted connection
Keuntungan : Mudah di kerjakan di site, pengganti welding dan mudan di
copot
Kerugian : sambungan mudah bocor, tdk di rekomdasikan untuk lokasi
dengan bending momen yang besar.

DESIGN PRESSURE
Salah satu faktor pertimbangan untuk kalkulasi ketebalan pipa adalah design
pressure. Selain itu juga corrosion Allowance & mill tolerance ikut di
pertimbangkan.
TEBAL PIPA LURUS BERTEKANAN
ASME B31.3 mensyaratkan tebal pipa minimum adalah Tm = T + C
Dimana :
P=Internal Pressure
D=Outside diameter

= Allowable stress
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 35 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 36 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ej= Joint Quality factor

Y= Coefficient
C= Corrosion allowance + Depth of thread

Total Thickness required is the sum of

1. Pressure design thickness
2. Manufacturing tolerance (usual 12% of nominal WT)
3. Corrosion (or erosion) allowance
4. Threading allowance
LENGTH
Dalam pemesanan dan pembuatan yang ada di pasaran dikenal dengan (a)
Single random lengths adalah panjang pipa sekitar 6 meteran (20 feet) per
batang dan Double random sekitar 12 meteran. Untuk pemesanan yang
lebih spesific bisa di lakukan pemesanan tetapi dengan harga yang lebih
mahal.
Specification
Product form
Size range (NPS)
Application
=======================================================================
ASTM A53
Seamless/welded
1/8 to 26
Ordinary use in gas, air, oil,
water, steam
ASTM A106
Seamless
1/8 to 48
High-temperature service
(steam, water, gas, etc.)
ASTM A369
Forged and bored
Custom
High-temperature service
ASTM A335
Seamless
Custom
High-temperature service
ASTM A333
Seamless/welded
1/8 and larger
Service requiring excellent
fracture toughness at low
temperatures
ASTM A671
Electric fusion-welded 16 and larger
Low-temperature service
ASTM A672
Electric fusion-welded 16 and larger
Moderate-temperature
service
ASTM A691
Electric fusion-welded 16 and larger
High-temperature service
ASTM A312
Seamless/welded
1/8 and larger
Low- to high-temperature
and corrosive service
API 5L
Seamless/welded
Line pipe, refinery, and
transmission service

FITTINGS
Piping material paling banyak diproduksi dalam bentuk standard fitting.
Material fitting tsb terbuat dari ductile or cast iron, malleable iron, brass,
copper, cast steel, forged steel, and wrought steel.
Material non ferrous
lainnya dalam bentuk cast dan wrought fittings.
Dimensional Standard:
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 37 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges & Flanged Fittings

2.ANSI B16.3 Melleable Iron Threaded Fittings
3.ANSI B16.4 Grey Iron Threaded Fittings
4.ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
5.ANSI B16.9 Factory made Wrought Steel Butt weling
6.ANSI B16.11 Forged fittings, socket welding and thread
7.ANSI B16.28 Wrought steel Buttwelding short radius Elbow
8.ANSI B16.42 Ductile iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged
Fittings
9.ANSI B16.49 Buttwelding induction bends for
transportationand Distribution system
10. BS 1640 Buttweld Fittings
11. BS 3799 Socketweld and Screwed fittings
12. BS 2598 Glass Pipelines and Fittings
13. IS 1538 Cast Iron fittings
14. MSS-SP-43 Stainless Steel Fittings
Klasifikasi berdasarkan end Connection
1. Untuk SW & Thd (ANSI B16.11) : (Up to 4 saja)
2000# class just screwed. Thk S80 & XS.
3000# class SW & screwed. Thk S80, XS (scrd) & S160
6000# class SW & screwed. Thk S160 (SW), XXS (scrd)
9000# class just SW. Thk XXS.
NPT American Std and BSPT British std
SW & Screwed manufactured di forging
Materials :
1. A105 Forged CS
2. A181 Forgrd CS for General Purpose
3. A182 Forged Alloy Steel & Stainless Steel
4. A234 Wrought CS and AS pipe fittings for moderate & elevated temperatures
5. A350 Forged AS for Low temperture service
FITTINGS Socket Weld
Materials
1. Steel (ASME B16.11)
Carbon Steel
Stainless steel
2. Size frequently limited to ~NPS 1-1/2
3. Not used in severe cyclic condition
4. Not use in services where corrosion is accelerated in crevices

FITTINGS Threaded
1. Materials
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 38 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gray iron (ASME B16.4)

Malleable iron (ASME B16.3)
Steel (ASME B16.11)
2. Size frequently limited to ~NPS 2
Potential injury for installers
Ability to get a good seal
3. Generally not used where leaks cannot
be tolerated

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

o Stainless steel
o Nickel Alloy
Size frequently for 2 and above
Use generally not restricted
Difficult in small size, especialy for thin wall

BRANCHES

Tabel Pressure-Temperature Rating of

ANSI/ASME B16.4 Cast-Iron Fittings

Percabangan dalam sistem pemipaan terdiri dari :

Tee
Unreinforced Fabricated Tee
Reinforced Fabricated Tee
Branch Connection Fitting (olet):

Gambar Pressure-Temperature Rating

of ASME B16.3 Malleable-Iron
Threaded Fittings

Sockolet(SOL)
Weldolet (WOL)
Thredolet (TOL)
Latrolet (LOL)
Elbolet (EOL)

Gambar Dimensions Typical welding outlet

fittings.

Gambar Pressure-Temperature Rating

of ASME B16.3 Malleable-Iron
Threaded Fittings

3. Flanged Fittings (ANSI B16.5, B16.1 and BS1650)

Digunakan bila welding, sw & thd tdk bisa diganakan. Casting Material.
1. A216 CS Casting
2. A351 SS Casting
3. A352 AS Casting
4. F1545 Plastic Lined Fittings
5. IS 1538 CI Fittings

2. Butt weld Fittings (ANSI B16.9, B16.28 & BS1640) sama dng tebal pipa.
Disambung dengan di welding.
Material :
1. A234 CS fittings for moderate & High temerture service
2. A403 Austenitic SS pipe fittings
3. A420 CS & AS Pipe Fitings for Low temperature service
4. A815 Ferritic, Ferritic/Austenitic and martensitic SS Pipe fitting
Gray iron (ASME B16.9)
o Carbon Steel
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 39 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 40 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gambar Pohon fitting berdasarkan end connection nya

Gambar Dim Cast-Steel Flanged Fittings (from ASME B16.5-1996)

FLANGES
Flange salah satu jenis koneksi yang diikat menggunakan mur-baut. Banyak
di pergunakan pada koneksi ke Equipment, Valves dan specialties.
Komponen penting dari koneksi Flange ini adalah Flange, Gasket dan Bolting
yang bekerja dalam satu kesatuan ikatan koneksi.
Klasifikai Flange adalah :
1. Slip on Flange
2. SW Flanges
3. Thd Flanges
4. Lap Joint Flanges
5. Blind Flange
6. Weld Neck Flange
7. Reducing Flange
8. Integral
Gambar Flange Joint yang
umum dipakai

Gambar Op. temp vs allowable work. Press for ASME B16.5 Group 1.1 materials.
4. Spigot socket Fittings (BS2598) digunakan pada Cast Iron piping

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 41 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 42 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gambar Typical flange facings (for

dimensions, see ASME B16.5).

Gambar Pressure-Temperature
rating untuk carbon steel

Figure 1 Material requirement

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 43 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 44 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Berdasarkan Face Finish

1. Smooth Finish
Umum digunakan untuk metallic gaskets
2. Serrated Finish
Umum digunakan pada non-metallic gaskets
Kekasaran permukaan di tandai dengan besaran AARH (Arithmatic Average
Roughness Heugh).

Figure 3 Flange Facing finish

Kontak permukaan Flange harus di ukur kehalusannya dengan Ra standard

(lihat ASME B46.1). Ketentuan tsb di berikan sebagaimana gambar diatas.
o Tongue and groove and small, male and female
Permukaan kantak pada gasket tidak lebih dari 125 microinch (3.2 m)
roughness
o Ring joint
Permukaan dinding sisi dari celah gasket tidak lebih dari 63 microinch (1.6
m) roughness
o Others (RF & large-male or female faces)
Resultant permukaan antara 125 .in s/d 250 .in rata-rata roughness.

Gambar Flange Facing finish

Figure 2 Material Requirement (bersambung..)

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 45 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 46 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gambar Flange dimension untuk class 150 (s/d nps 24) ANSI B16.5
Gambar Flange dim class 150 (26 keatas), ASME B16.47 seri-A, MSS SP 44
1960, BS 3293

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 47 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 48 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Contoh.:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Bolt :
UNC 13-2A
Mating Nut : UNC 13-2-B

Gambar Pemilihan material gasket untuk berbagai service

Gambar Bolts Materials untuk service temperatur tinggi/rendah

GASKET
Gasket sebagai perapat antar dua permukaan flange yang diikat dengan murbaut.
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 51 dari 96

Pemilihan gasket bergantung kepada :

1. ketahanan terhadap fluida yang mengalir,
2. Kemampuan menerima beban tekanan dan temperatur.
Jenis Gasket:
1. Full Face
2. Inside bolt circle
3. Spiral eound mettalic
4. Ring type
5. Metal Jacketed
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 52 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Karakteristik gasket :

Resists deterioration in normal service

Chemical resistance
Temperature resistance

Low enough leak rate

Blowout resistance

Fire resistance

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GASKETS RUBBER

GASKETS FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE

Natural Grafite Flake

Thermally
decompossed (worms)
GASKETS SPIRAL WOUND

Worm compossed
into foils
Corrugated Insert
o Insert is usually
0.018(0.46 mm) type 316
stainless steel
o Adhesive bonded
o Blowout resistant
o Lower hand
cuttingpotential
o Lower sealing stress
o Cannot be cut from sheet

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 53 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 54 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.
2.
3.
4.

Float
Thermostatic
Thermodynamic
Inverted bucket
Gambar
Thermodynamict

Gambar Float
Gambar inverted bucket

Gambar Thermostatic

STRAINERS
Strainers dipergunakan dalam sistem pemipaan untuk mlindungi equipment
yang sensitif dari kotoran dan partekil-partikel lainnya seperti butiran pasir
dan sebaginya yang terbawa atau terlarut dalam aliran fluida.
Selama pada
kondisi start-up dan flushing, seharusnya strainer di pasang dan ditempatkan
pada upstream line dari pompa.

GASKETS RING JOINT

Gambar Conical Start-up strainer

Gambar Wye strainer

Gambar Basket strainer

TRAPS
Fungsi utama sebuah stem trap adalah melepaskan condensate dari sistem
pemipaan stem line atau steam heating equipment secara otomatis tanpa
harus di lakukan manual untuk me release kondensat tsb.
Jenis-jenis steam trap yaitu :
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 55 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 56 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. PIPING CLASS

5. PERALATAN MEKANIS

Process plants memiliki 2 jenis prinsip sistem pemipaan :

Process
Primary main process flow
secondary recycling systems
Utility piping system support to primary process
Support : instrument air, cooling water, steam
Maintanance : plant air, nitrogen
Protection : foam and firewater
Drinking water
Setiap piping system di tempatkan dalam satu piping class yang terdiri dari
semua komponen pipa yang diperlukan dalam satu setting pressure,
temperature dan service yang sama.
Piping class mencakup dalam hal :
Process design condition
Corrosion Allowance
List of Piping Component
Brance Table
Special Assemblie
Support notes

Equipment merupakan bagian yang penting dalam suatu plant dimana fasilitas
pemipaan sebagai penghubungnya.
Kegunaan equipment ini mulai untuk start, stop, heat, cool, liquefy, vaporize,
transfer, store, mix atau pemisah suatu komoditi yang mengalir melalui suatu
sistem pemipaan.

Vessel.
Horizontal Vessel (Accumulators)
Gambar di bawah menunjukkan equipment Horizontal vessel.
Bentuknya silender panjang dan
mendatar, dan umumnya di
gunakan sebagai pengumpul dan
penerima liquid atau pun gas dan
tidak
memiliki
bagian
yang
bergerak di bagian internalnya.
Nozzle ditas untuk liquid masuk
sedangkan yang bawah untuk
keluar. Nozzle yang besar (18)
biasanya kita sebut manway untuk
inspeksi / maintanance.

Antara proces dan utility pada operasi piping system di berbagai temperature
dan tekanan, harus di analisa sbb :
Fluid type corrosivity, toxicity, viscosity
Temperature range
Pressure rge
Size range
Method of joining
Corosion allowance
Setelah dianalisa hal diatas, maka kita masukkan dalam group yang setara
(satu class pada piping class group)
Disinilah peran PME membuat suatu specifikasi piping material yang
minimum requirement dan match thd service dan proses requirement.
Untuk memudahkan pengindikasian suatu piping class, kita dapat
membuatnya dalam code class yang mempunyai makna, misalnya class
tersebut terdiri dari 4 digit yang mempunyai arti, sebagaimana contoh di
Volume-1. Demikian juga contoh Spesifikasi untuk Piping material classnya.

Vertical Vessel (Fractionation Column)

Gambar di bawah menunjukkan equipment Vertikal vessel

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 57 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 58 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Bentuknya silender panjang dan tegak keatas (bisa lebih dari 200 feet
tingginya), dan umumnya di gunakan sebagai fraksionisasi.

sehingga operator akan merasa aman dan nyaman saat bekerja di platform
tersebut.

Pumps
Pompa sebagaimana gambar di bawah merupakan equipment yang mendorong
dengan tekanan liquid dari satu tempat ke tempat lainnya.
Pompa adalah peralatan yang digunakan untuk memindahkan cairan dengan
cara menaikkan tingkat energi cairan.
Cara menaikkantingkatenergi:
Menaikkan tekanan dengan mengoperasikan sejumlah tetap volume
cairan di dalam suatu ruang terbataspompapositive displacement.
Menaikkan tekanan dengan menggunakan sudu putar untuk menaikkan
kecepatan fluidapompadinamik.

Dari gambar di samping

terlihat
ada
plat
di
internal equipment yang
di sebut trays, yang
membuat
terjadinya
fraksionisasi
molekuler.
Prosesnya
disebut
fractional distillation.

Centrifugal Pumps
Disebut juga pompa dinamik.
Aksi pompa
akan mengubah energi kinetik putaran poros dan
impeler menjadi tekanan fluida.

Ladders, Cages & Platform

Kebanyakan vessel baik yang horizontal maupun yang vertikal, dikarenakan
posisinya yang tinggi dan memerlukan akses bagi operator, maka di
perlukanlah ladders.
Leawt ladders inilah si operator naik turun untuk
melakukan inspeksi maupun maintanance.
Sebagai pengaman dan antisipasi keselamatan pada ladder, maka diperlukan
Cage (cungkup).
Untuk tempat berdiri dan beristirahat operator di atas ketinggian, maka perlu
adanya platform yang di buat beberapa derajat sesuai kebutuhan operator di
sekitar luar dinding vessel yang lebarnya3-0 yang berfungsi laksana lantai
pijakan yang terbuat dari grating atau pelat dilengkapi handrail setinggi 3
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 59 dari 96

Karena tingkat operasional yang efisien dari jenis

pompa ini yang baik, maka pompa centrifugal
sering di pilih dan kadangkala dijadikan
standard umum dalam pemilihan pompa pada
suatu fasilitas sistem pemipaan.

Reciprocating Pumps
Pompa reciprocating menggunakan bagian dalam similar dengan piston atau
plunger yang bergerak maju mundur sehingga meningkatkan tekanan pada
pompa. Pemilihan jenis pompa ini biasanya untuk kebutuhan tekanan yang
sangat tinggi dan ekstrim.
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 60 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pump Drivers

Semua pompa membutuhkan starting device untuk memfungsikannya, yang

kita kenal dengan drivers.
Koneksi drifer ke pompa melalui rotating shaft, dimana shaft ini akan memutar
impeler, gear, screws atau piston sebagai bukti pompa sudah bekerja, gitu lho
Drivers yang banyak di pakai adalah motor listrik, dan biasanya juga ada
digunakan steam turbine sebagai back-up nya.
Lain dari itu juga digunakan diesel engine yang banyak di pergunakan pada
kondisi darurat.

Compressors

Rotary Pumps

Aksi pompa rotari disebabkan oleh gerakan relatif antara komponen

rotari dengan komponen stationernya.
Gerakan berputar komponen rotari dalam memberikan aksi pada cairan
membedakan jenis pompa ini dengan pompa torak (reciprocating).
Cocok untuk menangani
kebutuhan dengan laju
aliran
rendah
dengan
tekanan atau head rendah
hingga menengah.

Kompresor
sebagaimana
halnya
dengan
pompa,
tetapi
penggunaannya
untuk memindahkan udara,
gas atau uap air bukan
cairan.
Seperti
halnya
pompa,
kompresor ini juga di buat
ada
yang
sentrifugal,
reciprocating
dan
juga
konfigurasi rotary.

Exchanger

Nozzle Arrangements

Exchanger atau penukar

kalor ini dalam fasilitas
pemipaan berfungsi sebagai
transfer
panas suatu
komoditi ke lainnya.

Untuk penentuan lokasi pompa yang

efektif,
kiranya
kita
perlu
memperhatikan nozle dari suction
(hisap)
dan
discharge
(dorong).
Pemosisian ini kita katakan pump
nozzle arrangement, tergantung juga
pada jenis pompanya.
Disamping ini di sajikan tabel dari item
dimaksud.

Komoditi yang di pindahkan

panasnya itu tidak bisa di
campur tapi melalui media
permukaan logam yang beda
temperaturnya.

Untuk mendapatkan efisiensi pompa

yang maksimum, umumnya pompa di
pasang (di instal) pada jalur hisap se
pendek mungkin.

VOLUME-2

Disamping
dan
bawah
ditunjukkan Exchangernya.

Halaman : 61 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 62 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gambar di atas menunjukkan reboiler yang dimaksud.

Air Fan
Shell and tube Exchanger
Bagian dari Echanger yang berperan terjadinya perpindahan panas ini adalah
di Shell dan tube, dimana liquid panas masuk ke dalam shell dan bersirkulasi
dalam exchanger sedangkan cairan dingin yang ada di tube akan menangkap
panas dari shell, sehingga outlt dari Shell akan turun temperaturnya.

Air fan adalah jenis pendingin udara berukuran besar, yang umumnya di
letakkan di piperack dimana udara mengalir melaluinya sehingga dapat
menurunkan temperatur pada media yang di tentukan. Contohnya seperti
di radiator mobil kita lah

Kontak antara kedua media itu secara alamiah laksana perubahan suhu yang
panas ke suhu yang dingin.

Reboiler
Reboiler dibagi dalam
kettle-type
dan
thermosyphon.
Kalau kettle-type itu
hampir mirip dengan
exchanger
shell-tube,
sementara itu untuk
thermosyphon reboiler
delengkapi
secara
langsung
ke
fractionating tower.

VOLUME-2

Cooling Towers
Setelah
ber
sirkulasi
melalui
equipment
seperti
exchanger,
selanjutnya
untuk
dapat
mengumpulkan substantial heat gain
ini maka di perlukan cooling water,
sehingga
tingkat
efektifitas
pendinginan lebih baik lagi.
Cooling tower ini akan menurunkan
lagi tempeartur dari air pendingin.
Dulunya
media
untuk
water
tumpahan menggunakan kayu
Halaman : 63 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 64 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Heater/Boilers
Heaters atau furnaces adalah pembangkit suhu dari sebuah feed stock
sehingga dapat di gunakan pada suatu fasilitas proses tertentu. Beberapa
feed seperti minyak mentah memerlukan pemanasan hingga suhu 700oF
sebelum di pompakan ke kolom fraksionisasi.
Untuk boiler penggunaannya pada prinsipnya sama seperti heater dimana
akan menghasilkan super heated steam atau stripping steam, hanya saja
temperatur yang di hasilkan 1000oF bahkan lebih.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

juga ukurannya 200 ft diameter dan

tingginya 60 ft bahkan bisa lebih.
Bentuk spherical tank umumnya
digunakan untuk penyimpanan LPG
seperti
butane,
methane
atau
propane.
Untuk keselamatan, umumnya perlu
di pasang tanggul (dike) sekitar
tangki ini. Gambar diatas adalah
tangi dan tanggulnya.
Tangki-tangki
besar
sebagai
penimbun cairan hasil produksi
memiliki jenis atap seperti conical,
elliptical, open atau floating roof.
Floating roof dapat naik dan turun
sesuai dengan ketinggian cairan yang
ada di dalam tangki tersebut yang
berguna untuk mereduksi penguapan
cairan dan mencegah terbentuknya
gas-gas berbahaya yang akan memicu
kebakaran.

Drawing Equipment
Untuk mendapatkan informasi yang akurat sesuai design engineering, maka
diperlukan adanya gambar peralatan ini yang biasanya disiapkan oleh
vendor untuk selanjutnya di approve oleh engineering.
Meskipun kita tidak membutuhkan atau menggambarkan seluruh gambar
equipment tersebut, tetapi kita membutuhkan informasi overall tinggi dan
panjang equipment, ukuran nozle nya, lokasinya, orientasinya dan juga
besaran ratingnya.
Contoh pada gambar di bawah adalah informasi gambar vendor.

Storage Tanks
Sesuai namanya saja kita sudah pasti
tahu ini sebagai tangki penyipmanan.
Fasilitas
penyimpanan
dimana
diletakkan susunan tangki-tangi kita
kenal sebagai tank farm.
Storage tank ini memiliki banyak
bentuk dan ukuran, dimana ada yang
seperti vessel dan ada yang seperti bola,
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 65 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 66 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. PIPE FLEXIBILITY ANALYSIS

Pengaruh dan akibat dari terjadinya tegangan (stress) yang tinggi pada suatu
sistem pemipaan akan dapat menimbulkan petaka dan juga menghamburhamburkan uang pada akhirnya. Untuk itulah seorang piping designer harus
pula memahami tentang kebutuhan akan terjadinya tegangan dalam suatu
sistem pemipaan dan harus bekerja secara bersama-sama dan erat dengan
seorang stress engineer.
Kita mendefinisikan stress pipa (pipe steress) adalah besarnya gaya (force) yang
dialami pada satuan luas permukaan komponen pipa, satuannya adalah pound
per sqaure inch (psi).
Kegiatan enjiniring dimana dilakukan analisa perilaku sistem pipa yang
digambarkan oleh parameter-parameter fisis berikut:
perpindahan/deformasi, percepatan, tegangan, regangan, gaya dan
momen dan besaran mekanik lainnya

TUJUAN ANALISA FLEKSIBILITAS DAN TEGANGAN PIPA

menghitung tegangan pada pipa (Pipe Stress) agar tetap masuk dalam
harga tegangan yang diperbolehkan berdasarkan kode desain pipa yang
dipakai (Code Stress);
mengevaluasi gaya yang bekerja pada nozzle dari peralatan berputar
(rotating equipment) seperti pompa, compressor, air-fin fan cooler agar
tidak melebihi kekuatannya.
mengevaluasi gaya yang bekerja pada nozzle dari peralatan statik, seperti
bejana tekan, Shell and Tube HE, tangki agar tidak melebihi
kekuatannya
menghitung beban perancangan pada tumpuan pipa seperti, pipe hanger
and support, structural anchor,
menghitung perpindahan pipa terbesar untuk mengantisipasi
kemungkinan interferensi antar pipa atau pipa dengan struktur
mengevaluasi efek beban dinamis random seperti beban angin, gempa,
gelombang laut pada sistem pipa maupun nozzle peralatan.
mengevaluasi efek resistansi tanah dari buried/underground pada sistem
pipa maupun nozzle peralatan;
mengevaluasi kemungkinan terjadinya flange leakage
mencari solusi untuk masalah dinamis seperti getaran mekanis dari
peralatan, fluid hammer, transient flow dan sebagainya;

Kode Standar Desain Pipa

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 67 dari 96

27 April 1865 : Pipa pemanas meledak di kapal uap Sultana ketika

sedang berlayar di sungai Mississippi. (1500 tentara meninggal)

1905: Ledakan pipa pemanas di pabrik sepatu di Brockton, Massachusetts

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 68 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(58 orang meninggal, luka-luka 117)

1906: Ledakan lainnya terjadi di pabrik sepatu di Lynn, Massachusetts,

(korban jiwa dan luka-luka)

For the sake of SAFETY

1907: Massachusetts membentuk Board of Boiler Rules. Undang-undang
pertama untuk rancangan dan konstruksi pipa (bejana tekan) (3
halaman!)
1911, komite untuk membuat rancangan perundangan untuk rancangan
dan konstruksi pipa dan bejana tekanan ASME
1915, ASME Boiler Construction Code, 1914 Ed.
1926, ASA (American Standards Association) memulai project B31, atas
permintaan ASME
1978, American Standard Comitte B31 resmi diperkenalkan sebagai
ASME Code yang terakreditasi oleh ANSI:
o ASME/ANSI B31.1 pembangkit listrik;
o ASME/ANSI B31.3 industri proses;
o ASME/ANSI B31.4 pipa transport cair;
o ASME/ANSI B31.5 perpipaan pendingin;
o ASME/ANSI B31.8 pipa transport gas;

Perancangan tata letak

pipa

diagram proses
dan instrumentasi

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

bawah dijelaskan proses kerja pipe stress anlysis untuk meng identifikasi lines /
jalur pipa pada sebuah critical line list.

sistem spesifikasi
pipa

Figure 6. proses kerja pipe stress anlysis

Stress engineer akan membuat list dari jalur yang kritis, dan seorang designer
akan memperhatikan list tersebut sebagai guideline dalam melakukan desai.
Tabel yang dibuat tersebut terbagi dalam 2 macam, yaitu:
1. Tabel yang berisikan lampiran untuk rotating equipment seperti pompapompa dan

Analisa flexibilitas dan

tegangan pipa

perancangan
tumpuan pipa

Laporan analisa
tegangan

Gambar akhir tata

letak pipa

Figure 5. Keterkaitan Analisa tegangan pada proses disain

PROSES KERJA PIPE STRESS ANALYSIS

Cukup banyak tahapan dalam memahami bagaimana untuk membuat lay-out
sebuah plan dengan sedikit revisi akibat pipe stress.
Utamanya adalah
bagaimana memahami proses kerjanya pada sebuah proyek.
Pada gambar di

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 69 dari 96

Figure 7. Pipe stress review Criteria Rotating Equipment Piping

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 70 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Beban statis:
z konstan/tidak tergantung pada waktu
z analisa statis
z termasuk kategori beban ini :
z dead weight (weight of pipe, insulation, valve, flange etc.) : W
z live load (fluid weight, snow, ice) : W
z internal or external pressure : P
z thermal expansion : T
z thermal anchor movement : T

2. Tabel untuk semua line yang ter indikasikan.

Beban dinamis:
z besar dan arah bervariasi tergantung pada waktu
z analisa dinamis (harmonic, spcetrum, timehistory)
z analisa quasi statis
z termasuk kategori beban ini :
z wind load --> quasi static: Gust Factor
z seismic load (earthquake) ---> quasi statis: g-factor
z mechanical vibration (rotating equipment)
z sonic vibration (fluid flow induced vibration)
z discharge load (eg. PSV)

KATEGORI TEGANGAN
Figure 8. Pipe stress review Criteria All Piping except Rotating Equipment Piping

DEFINISI TEGANGAN DAN BEBAN

Tegangan adalah Beban dibagi luas penampang nya.
Beban Pipa seperti perubahan temperatur, berat, tekanan, dll mengakibatkan
perubahan bentuk (deformasi) yang pada gilirannya dapat menyebabkan
tegangan pada pipa yang harus diterima oleh penampang pipa.

Tegangan pipa aktual, hasil pengukuran

dengan strain gauge atau
perhitungan dengan FEM
Tegangan pipa kode, hasil perhitungan dengan menggunakan kode tertentu
Tegangan yang diijinkan material, kekuatan
material
menahan
tegangan

Klasifikasi Beban
Load atau beban yang bekerja pada material pipa tersebut dapat dibedakan
sebagai berikut:

VOLUME-2

beban tetap (sustained load) dan beban okasional (occasional loads);

beban statis dan beban dinamis;
beban primer dan sekunder

Halaman : 71 dari 96

Tegangan Primer:
beban primer: bobot mati (DW), internal pressure
Tidak self-limiting
kegagalannya bersifat katastropis
Tegangan Sekunder:
beban sekunder: perpindahan akibat termal/mekanis
Self-limiting
kegagalannya tidak katastropis melainkan proses yang perlahan seperti
pertumbuhan retakan

Tegangan normal pipa

longitudinal/aksial = SL
Tegangan normal pipa
tangensial/circumferential (hoop
stress) = SH
Tegangan normal pipa radial = SR
Tegangan geser =

Figure 9. Tegangan pada pipa

1. Tegangan Longitudinal
Beban Aksial

VOLUME-2

Beban Pressure

Halaman : 72 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Figure 11. Tegangan Tangensial pada pipa

Beban total

Bending Moment

3. Tegangan Geser

Figure 10. Tegangan Longitudinal pada pipa

Figure 12. Tegangan Geser pada pipa

2. Tegangan Tangensial (Hoop)

KEGAGALAN BEBAN PRIMER VS SEKUNDER

Kegagalan beban Primer: bersifat katastropis
Kegagalan beban Sekunder:proses yang perlahan seperti pertumbuhan retakan (Metal
Fatigue - kelelahan metal)
Kelelahan Metal: kegagalan material karena beban yang berulang, walaupun tegangan yang
terjadi lebih kecil dari tegangan yield SY.
Kekuatan material terhadap metal lelah: jumlah siklus beban berulang yang diperlukan untuk
menimbulkan kerusakan; digambarkan oleh kurva kelelahan metal (Fatigue Curve).

LOADING DATA
1. Definisi:
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 73 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 74 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loading data (L/D) adalah suatu perhitungan yang dilakukan untuk mengetahui besarnya
beban yang diberikan oleh sistem perpipaan terhadap suatu titik tumpuan.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Q
T

= Berat pipa persatuan panjang, Kg/m

= Lebar beam

2. Tujuan:
Sebagai data beban bagi Civil Departemen dalam perencanaan: Foundation, Sleeper,
Structure, Pipe Rack, dll.
Sebagai data beban bagi Static Departemen dalam perencanaan: Vessel Clip Support &
Bracket.
3. Jenis Loading Data
1. Concentrated Load, (Kg)
Pemakaian:
- untuk tumpuan yang hanya menumpu sebuah pipa.
- untuk sekumpulan pipa yang OD > 12.
- tingkat keakuratan paling tinggi.

Figure 13. Formula untuk beban terkonsentari (Concentrated Load)

z Contoh 1:
Diketahui :
2. Unit Load, (Kg/m)
Pemakaian:
- untuk sekumpulan pipa yang OD < 12.
- tingkat keakuratan menengah.
- lokasi tumpuan: structure, sleeper, beam (P/R, pipe bridge).
3. Uniform Load, (Kg/m2)
Pemakaian:
- untuk sekumpulan pipa yang OD < 12.
- lokasi tumpuan: Pipe Rack, pipe bridge.
- tingkat keakuratan rendah.
Berdasarkan tingkat keakuratan, loading data dalam uniform load sangat tidak dianjurkan.
Loading data jenis ini dipakai bila:
1. Schedule waktu sangat sempit.
2. Lokasi di Pipe Rack atau Pipe Bridge.

Pipa 20, Sch STD, Water flow

L1= 10m, L2= 8m
Ditanya: Loading data di point A

9 Penyelesaian:
Berat pipa,
QP= 117.45 kg/m
Berat air,
QA= 187.76 kg/m
Berat total,
QT= 305.21 kg/m
Load di point A, W = 305.21 x (10+8)/2 = 2746.89 kg
SF (Safety Factor) = 1.25
maka W = 2746.89 x 1.25 = 3434 kg ~ (3.5 ton)
9 Catatan: umumnya loading data dibulatkan ke kelipatan 0.1 ton.

Pada beberapa project, term yang digunakan untuk unit load dan uniform load sering kali
bertukar, sebagai berikut:
9 Unit load, dengan unit satuan Kg/m2.
9 Uniform load dengan unit satuan Kg/m.
(yang terpenting unit satuan harus benar pemakaiannya)
Legend of Loading Data
W
= Load kombinasi dari Dead Load (Wd) dan Live Load (WL)
Wd
= Berat pipa + Berat insulasi + Berat Flange + Berat Valve
WL = Berat isi pipa + berat es/ salju
L
SF

VOLUME-2

= Jarak (meter)
= Safety Factor (Faktor keamanan dalam desain, untuk
Pip-Mech adalah SF terhadap kemungkinan revisi)
Halaman : 75 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 76 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Figure 15. Formula untuk Uniform Load

Figure 14. Formula untuk Unit Load

Perhitungan untuk uniform load :

Pipe 8, Sch. Std, Q1 = Qp + Qa = 74.94 Kg/m
Pipe 4, Sch. Std, Q2 = Qp + Qa = 24.33 Kg/m
Pipe 3, Sch. Std, Q3 = Qp + Qa = 16.09 Kg/m

Perhitungan unit luad sbb :

Pipe 8, Sch. Std, Q1 = Qp + Qa = 74.94 Kg/m
Pipe 4, Sch. Std, Q2 = Qp + Qa = 24.33 Kg/m
Pipe 3, Sch. Std, Q3 = Qp + Qa = 16.09 Kg/m
z Maka, beban di titik B:
Wt(total)
= { (Q1+Q2+Q3) x (L1+L2)/2 } / T
= { (74.94+24.33+16.09) x (10+10)/2 } / 8
= { (115.36) x 10 } / 8 = 144.2 Kg/m

z Maka, beban di titik B:

Wt(total)
= { (Q1+Q2+Q3) } / T
= { (74.94+24.33+16.09) } / 8
= { (115.36) } / 8 = 14.42 Kg/m2
Dengan SF = 1.25, maka:
Wt(total)
= 14.42 x 1.25 = 18.025 Kg/m2 ~ (0.02 ton/m2)
(dibulatkan ke 0.01 ton ketas)

Dengan SF = 1.25, maka:

Wt(total)
= 144.2 x 1.25 = 180.25 Kg/m ~ (0.19 ton/m)
(dibulatkan ke 0.01 ton ketas)

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 77 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 78 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. PIPE SUPPORT
Pemilihan yang tepat, benar dan ekonomis pipe support pada suatu sistem
pemipaan biasanya tidaklah begitu mudah untuk berbagai tingkatan variasi,
beberapa relatif minor tetapi yang lainnya lebih alamiah.
Seorang piping designer harus lah familiar dengan permasalahan pipe support.
Pipe support adalah salah satu bagian yang penting dalam sistem perpipaan di
suatu plant (pabrik). Pipe support berfungsi untuk menahan dan mengkondisikan
suatu sistem perpipaan sehingga aman sampai waktu yang telah ditentukan,
bahkan diharapkan berfungsi selama pabrik beroperasi.
Untuk mengantisipasi hal tersebut, dan untuk lebih meningkatkan dan
mengoptimalkan kemampuan dan pengetahuan, personel Piping perlu diberikan
pemahaman dan pengertian tentang philosophy dan design pipe support.
Sebuah pipa yang menumpu pada suatu support akan memberikan gaya berupa
berat pipa beserta isinya ataupun gaya-gaya lain yang terjadi kepada support
tersebut. Kemudian gaya tersebut akan di distribusikan pada seluruh sistem
support, sebelum kemudian diteruskan ke pondasi.
Tapi sampai saat ini masih belum banyak perhatian yang diberikan terhadap
pemahaman dan pengertian

REFFERENCE DAN STANDARD

Di Amerika Serikat, pipe support standard dipublikasikan sbb :
MSS SP-58, Materials and Design of Pipe Supports
MSS SP-69, Selection and Application of Pipe Supports
MSS SP-89, Fabrication and Installation of Pipe Supports
PFI ES-26, Welded Load Bearing Attachments to Pressure Retaining Boundaries
WRC Bulletin 198
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
American Welding Society (AWS)
American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
Selain di Amerika Serikat juga ada publikasi untuk pipe support ini, yaitu :
BS 3974, Specification for Pipe Supports, Parts 1, 2, and 3
BS 5135, Process of Arc Welding of Carbon and Carbon Manganese Steels
VGB-R510L
DIN EN 288, Specification and Approval of Procedures for Welding Metallic
Materials

FILOSOPHY PIPE SUPPORT

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 79 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

z Karena tujuan pipe support adalah mampu menahan beban dalam jangka waktu yang
lama, maka masing-masing bagian yang saling bersentuhan haruslah kuat dan mampu
menerima beban tersebut.
z Dengan demikian dalam merencana ataupun menentukan sebuah pipe support haruslah
diperhatikan hal-hal berikut:
z Material pipa harus mampu menahan beban dirinya sendiri, beban isinya, dan
gaya-gaya lain yang terjadi di pipa tersebut.
z Support berupa Steel (Structure), Foundation, Concrete dan Sleeper
haruslah kuat menahan gaya-gaya tersebut diatas.
z Disamping itu seorang Piping Designer, harus mempertimbangkan bahwa Pipe Support
yang nanti terpasang tidak mengganggu access, pengoperasian, dan maintenance.

PERTIMBANGA DISAIN SECARA UMUM

secara menyeluruh mengenai philosophy pipe support. Sehingga tak jarang sebuah
keteledoran dan kurangnya pemahaman terhadap suatu sistem pipe support dapat
menyebabkan keterlambatan penyelesaian suatu proyek, bahkan lebih jauh lagi dapat
menyebabkan kehancuran suatu bagian pabrik.
Hanger dan support harus di disain untuk sesuai secara statik dan se baik kondisi
operasional dinamiknya sebagai tumpuan pada piping dan equipment.
Sistem tumpuan (support) harus mampu mengendalikan kebutuhan akan pergerakan dari
suatu sistem pemipaan baik akibat ekspansi panas maupun kontraksi koneksi nya ke
equipment.
Lokasi dari Support.
Pertimbangan utama pada design adalah penentuan dari dimana support itu akan
diletakkan.
Meskipun support diletakkan pada tempat yang ideal / pas sesuai kebutuhan pada suatu
konfigurasi pemipaan, beberapa tingkat kompromi mungkin dibutuhkan untuk
mendapatkan keuntungan terbaik. Keberadaan struktur sistem pemipaan.
Pertimbangn beban
Salah satu pertimbangan lainnya selain lokasi dari tumpuan adalah penentuan beban dan
movement condition existing pada setiap titik tumpuan. Disinilah cakupan akan batasan
pada pertimbangan umum tergantung hanya kepada beban (load) dan pergerakan
(movement).
Seismic, Dynamic dal beban-beban lainnya.
Desain dari komponen pipe support dan structural stel harus telah mempertimbangkan
berbagai hal seperti gempa bumi, beban dinamis dan juga beban-beban lainnya di mana
dibutuhkan.
Code yang aplicable pada umumnya mengijinkan beberapa penambahan akan allowable
stress untuk seismic dasn kondisi dinamik.

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 80 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PENENTUAN DARI PENAMPATAN TUMPUAN

Penempatan tumpuan suatu sistem pemipaan tergantung kepada banyak prtimbangan,
seperti ukuran pipa, konfigurasi pipa, lokasi dari valve dan vitting juga struktur dimana
support itu akan diletakkan.
Pipe Support Spacing
Pada gambar tabel dibawah diberikan jarak maksimum antara support (span) sebagai
pertimbangan praktis untuk pipa lurus untuk pipa standard wall thickness.

Figure 17. Gravity Steel Pipe Support Spacing (Pipe empty, Air, Steam)

Figure 16. Suggested Piping Support Spacing

Span diatas didasari pada kombinasi bending dan shear stress sebesar 1500 psi (10.35 Mpa)
saat pipa diisi air dan 1/10 in (2.54 mm) maksimum lendutan diijinkan. Tabel span diatas
sebiknya tidak untuk di aplikasikan dimana terdapat konsentrasi beban seperti valve berada
di dalamnya atau dimana perubahan arah dari piping sistem diantara titik tumpuan.
Bila terpaksa, maka support seharusnya diletakkan lebih dekat dimana mungkin adanya
beban terkonsentrasi untuk mengatasi se minim mungkin pipe stress.
Bila terdapat
perubahan arah pada suatu sistem pemipaan dintara tumpuan, dengan good practice dipakai
span dalah 0.75 kali dari total panjang pipa span di tabel atas.

Span support adalah jarak minimal antara support pertama dengan support kedua (jarak
antara dua support), dimana system Pipa masih dalam kondisi aman (stress & defleksi).
Span support didapat dari perhitungan dengan menggunakan formula khusus dan kemudian
disajikan dalam bentuk tabel, disebut pipe span support table.
Span support table berisi span support untuk tiap NPS pipa yang ditumpu, baik single line
maupun continuous line. Untuk kondisi lapangan (site) yang tidak memungkinkan
menerapkan jarak yang tersedia di tabel span, maka seorang engineer mempunyai
authorization untuk melakukan perhitungan yang nantinya dapat dipertanggung jawabkan.
Hal ini disebut Engineer Responsible

Untuk fluida selain air (water), maka span di berikan sebagaimana gambar tabel di bawah.

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 81 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 82 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Perbedaan dari kedua support ini karena perjanjian saja, sebagai contoh untuk Pipe
Stanchion T-Post merupakan Special Support by Civil bila salah satu kriteria berikut
terpenuhi:
* Tinggi lebih dari 2500 mm
* Lebar lebih dari 1000 mm
* Berat lebih dari 750 Kg
Tetapi bisa saja ada suatu case, walaupun kriteria tersebut diatas terpenuhi, tetapi
sepanjang tidak di-infokan oleh Piping ke Civil, maka yang tidak di-infokan itu
menjadi scope Piping.
Berdasarkan pemakaiannya pipe support dapat dibagi sbb:
1). Y-Stop
: Support yang berfungsi untuk menahan gerakan pipa
2). Guide

pada arah lateral.

3). Line Stop : Support yang berfungsi untuk menahan gerakan pipa
searah longitudinal (axial) dari pipa.
4). Anchor
: Support yang berfungsi untuk menahan pipa agar tidak
bergerak kemana-mana. Anchor ada 2(dua) macam:
Fixed Anchor, dimana ada transfer moment ke sistem support
(contoh: di Las)
GuideLine Stop, tidak ada transfer moment ke sistem support
5). Spring
: Support khusus yang penggunaanya berdasarkan hasil stress
analysis group.

Figure 18. Gravity Steel Pipe Support Spacing (Content = water)

JENIS-JENIS PIPE SUPPORT

Berdasarkan penggunaanya di bidang engineering, pipe support dapat dibedakan atas:
1. STANDARD PIPE SUPPORT
Adalah pipe support yang telah dibakukan dalam bentuk dan penggunaan tertentu.
Dapat langsung digunakan tanpa harus melakukan perhitungan kekuatan, selama
masih dalam batas yang tercantum dalam standard support tersebut.
2. SPECIAL PIPE SUPPORT
Adalah pipe support yang dibuat khusus karena tidak bisa menggunakan standard
support yang ada, dengan alasan tertentu spt: load terlalu besar, ketinggian pipa yang
di support melewati batas yang ada dalam standard support, dan moment yang
ditimbulkan dikhawatir- kan terlalu besar. Untuk itu di-design sebuah pipe support
dengan memperhatikan kekuatan material dan nilai ekonomis.
Special Pipe Support ada yang by Piping dan ada yang oleh Civil departemen.

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 83 dari 96

kearah bawah. (weight support)

: Support yang berfungsi untuk menahan gerakan pipa

Penunjukan pipe support biasanya dilakukan di GA Drawing dan Isometric Drawing,

dengan menggunakan penomoran yang tercantum dalam standard support, atau/dan
nomor khusus untuk special support.
Pipe support, sebagaimana telah didefinisikan dimuka, adalah suatu tumpuan yang akan
menahan beban pipa beserta isinya serta beban lainnya agar dapat beroperasi dengan
aman.
Untuk itu haruslah diketahui kemampuan dari pipe support tersebut untuk menahan
beban yang akan diterimanya dengan melakukan perhitungan kekuatan. (Feeling akan
terasah jika menguasai Mekanika Teknik dan pernah ke Site).
Standard pipe support dibuat untuk memberikan kemudahan dengan mengelompokkan
bentuk pipe support berdasarkan kemampuan dan kekuatannya, sehingga dalam
penggunaanya lebih memudahkan pekerjaan Piping Engineer.

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 84 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PEMAKAIAN DAN PENGGUNAAN STANDARD SUPPORT

Secara umum pemakaian support pada pipa tergantung pada kondisi pipa tersebut, yaitu:
1. BARE PIPE

Y-Stop / Down-stop (Pipe support untuk menahan gaya ke bawah)

Pipa jenis ini langsung menumpu pada support tanpa adanya penghalang diantaranya
(pipe to steel) dengan koefisien gesek = 0.3, kecuali: (note: untuk mencegah local
buckling)
Pipa dengan diameter > 16 (SS), dan > 26 (CS or LTCS) , diperlukan Reinforcing
Pad (Lihat PAD).
Pipa dengan diameter > 36, diperlukan Spc. Shoe Supt (Lihat SD).
Untuk mengetahui apakah sebuah pipa memerlukan reinforcing pad atau tidak,
khususnya pipa besar, dan untuk perencanaan special shoe support akan dijelaskan
lebih terinci pada pembahasan mengenai special pipe support.

Figure 20. Reinforcing Pad with SADDLE

Guide Support
Guide support berfungsi untuk menjaga pipa agar tetap pada jalur yang telah
ditentukan, tidak menyentuh pipa sebelahnya dan tidak melewati batas support.
Penentuan posisi guide bergantung pada 2 hal, yaitu:

Untuk pipa yang tidak termasuk katagori dihitung stress analysis dengan
komputer, posisi guide dapat langsung ditentukan dengan menggu-nakan
guide span table, tetapi tetap harus memperhatikan aspek stress analysis.

Untuk pipa yang termasuk kategori harus dihitung stress analysis dengan
komputer, posisi guide mengikuti hasil stress analysis group.

Figure 19. Reinforcing Pad

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 85 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 86 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Jenis support ini berfungsi untuk menghalangi gerakan pipa searah longitudinal
(axial) pipa. Penggunaan line stop ini juga merupakan hasil keputusan dan tanggungjawab stress analysis group.

Figure 21. Guide Support (G1)

Figure 23. Line Stop (ST1)

Figure 22. Guide Support (G2)

Line Stop

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 87 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 88 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sedangkan cara kerja spring adalah seperti spring yang ada pada mobil.

Figure 24. Line Stop (ST2)

Figure 25. Spring Support

Anchor Support
Jenis support ini berfungsi untuk mencegah pergerakan pipa kesemua arah. Penentuan
lokasi anchor support biasanya dilakukan dengan koordinasi stress analysis group.
Sedangkan untuk pipa yang memerlukan perhitungan stress analysis dengan
komputer, posisi anchor point (anchor support) sepenuhnya merupakan hasil
keputusan dan tanggung-jawab stress analysis group.

2. INSULATION PIPE
HOT INSULATION
Dengan temperatur fluida diatas 100oC, pipe support yang digunakan dibagi
atas:

Anchor support mempunyai 2(dua) jenis pemakaian:

Untuk pipa diameter < 2, menggunakan fix support.
Untuk pipa diameter > 2, menggunakan kombinasi antara Y-Stop, Guide dan
Line Stop.

Y-Stop (SH1/ SH2)

Jenis ini menggunakan shoe yang dilas ke pipa dan akan bersentuhan
dengan steel, tinggi shoe tergantung pada tebal insulation.

Guide Support (Gabungan SH1/ SH2 dengan G1)

Jenis ini akan menjaga pipa tetap pada jalurnya, sama halnya dengan guide
support untuk bare pipe, namun bagian guide support tidak menyentuh
pipa, melainkan dengan shoe.

Spring Support
Spring support adalah jenis khusus. Pemakaiannya adalah atas rekomendasi dan
keputusan stress analysis group. Biasanya digunakan untuk mengurangi load terhadap
nozzle equipment (misal: Pump, Turbine, Compressor, Vessel, dan Heat Exchanger).

Line Stop (Gabungan SH1/ SH2 dengan ST1)

Prinsip penggunaan spring, apabila suatu pipa terangkat naik atau turun, diinginkan
system support masih menopang pipa sesuai dengan konsep span supportnya (stress
& defleksi aman).
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 89 dari 96

Fungsi dan pemasangannya sama dengan line stop bare pipe, namun linestopnya tidak bersentuhan dengan pipa, melainkan dengan shoe.
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 90 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Anchor Support (SGT1/ SGT2)

Fungsi dan pemasangannya sama dengan anchor untuk bare pipe, tapi
pada prinsipnya tidak bersentuhan dengan pipa.

Spring Support
Fungsi dan pemasangannya sama dengan spring support untuk bare pipe.

Figure 26. Anchor Support (SGT1)

Figure 27. Anchor Support (SGT2)

COLD INSULATION
Dengan temperatur fluida dibawah 4oC, atau tergantung dari Process Group:
VOLUME-2

Halaman : 91 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 92 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Kelompok pipa dengan kategori cold insulation memerlukan perhatian baik

dalam penentuan lokasi dan posisi, juga dalam instalasi (pemasangan) pipe
support.
Aplikasinya juga sama dengan bare pipe dan hot insulation pipe, yaitu Y-Stop
(SCO), Guide Support (SCO + G1), Line Stop (SCO + ST3), dan Anchor (SCO
+ ST3 + G1).

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. Daftar Specifikasi, Standard dan Procedure

Spesifikasi dari disain pemipaan, yang berisikan : (Contoh)
(Lihat Attachment-1 Spec.Umum Piping Design)

Spesifikasi dari Layout suatu plan, yang berisikan (Contoh)

(Lihat Attachment-2 Spec.Umum Plan Layout)

Spesifikasi dari Layout suatu sistem pemipaan, yang berisikan (Contoh)

(Lihat Attachment-3 Spec. Umum Piping Layout)

Spesifikasi dari Analisa Kekakuan, yang berisikan : (Contoh)

(Lihat Attachment-4 Spec. Umum Flexibility Analysis)

Prosedur dari Penggambaran 2D, yang berisikan : (Contoh)

(Lihat Attachment-5 Procedur Penggambaran.2D)

Standard Penggambaran Untuk Piping Arrangement, yang berisikan :

(Contoh)
(Lihat Attachment-6 Standard Penggambaran. Untuk Piping Arrg)

Figure 28. Y-Stop (SCO)

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 93 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 94 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9. Latihan & Tugas Harian

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 95 dari 96

VOLUME-2

Halaman : 96 dari 96

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ATTACHMENT-1
Spesifikasi dari disain pemipaan, yang berisikan : (Contoh)

GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING

(S A M P L E)

DAFTAR ISI
1.0

2.0

SCOPE........................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................... 2
CODES, STANDARDS AND PROJECT SPECIFICATION .................................................................. 2
2.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................... 2

3.0

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS ........................................................ 4

4.0

PIPING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................ 5

4.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................... 5

4.2 PIPE CLASS CATALOG................................................................................................................................ 5
4.3 VALVE CATALOG ...................................................................................................................................... 5
4.4 PIPE SIZING................................................................................................................................................ 6
4.5 PIPING BASIC ............................................................................................................................................. 6
4.6 DESIGN CONDITIONS ................................................................................................................................. 6
4.7 PIPING ABOVE GROUND LEVEL................................................................................................................... 7
4.8 PIPING BELOW GROUND LEVEL .................................................................................................................. 8
4.9 EXPANSION, CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORTING ........................................................................................ 8
4.10 PIPING THROUGH WALLS AND CONCRETE FLOORS OF BUILDINGS .......................................................... 8
4.11 DISTANCES BETWEEN PIPES ..................................................................................................................... 9
4.12 SMALL BORE PIPING ................................................................................................................................ 9
4.13 INSTALLATION OF FLANGE .................................................................................................................... 10
4.14 INSTALLATION OF VALVES .................................................................................................................... 10
4.15 DRAIN AND VENT CONNECTIONS .......................................................................................................... 12
4.16 CONNECTION FOR MANUAL SAMPLING ................................................................................................. 12
4.17 TEST CONNECTION ................................................................................................................................ 13
4.18 INSTRUMENT PROCESS CONNECTION..................................................................................................... 13
4.19 PIPING ADJACENT TO EQUIPMENT ......................................................................................................... 13
4.20 PIPING LOCAL TO EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 13
4.21 PUMPS AND COMPRESSOR ..................................................................................................................... 14
4.23 HEAT EXCHANGER PIPING ..................................................................................................................... 16
4.24 PRESSURE VESSEL PIPING...................................................................................................................... 16
4.25 INSTRUMENTATION ................................................................................................................................ 17
4.26 PIG LAUNCHER AND RECEIVER PIPING .................................................................................................. 17
4.27 SLUG-CATCHER PIPING ......................................................................................................................... 17
4.28 UTILITY WATER .................................................................................................................................... 17
4.29 STORAGE TANK PIPING.......................................................................................................................... 17
4.30 PIPING COMPONENTS ............................................................................................................................. 17
4.31 PIPE JOINTS............................................................................................................................................ 20
4.32 THREADED JOINTS ................................................................................................................................. 20
4.34 VALVE ................................................................................................................................................... 20
4.35 INSULATION ........................................................................................................................................... 20
4.36 PIPE SUPPORT ........................................................................................................................................ 20
4.37 FLANGE FACE ALIGNMENT AND TOLERANCES ...................................................................................... 20

5.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................... 25

6.0

5.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................. 25

5.2 REPORTS AND ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATES ............................................................................................ 25
QUALITY ASSURANCE .......................................................................................................................... 26

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 1 of 26

ABBREVIATIONS

AISC
ANSI
API
ASME
ASTM
BS
CA
CPF
CTC
DIN
EN
EPC
HSE
ISO
MSS
NACE
NFPA
PFI

American Institute of Steel Construction

American National Standards Institute
American Petroleum Institute
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society for Testing and Materials
British Standard
Contracting Authority (SH / AAC Association)
Central Processing Facility
Technical Control of Construction
Deutches Institut fur nurmung
Euro Norm
Engineering, Procurement & Construction
Health, Safety and Environmental
International Standards Organization
Manufacturers Standardization Society
National Association of Corrosion Engineers
National Fire Protection Association
Pipe Fabrication Institute

1.0 SCOPE
1.1 General
This Specification defines the technical requirements for piping systems for
SHORT COURSE TRAINING ON KEAHLIAN SISTEM PEMIPAAN AT
MERCU BUANA UNIVERSITY, JAKARTA-INDONESIA
FOR
SAMPLING .
CA review or approval of documentation procedures and equipment that form
any part of the scope of supply shall be in accordance with the contract.
Included are all piping systems within the CPF, offsite manifolds, gathering
stations well sites and Pipeline.

2.0 CODES, STANDARDS and Project specification

2.1 General
The piping shall be designed, manufactured, inspected and tested in
accordance with the requirements of this specification, the referenced project
documents, the data sheets and other documents referenced therein.
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 2 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Codes, Standards and Regulations which follow are the industry codes
and standards normally referenced for this type of equipment. All equipment
supplied shall conform to all relevant national regulations and local codes
and regulations.
Project Specifications and Documents
Project Spec.
: Field Test for Underground Piping
Project Spec.
: Specification for InstallationU/G Piping
Project Spec.
: Specification for Manual valves
Project Spec.
: Specification fro pipe Field Fabrication for Fabrication
end Erection.
Project Spec.
: Specification for Piping Fabrication
Project Spec.
: Specification for Piping Pressure Test.
Project Spec.
: Specification Pipe-Stress Analysis
Project Spec.
: Specification for Design and Fabrication of Pipe
Support
Project Spec.
: Piping Material Specification including line pipe
Project Spec.
General Specification for Pipeline Check Valves
International Codes and Standards
ASME B1.20.1
: Pipe threads
ASME B16.5
: Pipe flanges and flanged fittings, steel nickel alloy and
other special alloy
ASME B16.9
: Factory-made wrought steel buttwelding fittings
ASME B16.20
: Metallic gaskets for pipe flanges - ring-joint, spiralwound and jacketed
ASME B16.11
: Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded
ASME B16.21
: Nonmetallic flat gaskets for pipe flanges
ASME B16.24
: Cast copper alloy pipe flanges and flanged fittings
ASME B16.25
: Buttwelding Ends
ASME B16.34
: Steel Valves (Flanged, Threaded and Welding Ends)
ASME B16.47
: Large Diameter Steel Flanges
ASME B31.1
: Power Piping
ASME B31.3
: Process Piping
ASME B31.5
: Refrigeration piping
ASME B36.10
: Welded and seamless wrought steel pipe
ASME B36.19
: Stainless steel pipe
ASME VIII
: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Division 1
API Spec 5L
: Specification for Line Pipe
API Spec 6A
: Specification for Well Head and Christmas Tree
Equipment
API Spec 6D
: Specification for Pipeline Valves (Gate, Plug, Ball and
Check Valves)
API 6FA
: Specification for fire test for valves
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 3 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

API RP 1110
API 15LE

:
:

API STD 1104

API RP 521
API 607
ASTM A 106

:
:
:
:

ASTM A 193

ASTM A 194

ASTM A 105

ASTM A 182

ASTM A 320

ASTM A 350

ASTM A 453

ASTM A 333

ASTM A 350

ASTM A312
ASTM A358

:
:

ASTM A671

ASTM A694

Specification for fire test for valves

Recommended Practice for the Pressure Testing of
Liquid Petroleum Pipeline
Standard for Welding Pipelines and Related Facilities
Guide for pressure and depressurizing systems
Fire test for soft-seated quarter turn valves
Standard specification for seamless carbon steel pipe
for high temperature service
Standard specification for alloy-steel and stainless
steel bolting materials for high-temperature service
Standard specification for carbon and alloy steel nuts
for bolts for high pressure and high temperature
service
Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forging for
Piping Application
Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy
Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and
Parts for High Temperature Service.
Standard specification for alloy steel bolting materials
for low temperature service
Standard specification for Forgings, Carbon and LowAlloy Steel, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for
Piping Components
Standard specification for high temperature bolting
materials, with expansion coefficients comparable to
austenitic stainless steels
Standard specification for Seamless and Welded Steel
Pipe for Low Temperature Service
Standard specification for Forging, Carbon and LowAllow Steel, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for
Piping Components
Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe.
Electric Fusion Welded Austenitic ChromiumNickel Alloy Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service.
Electrical-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric
and Lower Temperatures.
Carbon and Alloy Steel Forging for Pipe Flanges,
Valves and Parts for High Pressure Transmission
Service

3.0 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL

REGULATIONS
The goods and services supplied shall meet all applicable regulations on
health, safety and environmental issues.
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 4 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Asbestos based gaskets are not permitted.

Materials emitting toxic vapors are not permitted.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Contractor shall provide the following information within the valve
catalog:

4.0 piping DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

4.1 General
Piping systems shall be designed, fabricated, erected, inspected and tested in
accordance with ASME B31.3 and ASME B31.8 as supplemented by this spec,
but this spec does not relieve Contractor of full compliance with ASME B31.3
and B31.8

4.2

Pipe Class Catalog

Contractor shall provide their proposed pipe class catalog for the 00 project as
a deliverable. The Contractor shall provide the following information within
the pipe class catalog.

4.2.1 Index of Piping Classes which shall include as a minimum:

Material Group (e.g. Carbon steel)

Piping classes within each material group
Class Rating for each pipe class
Corrosion allowance for each pipe class
Suitability service for each pipe class
Design temperature range (min & max) for each pipe class
Applicable ASME pressure ratings.

Design Pressure and Temperature Limits and pressure /temperature

rating table.
Material Group
Services the class can be used for
Design Code
Corrosion allowance
Flange rating
Branch connection table
Component Material Types including wall thickness for pipe, flange &
fittings
Valve Types (with valve code numbers according to Contractors Project
Valve Catalog) including summary of body, trim and seat materials plus
diameter for each valve.
Miscellaneous data tables (e.g. fittings, gaskets .)
Notes (e.g. valve or selection mounting restrictions ..)
Gasket types
Bolt material

4.2.2 Piping Class Detail Sheets which shall show as a minimum for each
Pipe Class:

4.3

Valve Catalog

4.4

Diameter range
ANSI Class Rating
Valve Type
Temperature limits
Flange details
Port details
Materials (Body, bonnet, ball, trim, stem, seats ...)
Operator (lever, gear )
Ball mounting
Fire testing

Pipe Sizing

The following NB pipe sizes shall be used:

1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, and 24, in
accordance with the following limitations.

Nominal pipe size in sleeper ways shall not be less than 2;

Nominal pipe size in pipe racks shall not be less than 2;

Nominal pipe sizes 1, 2, 3, 5 and any other nominal pipe size not
shown in ASME B36.10M and ASME B36.19M, shall not be used except to
match manufacturer's equipment connections.

4.5

Piping Basic

Piping shall be routed such that the optimum piping layout is achieved in
terms of process requirements, ergonomics, operation, inspection and
maintenance. Having considered these factors, the number of flanges,
fittings, valves and welds shall be minimized. The selection of piping
construction materials shall be in accordance with the Contractors piping
classes and material selection.
Pipe supports and spans of straight steel pipes shall be determined by
CONTRACTOR but as a minimum shall be in accordance with Project Spec.
ya. and Project Spec. ya., respectively Design and Fabrication of Pipe
Support and Pipe Stress Analysis.

4.6

Design Conditions

A piping system shall be designed for the most severe conditions to which it
may be subjected during the 25 year design life.
In situations where different design conditions exist in one piping system,
different piping classes may be used. These "spec. breaks" shall be located
such that the more severe design condition can never occur in the part of the
system with the lower piping class.
In situations where in-line equipment (e.g. control valves) with a higher
ASME rating class than the run pipe is fitted, the connecting flanges shall

Contractor shall provide their proposed valve catalog for the 00 project.
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 5 dari 26

ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 6 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

have the same rating as the in-line equipment and the same wall thickness
as the pipe.
ASME B31.3 provides allowances for pressure and temperature variations.
Allocating a design pressure below the maximum surge pressure according to
these allowances shall not be considered.

Complicated crossings shall be avoided by not installing pipe rack spurs

opposite each other. .

4.7

4.8

Piping above ground level

Where practical, piping entering and leaving a plot area or a processing unit
shall be grouped together.
Where practical, inside-plot piping shall be routed on overhead pipe racks.
The smallest allowable pipe size on pipe racks is 2 NB.
If the span between the supports is too long for a pipe, rather than providing
additional supports, the size of that pipe may be increased provided it is
justified technically (the technical evaluation shall include the possibility of
internal corrosion due to the slower flow causing separation of corrosive
liquid from the mixture).
If a pipe rack forms a part of a structure, or is located next to a structure, the
stanchions of the pipe rack should be in line with the columns of the
structure, to make optimal use of space for incoming and outgoing pipes.
Equipment which is a potential source of fire shall not be located under pipe
racks.
Piping with instrument connections shall be routed such that safe access to
these connections is ensured; if necessary, platforms or walkways shall be
provided.
Spectacle blinds and spades shall be located such that they can be installed
or removed from the ground level or from platforms or walkways. For easier
handling, spectacle blinds should not be installed in vertical pipes. If
spectacle blinds in horizontal pipes are insulated, the spectacle blind should
point downwards at an angle of 45 to avoid water leaking into the
insulation.
Piping shall be designed and supported so that no excessive loads on
equipment may occur when one branch of the pipe is disconnected (e.g.
during maintenance operations).
Safety relief valve discharge piping shall be designed to withstand the dead
loads and the blow-off loads. Blow-off design loads shall take into account the
most severe case, such as possible flashing conditions and liquid entrainment
in vapour flows.
In a pipe rack the heaviest and/or the hottest pipes should be located at the
sides of the pipe rack to provide space for expansion loops and to reduce the
moments in the beams caused by the weight and thermal expansion of the
pipes.
Pipe routings and crossings shall be on different, predetermined elevations.

ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 7 dari 26

Piping below ground level

4.8.1
Buried piping
All road crossings shall be subjected to heavy equipment loadings, both
during construction and operation. The load on pipes crossing roads shall
be equalized, e.g. by means of pipe sleeves or a culvert. The pipes shall be
supported centrally in the sleeves. Insulated pipes shall not be buried.
4.8.2
Pipe trenches
Flanged connections shall not be installed in trenches, in order to prevent
the accumulation of gas and liquid vapours in the trenches.
Concrete trenches in process units shall be adequately drained into a
liquid-sealed drainage system and shall be covered with grating.

4.9

Expansion, Construction and Supporting

Piping systems shall be routed, supported, anchored or guided so that

thermal expansion/contraction, vibration or movements will not result in
stresses in the piping or in the connected equipment in excess of those
permitted by ASME B31.3 and the equipment design code, in order to
prevent:

Failure of piping components due to overstress;

Leakage at joints;
Excessive loads and moments on connected equipment, anchor points,
flanged connections, etc.

The upper and lower design temperatures and differences in temperature

between piping and equipment shall be taken into account for all design
cases, including start-up, shut-down and upset conditions as well as
construction and maintenance cases.
Loops and/or offsets shall be provided in piping systems where required.
Expansion joints shall be avoided.
Pipes should be supported in groups at a common support elevation.
Supports and supporting structures shall be able to sustain the hydrostatic
test load. Spring supports shall be locked if required to support hydro test
loads.
The use of snubbers and sway braces should be avoided. If they are
unavoidable they shall be permanently accessible.
If very low variable loads are essential, such as pipes connected to strain
sensitive equipment or for critical systems with large movements, "constant
load" type units shall be used instead of variable load units.

4.10 Piping Through Walls and Concrete Floors of Buildings

Sleeves or holes through walls and floors of buildings shall have a size
permitting the passage of a flange of the relevant pipe size, or the size of the
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 8 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

required insulation, whichever is the larger, to allow the installation of

prefabricated piping.

In branches with flanged valves, branch fittings with flanged outlets shall be
used wherever possible, in order to reduce the number of welds.
Small bore branch connections shall be supported / braced to header, to
prevent fatigue failure, even in cases where vibration is not predicted for the
piping.

Penetrations through walls and floors shall be sealed with a hydrocarbonresistant filler after piping installation (e.g. a collar shall be fitted around the
pipe) to avoid chimney draught in the case of fire. To prevent liquid dripping,
holes shall be provided with concrete curbs, cast-in extended pipes or other
means. Where applicable the fire rating of the wall or floor shall be
maintained.

4.11 Distances between Pipes

In all cases the minimum distance between pipes shall enable flanges to be
tightened using hydraulic stud bolt tensioning equipment. The minimum
distances identified below shall be increased if necessary to meet these
criteria.
Special consideration shall be given at all flange location that adequate
access is provided including access for tools
The minimum distance between pipes or the insulation of pipes in
sleeperways and trenches and on pipe racks shall be 75 mm.
The minimum distance between a flange and a pipe or the insulation of a
pipe in sleeperways and trenches and on pipe racks shall be 30 mm.
Where required, the distance between pipes shall be increased to allow for
movements caused by thermal expansion.
The distance between the insulation of a low-temperature pipe and any other
object shall be at least 100 mm.
The distance between pipes shall allow for the turning of a spectacle blind, if
present.

4.12 Small Bore Piping

Since small bore branches (less than or equal to 1 NB) to large bore piping
are relatively susceptible to failure, the following points shall be incorporated
in the piping design:
Minimize the number of small bore branches to piping.
All small bore nozzles welding shall be performed by Gas Tungsten Arc
Welding (GTAW) in the prefabrication yard or shop.
Small bore piping shall be shown in full detail on the isometric drawings.
Branches shall not be located in removable spools.
Branches shall not be located in high stress areas.
Branches shall be avoided downstream of high capacity gas pressure
reducing systems such as compressor recycle systems, high-rate depressuring
valves and safety relief valves (acoustic fatigue). If this is not possible,
branches shall be located well away from these sources of vibration. Special
attention shall be paid to the bracing of these branches to the run-pipe.
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 9 dari 26

4.13 Installation of Flange

All flanges Class 600# and below shall be Raised Face, RTJ type is applied for
class 900# and above.
Flanges in piping systems shall be installed only to facilitate maintenance
and inspection and where construction or process conditions dictate.
Flanges shall not be located above roads.
Bolts up to and including 1 inch shall comply with UNC standards.
Bolts of 1 1/8 inch and larger shall have UN threading (8-thread series).
Nuts shall have a height equal to the bolt diameter.
Stud bolts 1 and larger shall be long enough to facilitate use of hydraulic
tensioning equipment.

4.14 Installation of Valves

Valves shall be in accordance with Project Spec. ya. Specification for
Manual Valves.
The number of different types of valves shall be minimized.
All pipes entering and leaving the process unit shall have a block valve and
flanges provided to allow for spading (spades or spectacle blinds) at the
boundary of the process unit ("battery limit"). Where practical the block
valves shall be located near each other. A drain/vent connection shall be
installed as close as possible to the block valves and spades, for draining,
venting and testing purposes.
Valves in horizontal pipes shall be positioned with their stem on or above the
vertical, except as follows:

butterfly valves shall be positioned with the stem horizontal in services

where fouling substances could collect in the lower shaft bearing ;
gate valves should be positioned with the stem horizontal in services
where fouling substances could collect in the bottom cavity;
valves shall be positioned with the stem horizontal in systems where a
component failure (e.g. wedge pin) could cause closure of the valve and
lead to unsafe situations

4.14.1 Layout of valves

The minimum distance between handwheels and any obstruction
shall be 100 mm.
The location of valve handwheels and/or stems shall not obstruct
walkways or platforms.
Valves shall not be installed above roads.
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 10 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Valves in overhead piperacks shall be avoided.

Large or heavy valves shall be supported under the valve and not
under adjacent piping.
Chain-operated valves shall be avoided as these valves can be
difficult to operate and the chain may cause hazardous situations.
All operational and maintenance valves shall be permanently
accessible for operation.

downstream side so that the shut-off valve can be leak-tested. More

extensive provisions may be required in corrosive service.
Start-up strainers shall be provided upstream of control valves with
labyrinth-type low-noise trims.

4.14.2 Valves in service below minus 50 C

Gate, globe, ball and butterfly valves in this service shall have a
vapour space sufficient to maintain the stem packing at a
temperature high enough to permit actuation of the valve. Depending
on the valve design, this may require extended valve bonnets.
In order to maintain a gas cap under the stuffing box, the valve stem
shall be positioned with an inclination no more than 30 degrees from
vertical.
Valves in no-flow connections (such as vents and pressure gauges),
where the trapped gas bubble protects the valve packing from too low
temperatures, may be installed at an angle up to 90 degrees from the
vertical (and so may be installed in vertical pipes).
Drain valves shall be installed with the stem inclined no more than
30 degrees from vertical. The drain connections shall be provided
with support/bracing, preferably to the header.
4.14.3 Selection of gear drives for valves
Shall comply with Piping Valves Specification
4.14.4 Manifolds for control valves
Control valves shall be provided with block valves and a bypass
valve. The provision of block valves, bypass valves, handwheels, etc.
is governed by operational considerations and therefore the PFDs
and P&IDs shall indicate the arrangement required for each
application.
The block valves at each side of the control valve shall be of the
straight-through type and shall be the same size as the piping.
The bypass valve shall have a nominal capacity factor at least equal
to, but not more than twice, the capacity factor of the control valve.
The bypass valve shall be capable of proper throttling. For critical
applications, the bypass valve shall be of the same type as the control
valve and the same Cv as the control valve, but with handwheel
operation only.
Provisions shall be made for draining and/or depressurizing the
control valve manifold. At least one drain valve shall be provided just
upstream or downstream of the control valve, depending of the
physical lay-out. Shut-off valves shall have a drain valve on the
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 11 dari 26

4.15 Drain and Vent Connections

Drain and vent connections shall be installed at all low and high points in
piping. Drains and vents shall be equipped with a valve if required for
operation or maintenance.
Vents and drains shall be as short as possible. If long connections are
required supports/bracings shall be applied.
All hydrotest, process vent and drains will be plugged.

4.16 Connection for Manual Sampling

Dedicated connections shall be provided for sample collection.
The sampling point shall be positioned such that the valves are easy to
operate and taking the sample will not impair the safety of personnel or plant
or cause environmental impact.
Samples should be taken from a vertical pipe where possible; where this is
not possible:

For gaseous products in horizontal pipes, sample take-off connections

shall be installed at the top of the pipe.
For liquid products in horizontal pipes, sample take-off connections shall
be installed at the side of the pipe.

Sample take-off connections shall not be located at dead ends of piping.

Sample take-off connections shall be easily accessible and should be at
ground level. However, sample pipes shall be as short as possible.
As far as practicable, sample connections shall be grouped together and
provided with a sample cabinet and one common drain facility.
Drain facilities shall be connected to a sample recovery system.
Sample points shall have two valves: one at the take-off point from the
process pipe and another at the sampling point. The block valve at the takeoff point shall have the same size as a standard drain valve. The sampling
valve size shall be maximum NB and shall have good throttling
properties. If a short sample take-off pipe cannot be fitted, a closed loop shall
be provided. The closed loop shall be a connection to the same process stream,
at different pressures. The loop shall be provided with block valves at the
connections with the process pipe.
Precautions shall be taken to avoid freezing or plugging of the sample pipe.
The outlet of a single sample connection, if not connected to a sample cabinet,
shall have a quick-fit coupling which seals when not connected to a sample
receiver.

ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 12 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sample outlets for self-igniting or very toxic products shall have a self-closing
downstream valve.

possible, the Contractor shall provide more flexibility in the piping rather
than require additional nozzle reinforcement. Refer to the Specification for
Pipe Stress Analysis Project Spec. ya..

4.17 Test Connection

Connections for pressure testing a piping system shall be provided where
required. Drains and vents should be used for this purpose. The location of
the connections shall permit the complete removal of the test medium after
the test.
The supply connection shall be of a size which will allow the system to be
filled within a reasonable time and it shall have a temporary, flanged globe
valve which shall also be used for depressurizing.
Test connections shall be closed with a blind flange after completion of the
test.

4.18 Instrument Process Connection

Connections to piping for pressure instruments shall be in accordance with
the Contractors piping classes.
Pressure points shall be as short as possible and shall be properly braced to
avoid fatigue failure. Pressure gauge block and pressure gauge shall be
supported separately.
Thermal expansion relief valves shall be installed in liquid-full equipment or
piping systems if the system can be blocked in and it is subject to heat from
the atmosphere or process.

4.19 Piping Adjacent to Equipment

Piping and pipe supporting structures shall be designed so that access is
provided for maintenance or removal of valves, in-line instruments, tube
bundles and shell/channel covers and for operational reasons. Removal or
replacement of equipment shall be possible with a minimum dismantling of
piping. Removable pipe spools may be required.
4.19.1 Drain and vent provisions:

All equipment shall have a valve drain and vent provided.

Equipment and piping containing slurries shall have minimum size 1 NB
drain connections, unless the type of drain valve dictates a larger size.
Operational drains for equipment and piping containing liquefied
petroleum gases shall be designed to avoid failure of isolation by freezing
during draining.

4.20 Piping Local to Equipment

At an early stage of detailed engineering, the Contractor shall specify the
design nozzle loads for stationary equipment and the equipment shall be
ordered accordingly. In specifying the nozzle loads, the Contractor shall
ensure that they are sufficient for all expected piping loads. Piping shall be
designed such that the specified nozzle loads are not exceeded. Where
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 13 dari 26

Piping at equipment shall be sufficiently flexible and adequately supported to

prevent the equipment nozzles from being subjected to any stress that could
disturb their alignment or internal clearances or otherwise affect the
equipment and jeopardize its operation.
Auxiliary piping shall be neatly routed within the package and shall not
extend beyond the package boundary. This piping shall not obstruct
inspection covers, bearing caps, upper halves of casings or any other items
which require access for operation or maintenance.
In order to avoid a fire hazard, lubricating oil, control oil and seal oil pipes
shall not be routed in the vicinity of hot process or hot utility pipes.

4.21 Pumps and Compressor

A block valve shall be installed upstream of the strainer in the suction pipe of
each pump. This position enables the strainer to be cleaned without draining
the suction pipe. This valve and the piping to the suction nozzle shall have
the same rating as the discharge piping in order to accommodate
overpressure due to backflow from the discharge side. This also applies to
multi-stage pumps. The discharge pipe shall also have a block valve. A check
valve shall be installed unless there is no possibility of backflow or pressure
surge under any conditions. This check valve shall be installed upstream of
the block valve to enable maintenance of the check valve without draining
the discharge pipe.
Permanent strainers shall be installed in all pump suction pipes and meter
runs.
Y-type and T-type strainers shall be used for permanent installation in
vertical suction pipes.
The design and material for strainers shall be suitable for the process and
pump requirements.
Pumps shall be protected at initial start-up by inserting a temporary fine
mesh (40 mesh) screen on the upstream side of the permanent strainer.
Pump vent and drain nozzles shall be fitted with valves and, if not connected
to a drain system, the valves shall be fitted with blind flanges.
4.21.1 Suction piping for centrifugal pumps
Suction piping shall be as short and as direct as possible, avoiding high
spots where pockets of gas or air could accumulate. Only eccentric reducers
(top flat) shall be used for pipe diameter changes.
The length of the straight pipe from the last elbow to the suction nozzle
shall be sufficient to ensure minimum turbulence at the pump suction. The
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 14 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

minimum length, which shall not include any reducer, strainer or stop-flow
valve, shall be as stated below unless Contractor determines a larger
straight length during design.

reinforced to prevent their collapse or failure and subsequent entry of debris

into the compressor.

TYPE OF PUMP

POSITION OF SUCTION PIPING

Vertical close-Coupled

in same plane as pump shaft

perpendicular to pump shaft

REQUIRED
STRAIGHT
LENGTH
1.5 D *
4D

not applicable

at top of pump

in same plane as pump shaft

perpendicular to pump shaft (preferred
situation)
any position other than perpendicular
**

1.5 D

Single suction, end

suction type
Single suction, top-top
connection
Double suction

3D
5 D to 10 D

For vertical close coupled pumps with 1.5 D straight length, eccentric
reducers (bottom flat) are preferred.
** It shall be studied how unequal flow to the impeller eye can best be
avoided. The advice of the pump Manufacturer should be sought in this
respect.
4.21.2 Compressors
To prevent fatigue failure of compressor piping, the effect of vibrations and
pressure surge shall be considered.
Butt-welding components shall be lined up accurately and weld roots shall be
ground smooth wherever possible. Gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) should
be used for the root pass of welds. GTAW shall be used for the root pass of
welds if it is not possible to grind the root smooth.
Inter-stage and discharge piping shall be sufficiently flexible to allow
expansion due to the heat of compression.
Block valves shall be installed in the suction and discharge pipes, except for
air compressors, which shall have block valves in the discharge pipes only.
The block valve in the suction pipe, if present and the piping to the suction
nozzle shall have the same rating as the discharge piping.
The ASME rating class of the suction piping, valves shall have the same
rating as the discharge of that stage.
Discharge pipes shall have a check valve between the block valve and the
discharge nozzle.
In each compressor suction pipe, a temporary start-up suction strainer shall
be installed downstream of the block valve of the compressor and as close as
possible to the compressor suction nozzle. Screens and filters shall be

ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 15 dari 26

Compressors in hydrocarbon service shall have purge facilities. Facility for

spading shall be provided by spectacle blinds, removable spool pieces or
elbows.
Sampling points shall be provided on the lube oil system and seal oil system,
mainly from the oil containers and the bearing outlet.
Compressors on separator duty shall be fitted with on line water wash spray
nozzles on the suction to eliminate build up of salt on the impellers.

4.23 Heat Exchanger Piping

Sufficient space shall be kept between adjacent heat exchanger inlet and
outlet valve manifolds.
Shell and channel box piping shall be provided with vent and drain
connections unless venting and draining can be done via other equipment.
Drain and vent nozzles on heat exchangers shall have a valve and a blind
flange. The drain and vent connections may also be used for chemical
cleaning, if required.
Specific nozzles shall be included for washing and chemical treatment.
Collecting and processing facilities shall be used in order to avoid product
spillage during maintenance.

4.24 Pressure Vessel Piping

Vertical pipes branching from columns and other vertical vessels shall have a
resting support near the nozzle and shall be guided at regular intervals to
protect the pipe against vibrations, wind load and/or buckling. If the loads on
this resting support are too high a spring support should be positioned at a
lower elevation in order to reduce these loads. For the required flexibility of
the piping, attention shall be paid to the location of the lowest guiding
support.
Pipe supports on pressure vessels shall be bolted to clips welded to the vessel.
Clips shall be designed by the Contractor and form an integral part of the
pressure vessel. Where practical, clips shall be standardized. Clips and the
connected pipe supports and/or supporting steel shall be designed such that
there will be no ingress of water under the insulation.
Where practical, pressure vessels which are grouped together shall have
platforms and interconnecting walkways at the same elevation. The number
of stairways and ladders to the platforms shall be sufficient to meet safety
requirements. Where practical, pressure vessels grouped together shall have
their level gauges at a common level. All instrument bridles shall be oriented
such that the instruments on the bridle can be easily read by the operators
from a walkway / platform adjacent to the vessel

ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 16 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.25 Instrumentation
The design and material selection of in-line instruments and control valves
shall be such that the pressure and temperature rating of the relevant piping
class is met.

4.26 Pig Launcher and Receiver Piping

The break-line of specifications shall be shown on the P&IDs

4.27 Slug-Catcher Piping

The break-line of specifications shall be shown on the P&IDs.

4.28 Utility Water

Where utility hose stations are specified they should be located such that all
points of use in the area can be reached by using 15 m long hoses. Each type
of utility medium shall be provided with a dedicated type of hose connection
to prevent contamination and inadvertent connection to the wrong utility
medium.

4.29 Storage Tank Piping

Within the dike area the number of pipes shall be minimized and they shall
be routed in the shortest practicable way from the tank to the dike. Where
practical, the pipes shall be grouped together.
Pipes connected to tanks shall be sufficiently flexible to cope with thermal
expansion/contraction, tank settlement, the outward movement of the shell
and the inclination of nozzles under hydrostatic load. The first pipe support
shall be located sufficiently far away from the tank to allow for tank
settlement and for the thermal expansion of the vertical pipe leg
Manifolds and isolation valves shall be located outside the dike in a concrete
paved curbed area which shall slope and shall be provided with a drain sump
at the low side connected to the drain system. The outlet shall be provided
with a valve for maintenance purposes.
Piping shall be connected after hydrostatic testing of the tank. Tank
settlement, outward movement of the shell and nozzle inclination under full
liquid load conditions shall be taken into account when calculating bending
moments and loads on tank nozzles.

4.30 Piping Components

Piping systems connected to other systems or equipment with a higher design
rating shall have the higher rating for all components up to and including the
first block valve in the system of lower rating.
4.30.1 Metallic Pipe
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 17 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For metallic pipe, reference is made to ASME B 31.3

Metallic pipe shall be in accordance with ASME B36.10M or ASME
B36.19M.
The corrosion allowance for carbon steel and ferritic alloy steel pipes
shall be at least 1.6mm.
4.30.2 Non-metallic Pipe
Polyethylene (PE).
If PE pipe is required for underground service it
shall comply with API 5LE.
If the use of GRP, GRE, FRP, RTR, or similar is proposed by the
Contractor then the applicable codes shall be agreed with the CA
4.30.3 Lined pipe
Prefabricated lined pipe and fittings shall be used only with the
Manufacturer's confirmation of suitability and limitations.
Nominal sizes of lined pipe shall be in accordance with ASME B36.10M
and ASME B36.19M. Flanges shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5
(except for glass lined piping, which may use DIN flanges).
4.30.4 Gaskets
For the selection of gaskets the following shall apply:

The selection shall be based on piping class requirements. Gaskets

containing Asbestos are not acceptable and shall not be specified.
PTFE-based materials may be applied up to a maximum temperature of
200 C.
Spiral-wound/Monel 400 gaskets may be used up to a design
temperature of 400 C.
Spiral-wound/Inconel 600/graphite gaskets may be used up to a design
temperature of 650C.
Spiral-wound gaskets shall be tightened until guide ring contact is
reached.
Gaskets shall never be re-used.

4.30.5 Selection and installation of bolting materials

The thread shall be clean and in good condition
The design temperature range for the bolting material combinations
listed below shall be as follows:
Bolt / nut combination (ASTM designations)
Bolt
A 193-B7
A 193-B7M
A 320-L7
A 320-L7M
A 193-B8 class 2

ATTACHMENT-1

Metal temperature
range (C)

Nut
A 194-2H
A 194-2HM
A 194-4
A 194-7M
A 194-8

-20
-20
-100
-50
-200

to
to
to
to
to

+538
+370
+370
+538
+538

Halaman : A1- 18 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A 193-B16

A 194-4

A194-8C (maximum size 50

mm)
A 453-grade 660-class A

to +593

to +538

NOTES:
According to ASME B 31.3, for externally-insulated flange connections, the
maximum design temperature may be equal to the above maximum bolting
temperatures.
According to ASME B 31.3, for non-insulated components with fluid temperatures 65
C and above, the bolting temperature shall be taken to be not less than 80% of the
fluid temperature.

4.30.6 Fittings
Fittings shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5, ASME B16.9 or
ASME B16.24, as applicable for the type of fitting.
Reducing elbows, straight crosses and reducing outlet crosses are
regarded as special fittings and shall be avoided.

4.31 Pipe Joints

Butt-welds shall be used for all sizes, except where socket-welded joints are
prescribed in the relevant piping class.
Preparation shall be in accordance with ASME B16.25. Permanent backing
rings shall not be used.
Welds requiring post weld heat treatment (PWHT) shall be prefabricated as
far as possible, thereby minimizing the number of field welds.

4.32 Threaded joints

Threaded joints shall be avoided and shall not be used on any hydrocarbon
systems or critical non-hydrocarbon services, and they should be avoided on
others, except instrument connections and water services.
Threaded joints (where permitted above) shall be NPT pipe threads in
accordance with ASME B1.20.1.

4.34 Valve

4.30.7 Miter Bends

Mitre bends are not permitted.

Valves shall be in accordance with Doc no. Project Spec. ya. Specification
for Manual Valves

4.30.8 Branch Fittings

Branches should be connected at 90 degrees to the run pipe.
Stub-in connections shall generally not be used.
Butt-welding tees should be used for branches equal in diameter to the
run pipe.
Butt-welding tees with equal or reducing outlets should be used for
services where flow disturbance is to be minimized.
Where available, butt-welding tee fittings shall be used in severe cyclic
service (as defined in ASME B31.3).
4.30.9 Flanges, Spectacle Blinds, Spade-Type Blinds, Etc.
Flanges size 24 and smaller shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5.
Flanges over 24 NB shall be in accordance with ASME B16.47 series
B. The use of other types of flanges is subject to the approval of CA.
Flange bolt holes shall straddle the center lines. The flange facing
finish shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5.
If a flat face flange is required (e.g. GRE piping in ASME rating class
150) the counter flange shall also have a flat face in accordance with
ASME B16.5. Flat face flanges shall be provided with full-face gaskets.
The outside diameter of spacers and spades shall be equal to the
diameter of the raised face of the mating flange. The spacers and
spades shall have two centring pieces welded to their circumference.
These centring pieces shall have bolt holes of the same diameter, and
the same bolt circle diameter, as the mating flange.
ATTACHMENT-1

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Halaman : A1- 19 dari 26

4.35 Insulation
Thermal Insulation
A General Specification for Thermal Insulation of Piping (including that for
personnel protection), shall be produced by Contractor and shall include hot
and cold systems and corrosion prevention on top of insulated columns, tanks
and over piping, where applicable, grating should be provided to avoid
damage to insulation.

4.36 Pipe Support

The Contractor shall be responsible for design of pipe supports. The
minimum requirements are defined in specifications Project Spec. ya..

4.37 Flange Face Alignment and Tolerances

In all cases the Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the CAs NO
LEAK policy is achieved, in addition to ensuring that pipe and nozzle
loadings are maintained within specified allowances the following section
provides guidance on the minimum criteria for alignment accuracy. The
overall requirement is to achieve stress-free and leak-free flanged
connections.
4.37.1 Types of alignment
Two types of alignment shall be considered:

ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 20 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lateral alignment of the off-set of the aligned flange centerlines,

applicable for the complete flange set as well as the relevant position of
bolt holes.
Parallelism (angular alignment) of the flange faces.

4.37.2 Set Up Prior To Measurement

The flanges shall be lined up so that the bolts can be inserted without
force.
A gasket and 25 percent of the bolts (with at least four) shall be
inserted. The bolts shall be uniformly fastened to take out the free
slack, to ensure the real misalignment will be measured
4.37.3 Acceptance Criteria for Misalignment
1). Lateral alignment
For standard flanges, the free insertion of the bolts may be
sufficient to demonstrate acceptable alignment. Lateral alignment
should also be checked by laying a straight edge along the outside
diameter of the flange. Measurements should be taken at locations
90 degrees apart around the flange circumference.
The measured lateral misalignment shall not exceed the following
values:
NB

Maximum misalignment

2 mm

> 4

3 mm

e)
f)
g)

The flange face alignment check shall be performed with bolting

inserted loosely, and the acceptance criteria shall be as given
below:

Bolt holes shall straddle the natural centerline unless specified

otherwise. The maximum deviation from the required theoretical
bolt hole position, as measured along the bolt circle shall be 1.5 mm
2). Parallelism
Flange face alignment shall be checked by measuring the distance
between the mating flanges of the pre-assembled joint.
Measurements shall be taken around the circumference at equal
distances from the center line (the outside rim of the flange will
normally be the most convenient position).
The difference between the measurements shall not exceed the
following values:
a) ASME B 16.5 flanges, all sizes all, all ratings:
2.5 mm/m
Table 1 gives these values computed for the flange rim
outside diameter.
b) ASME B 16.47 flanges, all sizes, all ratings:

ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 21 dari 26

1.75mm absolute (regardless of the diameter) measured

along the outside diameter of the raised face.
Tables 2 and 3 give these values computed for measurements
along the flange rim outside diameter.
Flanged pipe spools
The misalignment tolerances given in (a) and (b) above apply to
pairs of pre-only be measured as the deviation from the
design plane. For the terminal flange of a pipe spool the
deviation from the design plane shall not exceed
0.7
M,
where M is the allowable misalignment for the pre-assembled
flanges
as
given in (a) and (b) above.
Flanged accessories
Accessories are flanged items which are rigid in themselves (e.g.
valves,
strainers etc). The individual flange face
misalignment from the design plane shall not exceed 2.5
mm/m. Also, the misalignment of the two flange faces
shall
not exceed 2.5mm/m.
Face alignment for flange-less components (e.g. wafer type
control valves, sandwiched between flanges): Misalignment as
per (a) and (b) above.
Nozzle faces on static equipment.
Alignment of nozzle flange face with the indicated plane shall be
within 0.5 degrees in any direction.
Flanges connecting to rotating equipment (pumps, compressors
etc)

Flange diameter (NB)

Maximum misalignment at OD of flange

< 12

0.2 mm

12 to 24

0.3 mm

>24

0.5 mm

NOTE: The above figures are the practical implementation of the

tolerances to achieve 0.05 degrees in all directions
Table 1

ASME B16.5 flanges, all sizes, all ratings

Maximum flange face misalignment:

For a pre-assembled joint, maximum difference in measured values = 2.5
mm/m
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 22 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For an individual flange, maximum difference to design plane = 1.7 mm/m

This results in the following figures for measurements taken at the outer rim
of the flange:
Pre-assembled joint

Individual flange compared to design

plane

M
(mm)
size

Rating

(mm)
size

Rating

NB 150 300 600 900 1500 2500

0.22 0.24 0.24 0.30 0.30 0.33

0.16 0.17 0.17 0.21 0.21 0.24

0.25 0.29 0.29 0.33 0.33 0.35

0.17 0.21 0.21 0.23 0.23 0.25

1 0.27 0.31 0.31 0.37 0.37 0.40

1 0.19 0.22 0.22 0.26 0.26 0.28

1 0.32 0.39 0.39 0.44 0.44 0.51

1 0.22 0.27 0.27 0.31 0.31 0.36

2 0.38 0.41 0.41 0.54 0.54 0.59

2 0.27 0.29 0.29 0.38 0.38 0.42

3 0.48 0.52 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.76

3 0.34 0.37 0.37 0.43 0.47 0.54

4 0.57 0.64 0.68 0.73 0.78 0.89

4 0.40 0.45 0.48 0.52 0.55 0.63

6 0.70 0.79 0.89 0.95 0.98 1.21

6 0.49 0.56 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.85

8 0.86 0.95 1.05 1.17 1.21 1.38

8 0.61 0.67 0.74 0.83 0.85 0.98

10 1.02 1.11 1.27 1.37 1.46 1.68

10 0.72 0.79 0.90 0.97 1.03 1.19

12 1.21 1.30 1.40 1.52 1.68 1.91

12 0.85 0.92 0.99 1.08 1.19 1.35

14 1.33 1.46 1.51 1.60 1.87

14 0.94 1.03 1.07 1.13 1.32

16 1.49 1.62 1.71 1.76 2.06

16 1.06 1.14 1.21 1.25 1.46

18 1.59 1.78 1.86 1.97 2.29

18 1.12 1.26 1.31 1.39 1.62

20 1.75 1.94 2.03 2.14 2.46

20 1.23 1.37 1.44 1.52 1.74

24 2.03 2.29 2.35 2.60 2.92

24 1.44 1.62 1.66 1.84 2.07

NOTE: Blank cells indicate size rating values not standardised in ASME B 16.5

Table 2

ASME B16.47, Series A, All Sizes, All Ratings

Maximum flange face misalignment at raised face OD:

For a pre-assembled joint, 1.75 mm
For individual flange, maximum difference to design plane, 1.2 mm
This results in the following figures for measurements taken at the outer rim
of the flange:
ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 23 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pre-assembled joint
size

Individual flange compared to

design plane

ASME B16.47, series A

size

ASME B16.47, series A

150

300

600

900

150

300

600

900

1.93

2.06

2.14

2.35

1.37

1.46

1.51

1.66

1.92

2.05

2.13

2.36

1.36

1.45

1.50

1.67

1.91

2.05

2.13

2.36

1.35

1.45

1.50

1.67

1.91

2.05

2.12

2.34

1.35

1.45

1.50

1.65

1.91

2.04

2.14

2.32

1.35

1.44

1.51

1.64

1.90

2.03

2.10

2.29

1.35

1.44

1.49

1.62

1.92

2.02

1.36

1.43

1.90

2.00

1.35

1.41

1.90

2.00

1.34

1.41

1.89

1.99

1.34

1.41

1.90

2.01

1.34

1.42

1.89

1.99

1.34

1.41

1.88

1.98

1.33

1.40

1.88

1.98

1.33

1.40

1.88

1.98

1.33

1.40

1.88

2.01

1.33

1.42

1.90

2.01

1.34

1.42

1.89

1.99

1.33

1.41

NOTE:

Table 3

Blank cells indicate size rating values not standardised in ASME B 16.47

ASME B 16.47 flanges, series B, all sizes, all ratings

Maximum flange face misalignment at raised face OD:

For a pre-assembled joint, 1.75 mm
For individual flange, maximum difference to design plane, 1.2 mm
This results in the following figures for measurements taken at the outer rim
of the flange:

ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 24 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pre-assembled joint
size

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Contractor shall prepare a report on the tests carried out and their
results, for inclusion in the Quality Records. Other relevant certificates
shall also be included.

Individual flange compared to design

plane

ASME B16.47, series B

size

ASME B16.47, series B

150

300

600

900

150

300

600

900

2.03

2.27

2.37

2.54

1.44

1.60

1.68

1.79

5.2.2
Material Certification
As a minimum, material certification to BS EN 10204 type 3.1 shall be
supplied for all pressure containing components.

2.03

2.26

2.35

2.56

1.43

1.60

1.66

1.81

5.2.3

2.01

2.23

2.31

2.51

1.42

1.58

1.63

1.78

2.03

2.20

2.28

2.52

1.44

1.56

1.62

1.78

2.01

2.19

2.26

2.53

1.42

1.55

1.60

1.79

2.00

2.17

2.25

2.50

1.41

1.54

1.59

1.77

2.02

1.99

1.43

1.41

2.01

2.00

1.42

1.41

1.97

1.98

1.40

1.97

1.98

1.40

1.96

1.99

1.39

1.41

1.95

1.97

1.38

1.39

1.95

1.97

1.38

1.39

1.95

1.96

1.38

1.39

1.95

1.98

1.38

1.40

1.94

1.97

1.37

1.39

1.94

1.95

1.37

1.38

1.94

1.95

1.37

1.38

NOTE:

6.0

Documentation
Radiography films
UT reports
Hydrotest reports
Calibration certificates
Material certificates including consumables
WPQs
PQRs
Pre-heat PWHT records
Drawing as builts

QUALITY ASSURANCE
The Supplier shall operate a quality system satisfying the applicable
provision(s) of ISO 9000 (series), or agreed equivalent standard,
commensurate with the goods and services provided.
The Contractor is not required to hydrostatically test pipe spool pieces;
however, after field installation, piping systems will be hydrostatically tested
in accordance with the applicable Piping Code.

Blank cells indicate size rating values not standardised in ASME B 16.47

5.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS

5.1 General
Inspection and testing shall be carried out in accordance with the approved
Project Quality Plan & ITP.

5.2

Reports and Acceptance Certificates

5.2.1

ATTACHMENT-1

General

Halaman : A1- 25 dari 26

ATTACHMENT-1

Halaman : A1- 26 dari 26

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ATTACHMENT-2
Spesifikasi dari Layout suatu plan, yang berisikan (Contoh)

SPECIFICATION FOR PLAN LAY-OUT

(S A M P L E)

DAFTAR ISI
1.
2.

PROJECT SPECIFICATION ............................................................................................................................. 2

LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS ............................................................................................................... 2

INDICATION OF DIMENSIONS ON PLOT PLAN .................................................................................... 2

4. CIVIL FACILITY LAYOUTS .............................................................................................................................. 4

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
5

STRUCTURE LAYOUTS ................................................................................................................................ 9

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6

CONSTRUCTION OF STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................ 9

PIPE RACKS .............................................................................................................................................. 11
EQUIPMENT STRUCTURES ......................................................................................................................... 14
SHELTERS ................................................................................................................................................. 15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FLOOR................................................................................................... 16
WALKWAYS.............................................................................................................................................. 17

This specification provides the specific requirements for onshore plant

layouts for SHORT COURSE TRAINING ON KEAHLIAN SISTEM
PEMIPAAN
AT
MERCU
BUANA
UNIVERSITY,
JAKARTAINDONESIA FOR SAMPLING.

2. REFERENCES
The following applicable section of the latest edition of the code and
standards, including addenda and referenced documents, projects
specification shall form an integral part of this specification.
Where the requirement of the subject is defined by two or more references,
the more stringent reference shall govern.

2.1

EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT WITHIN PROCESS UNIT ................................................................................ 18

STACKED HORIZONTAL HEAT EXCHANGERS ............................................................................................ 18
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS ............................................................................................................................. 18
ACCESS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE .......................................................................................... 19

HEADROOM CLEARANCE AND ACCESS SPACE ................................................................................ 20

7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5

HEAD CLEARANCE ................................................................................................................................... 20

HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE FOR OPERATING ACCESS ................................................................................ 21
MANWAY ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................... 21
INSTRUMENT ACCESS ............................................................................................................................... 21
SPECTACLE BLINDS .................................................................................................................................. 21

Project Specification
1.
2.
3.
4.

EQUIPMENT LAYOUT ................................................................................................................................ 18

6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4

PLANT ELEVATION ..................................................................................................................................... 4

PAVING ....................................................................................................................................................... 4
CLASSIFICATION OF ROADS AND ACCESSES ............................................................................................... 5
ROAD .......................................................................................................................................................... 5
DEFINITION OF UNDERGROUND .................................................................................................................. 6
TOP ELEVATION OF FOUNDATION............................................................................................................... 7
MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN EQUIPMENT AND ROAD ............................................................................ 8

1. SCOPE

2.2

Project Spec
Project Spec
Project Spec
Project Spec

Plant Layout Guide

Plant Spacing Guide
Plant Layout to Facilitate Maintenance
Civil and Structure Design

Local Laws and Regulations

Local laws and/or regulations that contain plant layout requirements
will be more stringent than the requirements in this Specification and
shall therefore take precedence over the provisions of this
Specification.

3. INDICATION OF DIMENSIONS ON PLOT PLAN

Dimensions to be shown on plot plan are marked with asterisk.

VOLUME-1

ATTACHMENT-2

Halaman : A2- 2 dari 21

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Civil facility layouts

4.1

Plant Elevation
1)

EL. + 0 = MSL+ (Note-1) is the high point of paving and gravel

of the plant area.

Note-1

4.2

ATTACHMENT-2

Halaman : A2- 3 dari 21

: Individual MSL elevation shall be in accordance with plot

plan drawings.

EL. (-) 200 mm max. is the lowest point (top of the open ditch
etc.) of the process and utility area

Paving
1)

Part of process, utility and buildings area will be paved with

concrete as required area by Company (based on contract).

A maximum one catchment area for surface drainage of concrete

Kerbed area should be 300 m2 and smaller.

The surface slope in the Kerbed area shall be not less than 1.0
percent.
For other grading area should be 1/200 to 1/500 minimum slope.

ATTACHMENT-2

Halaman : A2- 4 dari 21

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Classification of Roads and Accesses

Roads and accesses are classified as follows:
(1)

Primary roads
accesses between the plant site main gate and main plant area
accesses between the fire station and process area
accesses between the truck gate and truck loading station

(2)

Secondary roads
accesses around units and facilities
accesses around the pump station for storage tanks
accesses around waste water treating facilities

(3)

(4)

Lighting electrical cables and fire fighting pipe lines shall be

installed underground of the shoulder area.

Maintenance roads (access way)

accesses to flare stacks, other auxiliary facilities in offsite area
access between the entrance gate for large, heavy and lengthy
equipment to strategic areas within the plant site, such as
the process area and utility area
access for future expansion area(s)
access for AFC and compressor in process and utility area.
access to electrical transformers
access to switchgear building equipment door.
access to instrument and telecom room equipment doors

4.4

Road
(1)

Width of road shall be as follows :

Primary roads
Secondary roads
Maintenance roads
(access way)

(2)

:
:
:

6.1 m
4.2 m
4.2 m (as minimum)

4.5

Radius of road corner to be shown as follow :

6 m road
4 m road
3 m road

ATTACHMENT-2

6 m + 1.0 m
shoulders
4 m + 1.0 m
shoulders
3 m without shoulders
(based on 50 ton crane)

Headroom clearance of road shall be as follow :

Primary roads
Secondary roads
Maintenance roads
(access way)

(3)

:
:
:

Definition of Underground
The following lines and systems shall be underground.
(1)
Electrical Cable

R = 12 m
R=8m
R=6m

Halaman : A2- 5 dari 21

ATTACHMENT-2

Halaman : A2- 6 dari 21

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Feeder cable from main substation to process substation

From emergency generator to main substation

4.6

(2)

Drain Open Oily Water (DO) and Drain Closed (DC) lines for
process and utility area

(3)

Fire Water ring main

(4)

Amine drain header

(5)

Drain Sanitary (DS) lines

(6)

Telecoms cable as specify on overall underground telecom cable

layout

Top Elevation of Foundation

Elevation shall be adjusted if the relevant elevation above is
inadequate for process and mechanical reasons such as draining,
flange bolting, spectacle blind handling, etc.
Item

Elevation

Column

HPP +300 mm

Drum Vertical

HPP +300 mm

Drum Horizontal

min. HPP +300 mm

S/T Heat Exchanger

min. HPP +300 mm

Pump

min. HPP +300

Compressor

by vendor

Tank

min. HPP +500 mm

Pipe Stanchion

HPP +300 mm

Operating Platform

HPP +150 mm

Package Equipment

min. HPP +150 mm

Pipe Sleeper

min. HPP +300 mm

Pipe Support (on paved area)

min. 25 mm

Pipe Support (not paved area)

HPP +150 mm

Steel Pipe rack & Structure

HPP +300 mm

Ladder Stairway

4.7

Minimum Distance Between Equipment and Road

A minimum distance of 5m shall be maintained between the edge of
primary and secondary roads (included shoulder) and hydrocarbon
containing equipments.

max. 200 mm
Notes :
(1) EL + 0 equal high point of paving of process and utility area
(2) The height of the top surface of foundations for equipment and
structures above the high point of the paving shall be as follows

ATTACHMENT-2

Halaman : A2- 7 dari 21

ATTACHMENT-2

Halaman : A2- 8 dari 21

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Rain water and small steam trap drain such as for line tracing.

Grating floor: no provision is required.

Checkered plate floor: small opening holes on floor

plate.

Concrete floor: curb and slope to down spout or

slope to edge depending upon the service
conditions.

5 STRUCTURE LAYOUTS
5.1

Construction of structures
5.1.1 Type of floor materials
Checkered plate floor: General purpose
Grating floor: minimum use for the following areas:

Maintenance floor for AFCs

Compressor maintenance floor
Areas
requiring
ventilation
for
safety
considerations
Grating shall not be used in areas of heavier than
air hydrocarbon where pooling can occur.

5.1.4 Stairs and ladders provisions

Elevated floors from the ground shall have stairs and, or ladders
based on the following application criteria:
(a)

Stairs

(b)

Stairs shall be provided for those floor(s) requiring

frequent access for operation and maintenance using
hand tools, etc., such as for the following:

Floors for compressors or turbines

Floors for vacuum filters

Floors for filling/removing of packing materials

during operation

Floor for AFC

Need to carry chemicals, additives, catalyst &

supplies as part of routine duties.
Ladders

Concrete floor: Specific use for the following areas:

Toxic fluid spill is expected and required to collect at the

floor.
Fire isolation from lower level is required.
Frequent maintenance by mobile equipment is
required.
Clean and silent conditions are required for
operation.

5.1.2 Base level of floor elevation

The base level of floor elevation shall be as follows:
(a)
Checkered plate floor: Top of support beam
(b)
Grating floor:
Top of grating
Note: The minimum headroom for personnel (2.1 m) can be
calculated from the top of floor elevation even though
this reduces actual headroom a little.

Ladders shall be provided for the floor(s) used for

operation and routine maintenance check and patrol that
normally does not involve using hand tools.
5.1.5 Maximum height of ladder and stairway
For Stairway

5.1.3 Floor drains

Drainage to the floors in the plant areas and buildings shall be
collected in accordance with following concept:
Oily and chemicals are frequently drained.

Need ability to collect any draining and pipe to

ground level for emptying. (Refer to BCD3-000-42SPC-4-001-00 Specification for Sewer Segregation
and Collection)
Limited amount of oily and chemicals not harmful to personnel.

provide a portable can or use of drain hose.

ATTACHMENT-2

Halaman : A2- 9 dari 21

ATTACHMENT-2
21

Halaman : A2- 10 dari

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For Ladder

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(3)

Typical Layout for process and utility area main piperack.

Ladder will be designed SIDE STEP.

5.2

Pipe Racks
(1)

Note :

Headroom clearance

The headroom clearance for a pipe rack (from the grade to the lowest
part of pipe rack including piping) shall be as follows:
Fire truck access:
4.5 m
Maintenance equipment access:
3.6 m (as minimum)
Personal access:
2.1 m
(2)

Removable bug screen are provided.

Handrail around work area is provided.
Power outlet for hand tools is provided.
No electrical equipment installed under flare header
No equipment installed under piperack.

Future piping space

Sufficient space shall be provided in the pipe rack design for

piping, instrument and electrical cables, if there are
requirements to provide future facilities spaces.
ATTACHMENT-2
Halaman : A2- 11 dari
21

(4)

ATTACHMENT-2
21

Typical Layout for process and utility area sub piperack

Halaman : A2- 12 dari

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SIDE VIEW

5.3

Equipment Structures
(1)

Design of equipment structures

Equipment structures need up and down access for operation
and maintenance. Therefore, the equipment structures shall be
designed to ease operation and maintenance wherever required
considering the following:
Minimize number of structures by combining other
structures in one structure
Lower floor elevation
Minimize floor surface area
Joining two or more close structures to provide access
from one to the other.

(2)

(5)

ATTACHMENT-2
21

Equipment structures shall be laid out as economically as

possible without compromising operation, safety and
maintenance requirements. The following are typical structure
layouts:
Independent structures
Common structures with neighboring pipe racks
Pipe racks used for equipment structures

Configuration of AFC on the piperack

If the machinery mount is installed under the AFC, AFC
structures shall be provided with maintenance platforms under
the machinery mount such as the motor, gears, fan, etc. The
maintenance platform shall have a walkway at the center of the
AFC so that mechanical components can be removed. If AFCs
are installed on the ground and machinery mount is low enough
for maintenance from the ground, a permanent maintenance
platform is not required. Obstruction to Air coolers air outlet
shall not be allowed.

Halaman : A2- 13 dari

Layout of equipment structures

(3)

Configuration of structure
One stairway shall be installed for one structure.
Escape ladder shall be considered from the safety protection
point of view. Such is case of gas leaks from valve
manifold(s), pump located underneath the structure and
any other possibility of fire cases .
An actual requirement of escape ladder for individual
structure will be confirmed during model review by
company

ATTACHMENT-2
21

Halaman : A2- 14 dari

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(4)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hosting beam S/T heat exchangers in structure shall be

installed as follow :

Compressor and driver may be installed on the concrete table

top foundation. Also, platform may be installed for reason of
operating and maintenance.
Compressor and driver shall be located in the shelter structure
with overhead or hoist, capable of lifting heaviest component.
S/O and L/O consoles may be located out of shelter structure,
However lube oil console shall be equipped with a roof.

5.4

Shelters
(1)

Shelters for weather protection

Basically, almost all equipment and machinery for industrial
service are designed for weather-proof construction. Therefore
those equipment and machinery should be placed outdoor unless
otherwise specified.
If there are equipment and machinery specifically designed for
indoor use shall be placed in the shelter.

(2)

Shelter for acoustic abatement

In principle, the machinery manufacturers acoustic abatement
devices shall be applied. However, if the allowable noise level
cannot be maintained by the acoustic abatement devices, the
machine shall be placed in a shelter having sidewalls. In this
case, the noise level shall be measured from the outside of the
shelter wall.

(3)

Compressor Shelter

The overhead traveling crane shall be capable of moving to a point over top of
the drop area to lower parts down to grade or waiting truck.
(4)

5.5

Operation and Maintenance Floor

(1)

ATTACHMENT-2
21

Halaman : A2- 15 dari

Shelters shall be designed such that rain water shall be

minimized to closed/amine/or H/C drain.

ATTACHMENT-2
21

Centrifugal compressor maintenance floor

Halaman : A2- 16 dari

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Centrifugal compressors installed on high elevation shall be

provided with a maintenance floor. The maximum live load 150
psf (732 kg/m2) as per civil & structure design criteria on the
maintenance floor with condition that all parts of compressor
not to be let down on the compressor deck.
(2)

Unit battery limit valve platform

A valve platform shall be provided for the unit (battery) limit
valve manifolds on the pipe rack. The platform shall have a
stairs accessible from grade. If unit battery limit valves can be
placed at the ground, the platform is not required.

at no more than 100 m intervals across a road in the

offsite area if there is a long sleeper pipeway running
parallel to the road
at no more than 100 m intervals across an open ditch if
the open ditch is wider than 750 mm
across an intermediate dike
across sleeper pipeways
at no more than 40 m intervals across a dike if there are
intermediate dikes crossing and pipeways crossing inside
the dike

6 EQUIPMENT LAYOUT
5.6

Walkways

6.1

Connecting walkways

Basically, equipment in process units is arranged in order of process

flow. However, when equipment for two or more units is arranged
within an area as an integrated plant, identical equipment such as
furnaces, towers, exchangers, etc. shall be grouped together. If there
are some items of equipment to be located at high elevation, such
equipment shall be placed on a common equipment structure wherever
practicable.

Connecting walkways shall be provided at the following

locations if the floor at both ends is elevated by less than 2 m:

between equipment structure floor and 1st level of a tower

platform that has a level gage, etc. requiring frequent
monitoring during operations
between the 1st levels of tower platforms for the same reason
mentioned above
between an equipment structure floor and AFC maintenance
platform to permit common usage of the equipment structure
stairs for access to the AFC
between an AFC maintenance platform and valve platform if
both platforms are on the same pipe rack and they are closer
than 5 m apart
between an equipment structure and valve platform at the
process unit battery limit if they are closer than 3 m apart

Equipment Arrangement within Process Unit

6.2

Stacked Horizontal Heat Exchangers

Two heat exchangers is the maximum that can be stacked together.

6.3

Equipment Supports
(1)

Crossing walkways

Types of vertical equipment support

A skirt, legs or lugs shall be used to support vertical equipment, such as
vessels, depending on the size, weight and shape of the
equipment being supported.

Crossing walkways shall be a combination of stair, ladder,

platform, concrete cover etc. depending upon the needs. Crossing
walkways shall be provided at the following locations if there is
no alternative access:

A vertical drum serving as a knockout drum for reciprocating compressors

shall have a skirt support to absorb vibration.
For towers and reactors, skirt type supports shall be applied.

(2)

ATTACHMENT-2
21

Halaman : A2- 17 dari

ATTACHMENT-2
21

Saddle height for horizontal equipment

Halaman : A2- 18 dari

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The standard saddle height shall be applied for horizontal equipment at

grade, and the foundation height shall be adjusted to meet the required
equipment elevation.
The saddle height of the horizontal equipment shall be increased if it is
necessary to elevate from the floor for operation and maintenance.

6.4

(3)

Access for Operation and Maintenance

(1)

Access for operation and maintenance shall be provided for the

following locations. If the location is elevated from the grade, a
platform shall be provided.
Location where periodic checks and adjustments and or
maintenance is required, such as for instruments, valves,
etc.

Location where access is required for periodic

maintenance and operation, such as for manholes for
trays and packing materials, etc.

(2)

Location where periodical rotation is required for

spectacle blind or flanged elbows to change batch
operation mode.

Location where a manhole is provided for maintenance

purposes and higher than 4 m above the floor or grade.
For manholes lower than 4 m above the floor or grade, it
is unnecessary to provide a platform.

Junction boxes and electrical equipment . (Lighting

fixture may be accessed by portable access platform)

Headroom clearance for vessels in structures

Multiple level floors for equipment shall be as low as possible
not only for economical reason, but also for operation and
maintenance reasons. Do not layout simply to keep headroom
clearance above the platform, small step placed at the side of the
vessel shall be applied if practicable.

Requirements of access

Provided as an independent structure if the equipment

has shell flanges and needs frequent disassembly, if
platform attached to the equipment is unfeasible.

If a top platform attached to vessel is mainly used only for light

duty maintenance such as replacing of pressure gage etc., the
headroom can be reduced to the minimum required for the
limited maintenance work. (Min. 1m)

7 HEADROOM CLEARANCE AND ACCESS SPACE

7.1

Head Clearance

6.1 m
6.1 m
4.2 m
2.7 ~3.0 m
2.1 m
2.1 m

:
:
:
:
:
:

Over Main Road

For Crane Access
For Truck Access for Secondary Road
For Fork Lift Truck Access
Over Walk Ways Inside Building and Platform
Air Cooler motor to grade or deck

Platforms
Platforms for equipment, such as towers, reactors, vertical
drums, etc. shall be designed in accordance with the following
concept. The platform shall be:

ATTACHMENT-2
21

attached to the equipment shell plate using a welded steel

lug if the equipment is strong enough to support the
intended platform.

provided as an independent structure if the equipment is

unable to support the installed platform because, for
example, the equipment has a very small diameter.

Halaman : A2- 19 dari

ATTACHMENT-2
21

Halaman : A2- 20 dari

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7.2

Horizontal Clearance for Operating Access

7.3

Manway Access to Equipment

o Preferred height from platform to centerline of manway : 1000 mm
o Maximum height from platform to bottom of manway

: 1100 mm opening

o Minimum height from platform to underside of manway : 230 mm flange

7.4

7.5

Instrument Access

Temperature and pressure instruments shall be accessible from

platform or permanent ladder, except:
by portable ladder if below; 3700 mm
by portable ladder if in piperack

All locally read gauges shall be visible from grade or platform

All level and flow instruments shall be accessible from grade or

platform

Sample sets including the primary block valves shall be

accessible from Grade or Platform with access via stairs and
located above operating level

Any other instrument requiring regular maintenance or

operation viewing from grade or platform.

Spectacle Blinds
Permanent access shall be provided to all spectacle blinds, and where
elevated shall be located over a platform.

ATTACHMENT-2
21

Halaman : A2- 21 dari

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INSTRUMENT PIPING ............................................................................................................................................... 17

ATTACHMENT-3
Spesifikasi dari disain pemipaan, yang berisikan : (Contoh)

11.

DAFTAR ISI
1.

SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................................... 3

REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................................. 3
PROJECT SPECIFICATION ........................................................................................................................................... 3
CODE AND STANDARD .............................................................................................................................................. 3
LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS ............................................................................................................................. 4
OTHER REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 4

DESIGN CONDITIONS................................................................................................................................... 4
OPERATING CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 4
DESIGN TEMPERATURE ............................................................................................................................................. 5
DESIGN PRESSURE .................................................................................................................................................... 5
LOADS AFFECTING PIPING STRESSES ........................................................................................................................ 6

MATERIALS..................................................................................................................................................... 6
PIPING MATERIALS SPECIFICATION .......................................................................................................................... 6
CORROSION ALLOWANCES ....................................................................................................................................... 6
WALL THICKNESS ..................................................................................................................................................... 6

PIPE SIZING..................................................................................................................................................... 7

PIPING DESIGN AND LAYOUT ................................................................................................................... 7

12.

13.

14.

16.

LINE BLINDS ................................................................................................................................................. 14

RELIEF AND BLOWDOWN PIPING ......................................................................................................... 14

10.

PLATFORMS, STAIRS AND LADDERS (ACCESS AND LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS)............... 37

VALVING ........................................................................................................................................................ 10

CLEARANCE AND ACCESSIBILITY ................................................................................................... 36

OVERHEAD CLEARANCES ....................................................................................................................................... 36

HORIZONTAL CLEARANCES .................................................................................................................................... 36

15.

VALVES .................................................................................................................................................................. 10
HEADER BLOCK VALVES ........................................................................................................................................ 11
UNIT BLOCK VALVES .............................................................................................................................................. 12
DOUBLE BLOCK AND BLEED VALVES ..................................................................................................................... 12
LINE VENTS AND DRAINS ....................................................................................................................................... 12
SAMPLE CONNECTIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 13
VALVE ACCESS ....................................................................................................................................................... 13
MINIMUM CLEARANCE BETWEEN PIPES AND VALVES ............................................................................................ 13
CHAIN OPERATED VALVES ..................................................................................................................................... 14

PLANT LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 23

GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................................ 23
SPACING BETWEEN FACILITIES ............................................................................................................................... 25
COMPRESSORS ........................................................................................................................................................ 25
VESSELS ................................................................................................................................................................. 26
EXCHANGERS .......................................................................................................................................................... 28
AIR COOLERS .......................................................................................................................................................... 30
FIRED HEATERS AND BOILERS ................................................................................................................................ 31
PIPERACKS .............................................................................................................................................................. 36

PIPING ROUTING ....................................................................................................................................................... 7

PIPING FLEXIBILITY .................................................................................................................................................. 8
CRITICAL PIPING ....................................................................................................................................................... 8
PIPE SPACING ............................................................................................................................................................ 9
PIPE SUPPORTS, ANCHORS AND GUIDES .................................................................................................................... 9
UNDERGROUND PIPE ............................................................................................................................................... 10
7.

EQUIPMENT PIPING............................................................................................................................... 19

VESSEL AND COLUMN PIPING ................................................................................................................................. 19

EXCHANGER PIPING ................................................................................................................................................ 20
AIR COOLED EXCHANGER PIPING ........................................................................................................................... 20
PUMP AND TURBINE PIPING .................................................................................................................................... 21
COMPRESSOR PIPING .............................................................................................................................................. 22
DIRECT FIRED HEATER PIPING ................................................................................................................................ 22
STORAGE TANK PIPING ........................................................................................................................................... 23

MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 39

ROADS .................................................................................................................................................................... 39
FIRE PROTECTION.................................................................................................................................................... 39
PIPING DRAWING ................................................................................................................................... 39

PROCESS AND UTILITY UNIT ................................................................................................................................... 39

SCALE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 39
LETTERS ................................................................................................................................................................. 40
SIZE OF DRAWINGS.................................................................................................................................................. 40

SERVICE PIPING ..................................................................................................................................... 15

STEAM PIPING ......................................................................................................................................................... 15

STEAM TRAPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 16
STEAM-OUT CONNECTIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 16
UTILITY STATIONS .................................................................................................................................................. 16
WATER SYSTEM PIPING .......................................................................................................................................... 16
PLANT AIR SYSTEM PIPING ..................................................................................................................................... 17

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 1 of 40

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 2 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING LAY-OUT

(S A M P L E)

This specification provides the specific requirements for onshore piping layouts
for SHORT COURSE TRAINING ON KEAHLIAN SISTEM PEMIPAAN
AT MERCU BUANA UNIVERSITY, JAKARTA-INDONESIA
FOR
SAMPLING.
This specification describes the spacing and layout of equipment, piping
arrangement, and pressure piping design which will produce a safe, economical
and easy to operate installation.
The spacing and layout of equipment will comply with fire insurance
standards, safety, adequate allowance for hazard separation, and maintenance
accessibility.
Pressure piping designs will be based on codes and accepted practices currently
applicable to piping systems.

2. REFERENCES
The following applicable section of the latest edition of the code and standards,
including addenda and referenced documents, projects specification shall form
an integral part of this specification.
Where the requirement of the subject is defined by two or more references, the
more stringent reference shall govern.

Project Specification
Plant Layout Guide
Plant Spacing Guide
Plant Layout to Facilitate Maintenance
Civil and Structure Design

ASME
API
AGA
MSS
and
ANSI B31.3
ANSI B31.1
ASTM OR JIS

ATTACHMENT-3

Other Requirements
Separate specifications will cover the special requirements for sewer and
drainage systems. Special requirements will apply to fire protection
systems, heating ventilating, air and water systems serving buildings
rather than plant or process area and will conform to applicable
plumbing, heating, and ventilating, or refrigeration codes.
Designation on Piping and Instrument Diagrams
The P & I Diagrams will show limits of the piping governed by the Boiler
Code. They will indicate which codes or requirements, other than
Refinery Piping Code, will apply to various parts of the piping systems.
All package units will be shown in full on P & IDs.
Any specific codes and standards relating to this project are shown in
the addendum to this specification.

3. DESIGN CONDITIONS
Operating conditions
3.1.1 Normal Conditions
Normal design conditions of pressure and temperature will be the
most severe conditions expected to coexist under usual long - time
operating conditions. These usual as throttling, condition include
actions such blocking and by - passing likely to be used for operation
and control.

3.1.2 Temporary Conditions

Code and Standard

Local Laws and Regulations

1. SCOPE

Project Spec
Project Spec
Project Spec
Project Spec

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

: American Society for Mechanical Engineer

: American Petroleum Institute
: American Gas Association
: Manufacture Standardization Society of Value
Fitting Industry
: American National Standard (Process piping)
: American National Standard (Power Piping)
: American Society for Testing Material Equivalent
(Material Specification)
Halaman : A3- 3 dari 40

Usual operating conditions will not include more severe temporary

conditions, such as those incidental to start - up, shutdown, steam
out or abnormal operation. Temporary conditions will govern as
design conditions only when there is clear evidence they definitely
exceed time and severity limits listed in Paragraph 302.2.3 of the
Refinery Piping Code.

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 4 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Design Temperature
Definition
The fluid temperature for determining pipe rating shall be the design
temperature of connected equipment, except that where one piece of
equipment is obviously overrated, it shall not govern.

d) Discharge piping of a direct acting steam pump, not protected by a

pressure relief valve, shall be designed for the stalling pressure of
the pump.
e) Piping leaving the process battery limit area shall be designed for
a closed valve outside the area.

Lines with two ratings.

Steam Traced Piping

Design temperature for steam traced piping will be the fluid
temperature steam tracing shall be provided on all lines, Equipment,
Instrumentation etc., where under expected ambient temperature,
freezing, solidification, rise in viscosity or separation of fluid or
condensation of water in corrosive gas will occur.

Low Temperature Piping

Design temperature for piping with a fluid operating temperature
below 29C is the normal fluid operating temperature. In addition,
design will be suitable for the design pressure at 38C. The piping
materials selected for design temperature below 29C could be used
for upset temperatures, providing that the maximum permissible
stress is limited to 10% of the allowable stress at 38C and that the
line is located such that it would not be susceptible to brittle fracture
due to impacts or other exterior forces.

Design Pressure
Definition
Except for boiler Code Piping (ASME Section 1) the design pressure
is the most severe condition of internal or external fluid pressure,
subject to conditions of section 3.1 above. The design pressure for
Boiler Code Piping will be established in strict accordance with the
Code for Power Piping ANSI B3.1.1.

Minimum Design Pressure

Design pressure for determining pipe rating shall be the maximum
pressure based on the following:
a) Design pressure of the equipment to which it is connected.
b) Set pressure of the pressure relief valve which protects the
system.
c) Discharge piping of a centrifugal pump, for cases where the
discharge can be blocked in and is mot protected by a pressure
relief valve, shall be designed for the largest of the following:
1. 1.25 times the rated pump differential plus the pressure at the
pump suction (When equipment upstream of the suction is at
its design or relieving pressure).
2. 1.10 times rated pump discharge pressure (gage)
ATTACHMENT-3

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Halaman : A3- 5 dari 40

Where a line with a lower rating connects to piping or equipment

with a higher rating, such line shall be rated at the higher rating
(and shall be the same material as the line of the higher rating) to
and including the first block valve or, when double block valves are
used, to and including the second block valve. Block valves on both
sides of a control valve and the by - pass valve shall all be rated at
the same specification as the line with the higher rating.

Vacuum Systems
Design pressure for piping systems operating under vacuum shall be
full vacuum. Exception maybe taken where suitable protection
against full vacuum is provided.

Loads Affecting Piping Stresses

Allowable stress values will apply to total loads imposed on piping
materials. Design will provide for all loading significantly affecting pipe
materials stresses. See sections 310.4 through 301.7 of Refinery Piping
Code for loading, in addition to fluid pressure which may affect piping
stresses.

4. MATERIALS
Piping Materials Specification
The Piping Materials Specification will include individual Line Service
Material Classes. The specification will show in detail pipe, valve,
flange, fitting, bolting, gasket, branch connection and other specific
material requirements for various classes of fluid, vapour, and
temperature and pressure services.

Corrosion Allowances
A reduction of no greater than 10% of the specified corrosion allowance
is permitted in the case where a pipe of the next higher schedule or
standard thickness can be avoided to satisfy the specified corrosion
allowance. If the corrosion allowance on the pipe class is referred to as a
minimum, then this 10% reduction is not permitted.

Wall Thickness
ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 6 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.3.1

4.3.2

6.1.5

Relative elevations of pipe racks will be set to provide

sufficient clearance between lines at intersections.

6.1.6

Flat turns at changes in direction will be avoided on elevated

pipe racks.

6.1.7

Dead ends and pockets in pipe run will be avoided.

The following minimum thickness, excluding corrosion

allowance, shall be used:

6.1.8

All process piping within plot limits will be carried overhead

where practicable.

6.1.9

No process lines should be under ground or in trenches.

6.1.10

Offplot piping between units will be run on overhead pipe

racks, where practicable cooling water lines will be run under
ground.

6.1.11

Overhead lines in acid, caustic or other corrosive services will

not have flanged joints located above access ways or platforms.
Overhead flanged joints in these services will be fitted with a
plastic shield.

Pipe Size
1/2 thru 4
6 thru 12
14 thru 24

Minimum Thickness
0.065 (1.7 mm)
0.09 (2.3 mm)
0.12 (3.0 mm)

5. PIPE SIZING
5.1

Piping will be sized for normal operating conditions. Provision for

future increased capacity will be made, only when specifically required.

5.2

Piping smaller than 3/4 inch will not be used except in instrument and
steam tracing services, auxiliary services such as pump cooling, or any
other special requirements as specified by process.
Pipe sizes 1 1/4, 2 1/2, 3 1/2 5, 7 and 9 will not be used except
where equipment connections are these sizes. In such cases,
transitions to other commercial pipe sizes will be made as close as
possible to the equipment connection.

5.2.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Wall thickness shown in the Piping Material Specification

will be satisfactory for the most severe pressure temperature conditions within limits indicated. Where
mechanical loads increase stresses above those due to
internal or external pressure, appropriate reinforcement will
be added.

6. PIPING DESIGN AND LAYOUT

Piping Flexibility
6.2.1

Piping will be designed with sufficient flexibility to absorb

any excessive stresses. Anchors, stops or guides will be used
to direct considered between flange and outside of insulated
surface.

6.2.2

Expansion loops will be used to absorb excess stresses where

the normal pipe routing is too stiff.

6.2.3

Expansion bellows might be used in special cases but with

prior approval by the owner. All lines will be designed in
compliance with ANSI B31.3.

Piping Routing
Piping will be arranged in an orderly manner and routed as directly as
practical, preferably in established banks or pipe racks, as follows:
.

6.1.1
6.1.2

Piping on elevated racks will run at different elevations

designated for north - south and east - west banks, and will
change elevation when changing direction.
Access side and piping side shall be considered separately,
ladders, manholes, instruments etc., shall be installed at the
access side.

Critical Piping
6.3.1

Where dynamic loading, minimal flow conditions, or other

severe service conditions apply, piping will be carefully
designed and checked to ensure that its size, configuration,
mechanical strength, supports and restraints will prevent
excessive stress, pressure drop, vibration or noise.

6.1.3

In the platform design, care shall be given to the location of

manholes. Intervals of the platforms shall be 9,000 mm (max.)
to 2,500 mm (min.).

a) Dynamic loading might be expected when pulsating flow

(such as reciprocating compressors), high velocity flow,
flashing fluid, fluctuating temperature or pressure, or
mechanical vibration (including wind) conditions exist.

6.1.4

Piping outside of main pipe racks will run parallel to main

pipe racks wherever possible.

b) Limited pressure drop conditions might be expected in

large vapour lines, heater transfer lines, reboiler circuits,

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 7 dari 40

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 8 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

pump suctions, and gravity plow lines. Such piping runs

will be routed as directly as practical.

insulation. All bare piping will be laid directly on pipe rack or

sleeper.

c) Other severe service include erosive corrosive, high or low

temperature or pressure conditions, or any fluids
containing solids. Many such services will require special
materials and precautions.

Pipe spacing
Minimum spacing between pipes will be based on staggered flanges with at least 25 mm clearance
between outside of flange insulation on adjacent line. Piping without flanges will have 75 mm
clearance between bare pipes or between insulation. (hot lines). (old lines & 100 mm between
insulation & other lines)

Pipe supports, Anchors and Guides

6.5.1

All piping will be adequately supported and restrained so as

to prevent undue vibration, deflection, stresses or loads on
equipment. Piping will be supported from below in preference
to hanging from above.
Consideration will not be given to the intermediate
supporting of smaller lines from larger.
All pipe supports, guides etc. will be located on the Piping
Arrangement drawing or the isometrics.

6.5.2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
6.5.3

The support spans of horizontal piping and of vertical piping

shall be as shown below:
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in and over

Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum

3.5 m
4.0 m
4.5 m
5.5 m
6.0 m
7.0 m
8.0 m
9.0 m
10.0 m
11.0 m
11.0 m

6.6.1

Carbon steel pipe laid below ground will be adequately

protected, by wrapping
with a suitable material in
accordance with specification.

6.6.2

The use of pipe trenches will be avoided in areas where

flammable gases heavier than air can collect.

6.6.3

Corrosion protection shall be applied to all piping to be

installed underground. (Approval by the owner).

6.6.4

Corrosion protection
specification.

6.6.5

Minimum earth cover for the underground process pipes,

such as closed drains for process liquid shall be as follows:
600 mm
900 mm
piping.

Halaman : A3- 9 dari 40

shall

comply

with

construction

in process area
under road crossing with protective sleeve

7. VALVING
Valves
7.1.1

Operating and block valves will be provided in minimum

quantity consistent with good design and operating practice.

7.1.2

Unless specifically required for operation, block valves will

not be provided at vessel nozzles when both following
conditions exist:
a) Line to or from vessel could be blocked by valve located
within 12 meters horizontal radius from vessel surface.

7.1.3

Pipe shoes

All insulated lines 2 and above will be run on 100 mm high shoes
(min.). Cold insulation shoes will be strap - on type outside of
ATTACHMENT-3

Underground Pipe

7.1.4

ATTACHMENT-3

b) No undrainable liquid pocket in line between vessel and

valve.
No block valve will normally be provided in lines or at vessel
nozzles for services as follows:
a) Vapour lines to condenser
b) Liquid and vapour lines to and from thermal syphon
reboilers
c) Lines from condensers to accumulators
Block valves will be provided at all 1 and smaller
connections at equipment.
Halaman : A3- 10 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7.1.5

7.1.6

Valves in suction and discharge lines at pumps shall be sized

as follows:
a) Suction valve size and strainer size are same as
line size where pump nozzle is same or one size
smaller than the line.
b) One size smaller than the line for the suction line
valve where the suction connection on the pump is
two or three sizes smaller than the line.
c) Where the pump discharge connection line is larger
than the pump discharge its check valve, if
required, and shutoff valve shall be one size larger
than the discharge connection on the pump.
Valves shall be installed so that the stems are not below
horizontal positions. Locked open or car seal open valves
shall have their stems in the horizontal position.

7.1.7

In the case of horizontal stems, the elevation of the valve

center shall not exceed 1,800 mm from grade or the operating
floor.

7.1.8

In cases where the center of valves 3 inch and larger are

elevated 1,800 mm or above from grade or the operating
floor, operating steps shall be provided or chain wheels shall
not be used for valves 2 in. and smaller.

7.1.9

In the case of the vertical stems, the handle elevations shall

be 1,400 mm maximum from the operating floor as a rule. If
this is exceeded, operating steps shall be provided.

7.1.10

In the case of valves located below platforms, if their hand

wheels do not extend beyond the platform floors, extension
stems shall be used.

7.1.11

For case of valve operation, optimum elevations shall be

selected by referring to Appendix 1 Valve Installation
Guide attached hereto and all valves and their hand wheels
shall be located at the specified elevation.

Header Block Valves

7.2.1

ATTACHMENT-3

Branch line block valves from pipe rack headers will be

provided in primary branch lines serving groups of lines to
equipment, except where the main header may be shut off
without affecting unit operation in the event of failure in
branch line.

Halaman : A3- 11 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7.2.2

All block valves uses in branch lines at headers, shall be

located in horizontal runs, at high points, so that lines will
drain both ways, and shall be located at edge of pipe way for
access by ladder and platform.
Globe valves shall be installed so as to close against the
pressure.

7.2.3

For steam and utilities to each process unit block valves shall
be installed near header line.

Unit block valves

Block valves will be fitted on unit side of plot limit to all overhead and
underground lines entering or leaving unit. Drain valve will be fitted on
unit side of block valve.

Double Block and Bleed Valves

Double block and bleed valves will not be used except as follows:
a. Where necessary to prevent contamination of product.
b. To prevent freezing of valve on vent or drain due to vaporization of
light hydrocarbon.
c. At pump vents where vent is to closed system.

Line Vents and Drains

Line vents and drains fall into two categories, operating and nonoperating.
a) Operating vents and drains for equipment and piping will be valved
and plugged and shown on the piping and instrument diagrams. ( P
& ID).
b) Non - operating vents and drains will conform to the following:
In hazardous services, such as hydrogen, chlorine gas, etc., vent
and drain connections will be provided only when it is not possible
to vent or drain through operating pipe runs.
Systems for air and inert gas, will not require high point vent
connections on piping.
All other services will have vent and drain connections provided
at the high and low points of the piping system to facilitate
maintenance and hydrostatic testing. (The vents and drains will
not be shown on piping and instrument diagrams). Generally
vents and drains are to be 3/4 vents plugged, drains valved and
plugged.

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 12 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For operating

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

b) The minimum clearance between pipes which have expansion and

construction shall be determined on a case by case basis.
c) The minimum clearance between valve hand wheels shall be 75 mm.

For hydrostatic test

Carbon and Alloy steel

Alloy steel

Carbon steel

Chain Operated Valves

By P and I Diagram
3/4 Gate valve

Operating valves with bottom of handwheel over 2000 mm above actual

grade or platform will be chain operated. Chain should not hang in
walkway or access area and will terminate approx. 1000 mm above
grade or platform. Chain operators will not be used for screwed valves or
any valve 1 1/2 and smaller.

Blind Flange

Screwed plug

Carbon steel
Screwed plug

Alloy steel
Blind flange

Carbon steel

Alloy steel

Screwed plug

Blind flange

8. LINE BLINDS

3/4 in
Screwed
coupling

8.1

Operational blinds will be provided where process requirements indicate

that part of the unit may logically be idle during operation of rest of
unit.

8.2

All lines entering or leaving process unit limits will be provided with
operational blinds as follows:

By P and I diagram

Sample Connections
Sample connections will be located for easy access from grade (grade
preferred) or fixed platform.

Valve Access

8.2.1

No blinds will be required on Air, LP steam, (3 Kg/cm2) water

and lines containing non-toxic materials.

8.2.2

Blinds will be provided on unit side of block valve on all

overhead and underground process lines MP and HP steam
lines and all lines containing toxic material. All blinds will be
complete with jack screws.

Type of Access Required

Operating valves
Operating valves
(1 1/2) smaller
Non - operating
valves
Non - operating
valves (1 1/2 and
smaller)

fixed
ladder

Potable
ladder

Yes

Portable
platform or
scaffold
No

Yes

Gra
de

Fixed
platforms

Yes

Minimum Clearance between Pipes and Valves

a) For non - insulated piping, minimum clearance between pipes shall
be min. 25 mm between flange and outside diameter of pipe and
outside diameter of adjacent pipe. For insulated piping, the clearance
shall be considered between flange and outside of insulated surface.

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 13 dari 40

9. RELIEF AND BLOWDOWN PIPING

9.1

The relief header shall not be pocketed. Where this requirement cannot
be met, a drain line discharging to a knockout pot shall be provided.

9.2

Pressure relief valve tail pipes shall be self-draining to the relief header
or other designation. When this is not possible, a check valve and
continuous self drain to an accumulator shall be provided. The
accumulator shall be vented to the flare system or to a safe location.

9.3

Relief valves shall be placed at locations nearest to the vessels and lines
which they are intended to protect.
In cases where gas discharged from relief valves is to be passed to the
atmosphere, and if the open end of its discharge piping is elevated above
the relief valves, a 10 mm dia. weep hole shall be provided at the lowest
point of the discharge piping for draining purposes.
Connections to flare headers shall be made as shown below:

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 14 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Steam Traps
10.2.1

Steam traps will be provided at low points and drip legs of

steam lines.

10.2.2

Steam traps will be discharged to a lower pressure steam or

condensate system (all steam traps will be accessible from
grade or platform).

10.2.3

Valves will be provided on each side of trap for trap removal

on closed systems. By pass around steam trap will be
provided.

10.2.4

A strainer will be installed up-stream of each trap, if trap

does not have a built-in strainer.

1 in. and smaller

2 in. and larger

The discharge line of relief valve shall be adequately supported against

reaction forces.
9.4

9.5

10.

When pressure relief valves discharge vapors to the atmosphere, the

vent line shall terminate at least 3 meters above equipment or any
service platform located within a radius of 12 meters of the valve. Such
valves shall be located at the highest practical elevation on vertical
vessels.
When pressure relief valves discharge steam to the atmosphere, the vent
line shall terminate at least 3 meters above any service platform located
within approximately 7.6 meters of the valve. A 10 mm diameter weep
hole for drainage at low point of discharge line shall be provided.

9.6

A block valve located between the equipment protected and the relief
valve will conform to applicable codes and the block valve noted as
Locked open on the piping and instrument diagram.

9.7

Small relieves, protecting blocked- in process piping or equipment

against fluid thermal expansion will discharge to a suitable drain or
closed blowdown system.

9.8

Flare or blow down headers shall have a slope of min. 1/1000 towards a
knock out vessel.

Steam-out Connections
10.3.1

Steam out connections will be required for purging vessels

and pipelines containing hydrocarbon and hazardous fluid.

10.3.2

Steam-out connections will be not less than 1 inch. dia.

10.3.3

Where temporary type connections are used, the hose length

for servicing connection will not exceed 15 meters.

Utility stations
10.4.1

Utility stations at grade, consisting of air, steam and water

(Nitrogen, if necessary), will be located throughout the
operating area of each process unit, so that a 15 meters
length of hose will service any point in the area.

10.4.2

Additional utility hose connections will be supplied at tower

platforms for manholes and elevated structures, as required.
These utility stations will be shown on Piping and
Instrument Diagrams.

10.4.3

Utility stations will be installed in such a manner, so that

they remain in operation during a unit shutdown.

10.4.4

Header block valves to be located in vertical section will be

installed at minimum distance from header.

SERVICE PIPING
Steam Piping
10.1.1

Piping to be designed for complete condensate removal. Drip

legs shall be provided at all low points and dead ends.

10.1.2

Branch connections will be made from the top of the headers.

10.1.3

Block valves will be installed in the horizontal run of each

sub-header to group of common users. (Also see para. 7.2.2).

10.1.4

Steam condensate header shall be horizontal or have a slope

to condensate drum to avoid steam hammer.

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 15 dari 40

Water System Piping

Cooling water branches 2 and below will be taken from top of header.
Block valves will be installed in the horizontal run of each branch line to
group of common users. (Also see para. 7.2.2)

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 16 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Plant air System Piping

Air piping system will be designed for good drainage. Drain valves will
be provided at the low points of systems. Branch connection will be
taken from top of header.

Instrument Piping
Control Valve Manifolds
a) Where required control valves will be supplied with block valves
located up and down stream of control valve and a valved by-pass
installed to ensure continuous operation.
b) Bleed valves will be located between upstream block valve and
control valve unless job requirements dictate otherwise.
c) Valves at control valve manifold shall be sized in accordance with
the following table, unless otherwise shown on the P & I Diagram
(all dimension are in inches):
Control Valve
size
3/4
3/4, 1
3/4, 1, 1 1/2
3/4
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5 (6 flanges)
6
6
6
8
8
10
10

line size
3/4
1
1 1/2
2, 3, 4
1
1
1
2, 3, 4
2
3, 4, 6
3, 4, 6
3
4, 6, 8
4
6, 8, 10
6, 8, 10, 12
6
6
8, 10, 12
8
10, 12
10
12, 14

Block
valve size
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
10
10
12

By-pass valve
size
3/4
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
10
10
12

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Location of Control Valves

a) Control valves will be located at grade or an conveniently
accessible platforms. Their locations will be consistent with their
function and with convenience of plant operation. In general, they
will be located in sight of instruments or indicators showing
variables they control.
b) Control valves in flashing service will be located as far
downstream in the line as possible whilst complying with the
requirements.

High Pressure Drop at Control Valves

Where high pressure drop conditions exist across control valves, high
fluid velocities with extreme noise levels could be expected. Piping
subjected to these conditions will be carefully analyzed and designed
to ensure that its size and configuration downstream of the valve
prevents excessive vibration and noise.

Level Instruments
a) Location
All level instruments will be accessible from grade, platform or
ladder. Their location will be consistent with function and with
convenience of plant operation.
Drain piping to sewer for level float gages shall be provided.
b) Strong Backs (Bridle)
Where the BRIDLE are provided for external level instruments,
their minimum pipe size will be flanged connections 2 x 300 Lb.
(min.) to equipment. The bridle size shall be 3 inch. Diameter
(min.)

Orifice Runs
a) The instruments shall be located at such a place that operation,
inspection or maintenance of equipment shall not cause damage
to instrument.
b) Orifice shall be installed in a horizontal pipe run as a rule. When
it is difficult to find sufficient straight length on horizontal
piperun. Orifice maybe installed in a vertical pipe run with flow
downwards for liquid, gas and steam.
Note:
Vertically installed orifice meters should be avoided as much as
possible. Need owners approval for vertical orifice runs.

When reducers are used, the maximum reduction shall not be greater
than two nominal line sizes per reducer.
ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 17 dari 40

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 18 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

c) The minimum straight pipe length required for orifice location

both upstream and downstream shall be determined according to
instrument design specification.
d) Orifice tap location shall be horizontal for all services. For dry gas
the taps shall be vertical. Orifices for two way flow shall be
counter bored.

side. Overhead vapour lines and similar connections 18 and

larger may have a welded connection to the vessel, except
where flanges are required for maintenance or blinding.
Vertical lines down column or vessels will have a minimum
of 300 mm clearance from outside of shell to back of pipe.
When vessel is insulated a minimum clearance of 150 mm
will allowed between back of pipe and insulation except
where flanges are requested for maintenance blinding or
hydrostatic test.

Instrument Access Table

Instrument Access requirements will be provided in accordance with
the following table.
Type of instrument
Thermocouples
& resistance
bulbs
Test thermowells
Dial thermo meters
Pressure gauges
Level gauges /
level transmitter
Type of instrument

Transmitters (blind or
indicating incl. sensing
element)
Field switches (alarm
and control)
Control valves and
other final control
Analytical and other
special instruments

11.

Access
required for
operation

Portable
ladder
from
grade

Fixed
ladder

Fixed
platform

Yes

Yes
Yes

No
No

Yes
Yes

No
No

Yes
Yes

Access
required for
operation

Portable
ladder
from
grade

Fixed
ladder

Fixed
platform

Yes

11.1.2

Draw off boots on elevated horizontal vessels will be

extended a reasonable amount to place the centers of gauge
glass and level controller not over 1500 mm from grade,
platform, or ladder access.

Exchanger Piping
Process and water piping to shell and tube exchangers will be arranged
to permit easy removal of shell covers, channel covers, channels and
bundles. Adequate clearance will be allowed for mobile handling
equipment. Piping must be adequately supported such that bundles can
be removed without use of additional supports.

Water Lines
Piping will be arranged where practical, and check valves properly
located, so that water remains in all units on loss of cooling water
supply.

Thermowells

EQUIPMENT PIPING

When thermowell connections cannot be provided on exchanger inlet

and outlet nozzles, they will be installed on adjacent piping.

Air Cooled exchanger Piping

11.3.1

Provision will be made for balanced flow and pressure drop

for inlet piping to a heat exchanger made up of multiple bays.
Possible two phase flow will be considered.

11.3.2

Split Header Bundles

Piping connections to split header bundles will incorporate
necessary flexibility to accommodate the anticipated
movement produced by differential temperature within the
bundle. (Forces and movements at nozzles will not exceed
those allowed by the equipment manufacturer).

Vessel and Column Piping

11.1.1

ATTACHMENT-3

Draw off Boots

Piping at columns will be located radically about the column

on the pipeway side, manways and platforms on the access
Halaman : A3- 19 dari 40

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 20 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pump and Turbine Piping

Pump Suction Piping
Pump suction piping will be arranged with particular care to avoid
unnecessary pressure drop and vapour pockets. Concentric reducers
will be used where size changes are necessary in pump suction lines.
Eccentric reducers will be used only where inverted pockets cannot
otherwise be avoided.
Pumps with side suction or double suction impellers and discharge
nozzle shall have 3 diameters length of straight pipe upstream of
suction nozzle.

Access to Pumps and Turbines

Piping at pumps and turbines will be arranged to avoid interference
with operation or maintenance access. Removable spool piece will be
provided as appropriate, such as at end suction pump inlets, to
permit maintenance without major piping disassembly.

Weight and thermal Stress

Suitable supports or anchors will be provided so that excessive
weight and thermal stresses are not applied to the casings. Careful
design consideration will be given to piping configuration to minimize
these stresses. (Forces and moments are not to exceed those allowed
by the equipment manufacturers).
If grade level supports are required at pumps, compressors or
turbines they will be installed on an integral extension of the
equipment foundation, to avoid differential settlement.

Suction and inlet strainers for pumps and compressors

Strainers shall be installed on the suction side of all pump and
compressors before start - up. They shall be located between the
suction flange of the equipment and the block valved.
Strainers shall be the following type:
a) Permanent (T - type) strainers shall be provided for all cases
where suction valve is 4 inches or larger, and in all cases where
ram connections or steam tracing are required at the suction spool
pieces.
b) Temporary (cone - type) strainers shall be provided for all cases
where the suction valve is 6 inches or smaller.

Pump Valves
a) Check valves will be installed in the discharge line of each
centrifugal and rotary pump. Block valves will be installed in the
ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 21 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

suction and discharge of all pumps, the discharge valve being

located downstream of the check.
b) When a positive displacement pump is not equipped with a built in relief valve, a relief valve will be installed in the discharge
piping between the pump nozzle and the first block valve and will
normally discharge into the pump suction line.

Compressor Piping
Suction Piping
a)

Centrifugal compressor suction piping will be designed to ensure that the configuration of
the piping and the length of straight pipe at inlet nozzle is adequate and does not adversely
affect the compressor performance.

b) Piping will be run to avoid the possibility of trapping or collecting liquid. If this is not
practical then knock - out equipment will be installed subject to owners approval.

Vibration (reciprocating Compressor)

Particular consideration will be given to design of piping subject to vibration from dynamic
loading associated with reciprocating compressors. Volume bottles maybe provided as
required.

b) Suction and discharge piping will be run on sleepers at grade, if at all possible. This
arrangement will permit simple and effective supports of the lines to reduce vibration.
c)

Suction and discharge lines will be supported independently of the compressor shelter.

Removable Piping for Maintenance

Removable spool pieces will be provided at compressors where needed to permit maintenance
without major piping disassembly.

Direct Fired Heater Piping

Inlet and Outlet Process Piping
a)

Preference will be given to the inlet piping to heater, being symmetrical, and of the same
length, with similar fittings, from the point where the flow splits at the heater inlets.
b) Symmetry of outlet piping from heaters is not so critical, however non symmetrical piping
may contribute to the uneven heating and possible cooking up and overheating of tubes.
Consideration shall be given to the symmetry of heater outlet piping.

Burner and Snuffing Steam Piping at Fired Heaters

Burner piping will be kept clear of all access and observation openings. Space required for tube
maintenance will be kept free of all piping. Piping to the burners will be made using break
flanges or other specified means to provide for easy and convenient removal of burners for

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 22 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

maintenance. Piping will be located to maintain a minimum 1.9 meters clear under the heater. In
general, burner piping will conform to the following requirements:
a)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12.1.3

Pumps
To minimize damage to overhead electrical, instrument and
piping runs in the event of fire, pumps handling auto ignition
flammable materials will be located outboard of overhead
pipe racks. Pumps not handling flammable materials can
also be located in the same manner to maintain a uniformity
of location.

12.1.4

In pump locations when continuous outriggers are used in an

overhead pipe rack, the pump discharge nozzle will be
located 1000 mm (min.) from the outside edge of the
outrigger.

12.1.5

In pump locations when no outriggers are used in an

overhead pipe rack the pump discharge nozzle be located
1500 mm (min.) from the center line of the pipe rack column.

12.1.6

Piping layout around Pumps

a) Strainers shall be provided for suction lines.
4 in. and over T type strainers.
(Same diameter, butt weld end or flange end).
3 in. and less Y type strainers (Flanged end)
b) Maximum efforts shall be made to locate the piping at the
pump side for ease of maintenance work.

Take - off connections will be made from the top of the steam and gas headers and piping
arranged for equal flow distribution. Condensate legs, knockout pots or other approved
methods for the collection and elimination of condensate will be provided. Burner pipe
valving will be accessible when viewing through peephole.

b) Snuffing steam manifold will be located 15 meters min. from furnace.

Storage Tank Piping

a) Pipelines inside the dike of tanks shall take the shortest possible
route to the main pipe rack or pipe sleeper, with appropriate
allowances for expansion and contraction.
b) Piping shall be arranged so as to be able to absorb nozzle
displacement by tank settlement, or piping displacement by tank
settlement or piping displacement caused by nozzle rotation due to
tank side enlargement.
c) Pipelines penetrating through dikes shall have adequate protection
for external corrosion.
d) Pipelines passing through dike shall be considered for expansion and
possible movement of the lines. Pipe stopper or anchor shall be
provided.

12.

PLANT LAYOUT
General
The primary consideration in arrangement of units and equipment will
be to provide on economical facility, safe and easy to operate and
maintain. The arrangement shall favour compactness and integrated
disposition of units and equipment. Additional space for future needs
will be provided only where specifically requested by job specification.
All applicable national, state or local codes will be observed when
laying out the plant.
12.1.1

Equipment layout (General)

Access requirements, clearances, etc., listed under
paragraphs 13.0 and 14.0 are minimum standards which will
be considered to be good practice.

12.1.2

Buildings
Buildings comprising of more than one floor, will be provided
with adequate access openings in floors, or walls, to enable
equipment from the upper floors to be lowered, by means of
overhead lifting gear, down to grade level for removal by
truck for maintaining.

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 23 dari 40

Suction

if the valve size is

large and handling
location is high

Alternative
Routing

c) Supports
All supports shall be of the adjustable type.

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 24 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

d) Strainers to be used for reducers in cases where the size of

the pump nozzles and line are different, small not be of
unequal diameter but of the same diameter.

Adjustable supports shall be used.

Single or double shall be in
accordance with stress calculation.

Ecc Red
To F

Strainer in
horizontal

Spacing between Facilities

12.2.1

In process areas the process units will be located a minimum

of 15 meters apart, (battery limit to battery limit).

12.2.2

In Off - plot Tankage Areas storage tank clearances will

conform with IFPA, the NFPA and Institute of Petroleum
Model Code of Safe Practical Part 3 REFINING SAFETY
CODE and part 9 liquefied petroleum gas safety code.

12.2.3

In Tank Dike enclosures the walls of a dike area will be of

earth, steel, concrete or solid masonry and be liquid tight to
withstand a full hydrostatic head.

12.3.1

A bridge or gantry will be provided for unobstructed access

for a mobile crane to permit easy removal of compressor
components.

12.2.4

Size, height and access of dikes will conform to the codes in

12.2.2 and it is preferred that tanks have at least one side
adjacent to an access road.

12.3.2

12.2.5

Maximum height of dike (Bund wall) on outside is to be 1,5

meters.

Shelters will be provided for protection of equipment and

personnel. If a mobile crane is to be used for removal of
compressor components, shelter roofing and sheeting will be
designed in removable sections.

Compressors
Large compressors will be elevated sufficiently to permit piping and
auxiliaries to be located below operating platform. Small compressors
will be grade mounted with piping and auxiliaries arranged for
convenient access and maintenance.

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 25 dari 40

Vessels
12.4.1

ATTACHMENT-3

Vertical vessels will be placed on a common centerline

parallel to the main pipe rack, unless design conditions
dictate otherwise.

Halaman : A3- 26 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Access

Pipeway

Inlet

Outlet

Maximum Available Dimension

LG
LC

Vapor Outlet

Inlet

"R"

"L"

This Nozzle Shall

BeTangential

"D"

Water Draw

12.4.2

Horizontal vessels will be located to minimize piping runs and where

practical, be lined up their tangent on a common locating line on the
pipe rack side of the unit. Under no condition will the vessel and its
piping encroach into established operating of access aisles.
Adequate room will be allowed for erection, access to drop areas, and
maintenance.

Halaman : A3- 27 dari 40

"A"

Normal "D" = B/2 + 9" ; Min. " = R/2, Max. "a" = L/5

12.4.3

Platforms shall be provided for access to all pressure relief

valves. Lifting shall be provided for valves weighing more
than 100 pounds.

Exchangers
12.5.1

ATTACHMENT-3

LC
LG

Process Requirement
Per Flow Sheet

"B"

Liquit Outlet

ATTACHMENT-3

Shell and tube exchangers will be located with channel

nozzle center line away from pipe rack to facilitate tube
bundle removal. Under no condition will the vessel and its
piping encroach into established operating or access aisles.
Halaman : A3- 28 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12.5.2

For exchangers under drums or unit structure, the channel

end will be clear of overhead structures for handling of
channel end by mobile equipment.

12.5.3

Layout around Heat Exchanger

a) Spaces necessary and sufficient shall be considered for the
pull - out of tube bundles, removal of shell covers, etc., in
maintenance work.
b) Installing elevation are as below

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Note: Foundation surfaces shall leveled where the heat

exchangers are to be placed in low point.

Bottom of pipe

Adequate supports shall be provided to lines around heat

exchangers and drums. Data for these support are to be conveyed
to the civil engineers for their design work.

Operating level
Min 400 mm

Air Coolers
c) Location of valves and orientation of thermometers
around heat exchangers.
Thermometer

Air coolers will be located so as to provide for safe and practical access
for operation and maintenance. They will be located in the equipment
areas or over pipeways. Air coolers will not be located over a potential
source of fire such as light ends pump or hot oil pump with stock at or
over its auto ignition point. Care will be taken to keep bare hot lines or
other hot equipment out from under the air intake to coolers and also to
prevent recirculation of heated air.

d) Piping Supports

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 29 dari 40

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 30 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INLET

OUTLET

hydrocarbons will be located downwind of fired heaters

where practical to minimize the possibility of vapours being
carried toward open fire. Heater orientation and use of wind
boxes will be considered if operation is likely to be affected by
the maximum winds anticipated in the areas.

OUTLET

INLET

Fired Heaters and Boilers

12.7.1

Furnaces and boiler will be located near plot boundary for

easy access. Tube pulling will generally be by mobile crane.
Adequate dropout and swinging space will be provided.
External piping will be minimized at the tube pulling end of
equipment. Road access will also be provided at tube pulling
end.

12.7.2

Where practical and economical, fired equipment will be

grouped together. Common stack (s) will be permitted when
they are more economical - however, dampers or suitable
barriers will be provided in individual ducting to the stack.

12.7.3

Prevailing winds will be considered, and vessels, pumps,

compressors and other equipment handling light

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 31 dari 40

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 32 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 33 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 34 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Piperacks

13.

12.8.1

Piperacks will be sized for present needs. This practice

assumes a contingency of 10 % at the outset of the job but
anticipates this may have been used up upon completion of
engineering.

12.8.2

Piperacks will be generally overhead in units and at grade

between main plant subdivisions. Overhead pipe racks will
generally not be more than two levels high.

CLEARANCE AND ACCESSIBILITY

Overhead Clearances
Equipment, structures, platforms, piping, and its supports will be
arranged to provide the following minimum clearances.

Over railroads, top of rail to bottom of any

obstruction. (off site)
Over plant roads
for major mobile
equipment. (main road)
At pump row accessway, (under pipe rack)
to nearest obstruction
Over pumps and turbines, from high point
of grade
Pipe rack (with truck access). (Secondary
road)
Overhead walkways, passageways and
platforms, to nearest obstruction (Except
at dead ends), generally.
At grade (seepers)
Air cooler located over a process unit pipe
rack minimum

6.7 meter
6.7 meter
3.5 meter
3.5 meter
6.7 meter
2.1 meter
0. 3 meter
2.4 meter

Horizontal Clearances
Equipment, structures, platforms, piping and its supports will arranged
to provide the following minimum horizontal clearances.

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 35 dari 40

Fired heaters to pumps and other

flammable
containing
equipment
(exclusive of compressors).
Fired heaters to equipment handling non flammable liquids
Fired heaters to compressor handling
flammable vapours
Minimum
spacing
between
large
compressors

ATTACHMENT-3

15.0 meter
8.0 meter
30.5 meter
2.5 meter

Halaman : A3- 36 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pumps to pump apart

Pump to unit substation
Pump to main substation
Compressors handling flammable vapours
to non - associated process pumps, vessels,
etc.
Back of control panels
Operating Aisles
At driver end pumps, where truck access is
not required.
At driver end pumps, where truck access is
required.
Under piperacks, between driver end of
pumps, where truck access is required
At shell cover end of exchangers at grade,
for access way
Maintenance platform at channel end of
elevated exchanger
Maintenance platform at shell cover ends of
elevated exchanger
In front of manways
Minimum passageways at grade and on
elevated platforms
Between extremities, including piping of
adjacent pumps
Oxygen manufacturing unit (if any) to
equipment handling flammable materials
Between extremities, including insulating
of paired exchangers of vessels
Between piping and handrails, or between
other obstructions, where occasional access
is required for maintenance only
Main substation to process battery limit

3.0 meter
15.0 meter
30.0 meter
8.0 meter
1.2 meter
1.5 meter
1.5 meter

14.1.1

Platforms with Ladders Access

Platforms with ladder access will be provided at:
14.2.1

4.5 meter

14.2.2

1.2 meter

14.2.3

1.2 meter
1.2 meter
1.0 meter
1.0 meter

14.2.4
14.2.5

1.0 meter
10.0 meter
1.0 meter
1.0 meter
60.0 meter

General.
Platforms, ladders and stairways will be designed and installed
consistent with access and safety requirements. Where feasible
common supporting structures, ladders, walkways and foundations
will be utilitised.
Halaman : A3- 37 dari 40

Platforms with Stair Access

Platforms with stair access will be provided at provided at:
Points which will be serviced once or more per 8 hours shift
(furnace firing platforms, boilers, etc.). Location serving
mechanical equipment.

3.1 meter

14. PLATFORMS, STAIRS AND LADDERS (ACCESS AND

LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS)

ATTACHMENT-3

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Exchangers elevated in structures with centerline located 3.5

meters or more above grade.
Points which require operating access less frequently than
once per 8 hours shift, including valves and motors etc.
Points requiring access for maintenance, including column
nozzles or vessel manways, relief valves, removable heads or
covers, top flange or vertical reboilers, etc.
Platforms will not be required for manways, when manway
centerline elevation is under 3.5 meters from grade.
Air coolers, with interconnecting walkways provided to
service valving fan motors and instrument.
Platforms or chain operators need not be provided for valves
as follows:
a) Block valves on branch lines
b) Bypass and block valves for control valves
c) Level control valves and other automatically operated
valves
d) Block valves on utility main headers
e) Block valves for heat exchangers
f) Valves which installed only for construction purpose

Dual Access Requirements

Two means of access will be provided at:
a) Elevated platforms 3.0 meter or more above lack of such means
might prevent escape of personnel
b) Any platform serving fired process equipment
c) Any platform serving two or more pieces of maintained or operated
d) Large elevated structures, if any part of platforming has more than
23 meters of travel from a single access
e) Two means of escape access from air fans. Platforms are to be
provided, maximum distance from any location to escape ladder will
be 30 meters. there will be no dead ends of platform.

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 38 dari 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ladder Requirements
14.4.1
14.4.2
14.4.3

15.

Side access ladders are preferred to front access ladders

The maximum straight run of ladder between landings
without offset is 9.0 meters
The maximum allowable slope of ladders from vertical 15
degree.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) Process and utility unit

a) Plan drawing
b) Each isometric drawing
(b) Off - site Piping
a) Plan drawing
b) Partially detailed drawing

1/30, 1/25
Non scale
1, 25, 1/30, 1/100, 1/250, 1/500
Non scale

Letters

MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS

English shall be used for the drawing

Roads
15.1.1
15.1.2

15.1.3
15.1.4

Roads in the plant area shall be planned to realize pass

through of truck, truck crane, emergency vehicles, etc.
effectively.
Plant road width shall generally be as follows unless
otherwise requested:
a) Plant main road connecting to plant boundary = 7.3
meter (min.)
b) Plant road between the plant unit = 6.0 meter
For both sides of plant roads, free space of 1.0 meter. From
road edges shall be provided. But fire fighting Equipment
may be set in this area.
Concrete ditches shall be provided for rain water run off at
both sides of the road.

Size of drawings
A:
B:
C:
D:
E:

842 mm x 1,189 mm :
594 mm x 841 mm :
420 mm x 594 mm :
297 mm x 420 mm :
210 mm x 290 mm :

For plan drawing in principle

For plan drawing supplementary
Others
Each isometric drawing
support drawing specification and
others

Fire protection
The layout and design of the plant should incorporate an overall fire
protection plan. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association will be
used as a guide to the general principals of good practice for fire
protection.

16.

PIPING DRAWING
Process and Utility Unit
a) Plan and complete isometric drafting method shall be applied.
b) For pipe rack and sleeper, plan and partially detailed drafting
method shall be applied.
c) In each isometric drawing, the bill of materials shall be listed.

Scale
Scale shall be as follows:
ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 39 dari 40

ATTACHMENT-3

Halaman : A3- 40 dari 40

ATTACHMENT-4
Spesifikasi dari Analisa Kekakuan, yang berisikan : (Contoh)

GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR

FLEXIBILITY ANALYSIS

(S A M P L E)

DAFTAR ISI
1

INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................................................ 2
1.1
1.2

CODES, STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS REFERENCES ............................................................................ 2

2.1
2.2
2.3

3
4

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................................................................... 3
GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................... 3
STRESS ANALYSIS METHODS ................................................................................................................................ 4
SELECTION CRITERIA ............................................................................................................................................ 4
GRADE-A .............................................................................................................................................................. 5
GRADE-B............................................................................................................................................................... 5

CALCULATION CONDITIONS ............................................................................................................................... 6

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5

DESIGN BASIS............................................................................................................................................................ 3
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5

TEMPERATURE ...................................................................................................................................................... 6
INSTALLATION TEMPERATURE .............................................................................................................................. 6
CALCULATION TEMPERATURE............................................................................................................................... 7
PRESSURE .............................................................................................................................................................. 7
OTHER CONDITIONS .............................................................................................................................................. 7

CODE COMPLIANCE................................................................................................................................................ 8
6.1
6.2

STRESS AND ALLOWABLE STRESS LIMITS ............................................................................................................. 8

ALLOWABLE LOADS ON EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................................................... 8

STRESS ANALYSIS ISOMETRICS ......................................................................................................................... 9

STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE & GUIDELINES ........................................................................................... 9

COMPUTER PROGRAMS ........................................................................................................................................ 9

VIBRATION ANALYSIS.......................................................................................................................................... 10
10.1
10.2

HAND CALCULATIONS......................................................................................................................................... 10

DESIGN REPORT..................................................................................................................................................... 11

13. STRESS ANALYSIS CHECKING GRADE............................................................................................................... 11

13.1
13.2
13.3

GENERAL PIPING FOR CARBON STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL............................................................................. 11

PIPING IS CONNECTED TO ROTATING EQUIPMENT, AIR FIN COOLER, FIRE HEATER ................................................ 12
PIPING IS CONNECTED TO OTHER STATIC EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................... 12

VOLUME-1

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1

General

This Specification defines the minimum requirements for piping stress analysis to
be performed during design work for processing facilities plant to ASME B31.3 for
SHORT COURSE TRAINING ON KEAHLIAN SISTEM PEMIPAAN AT
MERCU
BUANA
UNIVERSITY,
JAKARTA-INDONESIA
FOR
SAMPLING.

1.2

Definitions

Where "Code" is referred to in this specification, it is defined as the ASME B31

Code for Pressure Piping B31.3-Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping.
The following are the definitions of various terms used throughout the text of this
document:
"Supports" - comprises the entire range of devices used to suspend, support, guide,
anchor and restrain the movement of the various plant piping systems. Examples
include hangers, restraints, guides, anchors, sway struts, shock and sway
suppressors, etc.
"Hangers" - comprises all devices used to suspend a piping system and also
support the weight of the same. Examples include suspended rods, base type
support units, anchors, etc. Hangers are included in the more general term "pipe
supports".
"Restraints" - comprises all devices used to restrict or limit the free expansion of a
piping system and yet support none of the weight. Examples include guides, sway
braces, sway struts and snubbers. Restraints are included in the more general
term "pipe supports".

2 CODES, STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS REFERENCES

2.1

General

The following applicable sections of the latest edition of the code and standards,
including addenda and referenced documents, projects specification shall form an
integral part of this specification. Where the requirement of the subject is defined
by two or more references, the more stringent reference shall govern.

ATTACHMENT-4

Halaman: A4- 2 dari 12

The materials shall be designed, manufactured, inspected and tested in

accordance with the requirements of this specification, the referenced project
documents, the data sheets and other documents referenced therein.
The Codes, Standards and Regulations which follow are the industry codes and
standards normally referenced for this type of supply. All supplied deliverables
shall conform with all relevant national regulations and local codes and
regulations.

2.2

(2)

The piping shall be analyzed for effects due to pressure, weight and
other sustained loads, and displacement loads in accordance with
ASME B31.3.

(3)

Piping flexibility shall be provided by changes of direction in the

piping using bends, loops or offsets. Expansion joints may be used
when space or pressure drop limitations do not permit pipe bends,
but the use shall be limited.

(4)

Directional line stops and guides shall be used to protect terminal

equipment or to direct expansion into bends, expansion loops and
expansion joints. Pipe guides shall be used to limit excessive
displacement due to wind that may cause excessive stresses in the
piping system, and to prevent buckling of long piping runs.

(5)

The piping stress analysis shall include the movements of connected

equipment calculated at operating condition.

(6)

A formal computer analysis need not be performed on some of the

piping systems, provided they meet one of the following requirements
:
Piping systems which are duplicates, or are revised without
significant changes of successfully operating operations (ASME
B31.3, Paragraph 319.4.1(a))
Piping systems which can be readily judged adequate by
comparison with previously analyzed systems (ASME B31.3,
Para, 319.4.1(b))

Project Specifications and Documents

Project Spec.
Project Spec.

2.3

structural integrity of each piping system under the load conditions

they will be subjected to during the lifetime of the piping.

General Specification for Piping including Pipeline

Piping Material Specification including Line Pipe

International Codes, Standards and Regulations

The following code and standard shall be applied unless otherwise specified.
ASME Code:
B31.3
ASME VIII Div 1/2

Process Piping
ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC)

Other Code :
API 560
API 610
API 611 or 612
API 616
API 617
API 618
API 619
API Std-650
API 661
API Std-676
NEMA SM-23
ASCE-7

Fired Heaters for General Refinery Service

Centrifugal Pumps for General Refinery Services
General or Special Purpose Steam Turbine
Combustion Gas Turbines for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas
Industry Service
Centrifugal Compressors for Petroleum, Chemical, and Gas
Service
Reciprocating Compressors for General Refinery Services
Rotary Positive Displacement Compressor
Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage
Air Cooled Heat Exchanger for General Services
Positive Displacement PumpsRotary
Steam Turbine for Mechanical Drive Services
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings & Other Structures (Wind
Loads)

4.2

- Computer formal analysis (with Caesar II software) method

- Hand calculations or
- Visual inspection

3 Design basis
For design basis requirements and for site conditions requirements refer to
Specification for Environmental and Site Data

4 Design requirements
4.1

General
1)

ATTACHMENT-4

All piping systems shall be evaluated and analyzed in order to ensure

the safe operation of the piping and interfacing equipment and
structures by verifying the functional, pressure-retaining, and
Halaman: A4- 3 dari 12

Stress Analysis Methods

All piping on the project will be checked for sustained, occasional, thermal and
Construction loads, using one of the following three methods:

4.3

Selection Criteria

A mandatory investigation of piping systems shall be conducted which meet the

following selection criteria for formal computer analysis, other lines will be
qualified by hand calculations/visual inspection. The Contractor is allowed to
utilize his judgment in regards to not formally analyzing lines that meet this
criterion or by analyzing lines that do not meet this criterion after reviewing the
actual piping layouts. The piping systems, regardless of operating temperature or
pressure, will be visually inspected using piping drawings/isometrics to determine
that adequate flexibility exists so as to prevent over-stress or fatigue. The
ATTACHMENT-4

Halaman: A4- 4 dari 12

Contractor will locate supports and restraints to provide stability and prevent
excessive pipe movement during any applicable load condition. The specific piping
systems shall be tracked via the stress analysis line status.

(m)

Gas or vapour lines in which liquid slugs may form and cause high
impact loads at valves, bends, tees and vessels.

(n)

All Process Piping connected to pressure vessels designed to ASME

Section
VIII, Division 2, with operating temperature of 66C
(150F) and over

(o)

Unbalanced piping configurations such as long runs of piping with a

short branch connected to an anchor

(p)

All underground process lines at design temperatures exceeding 38C

(100F) or design temperatures below 4C (40F).

(q)

All piping 3 and larger with ASME Class 900 flange rating and
higher.

(r)

Piping connected to equipment subject to significant thermal growth

(due to differential temperature between operating and ambient
temperature x length or distance) such as pressure vessels.

(s)

Other lines which could operate under particularly severe conditions:

Piping systems shall be evaluated to determine which line requires stress

analysis. The criteria used to determine this are specified as below.

4.4

Grade-A

No formal analysis is required for the following piping system which:

4.5

(a)

Those meet the requirements in Paragraph 319.4.1, ASME B31.3.

(b)

Those are reviewed and judged to have adequate flexibility according

to visual inspection or simplified methods by a senior piping or stress
engineer.

Grade-B

Formal computerized comprehensive stress analysis done using Caesar II

software and nozzle load evaluation shall be performed for the following piping
systems:

Piping subject to highly cyclic temperature conditions (e.g. greater

than 7000 cycles during the operational life of the plant).
Piping subject to short term variation such as steam out or purge
piping.
Piping subject to hot and cold conditions such as flare lines, stress
calculation shall be conducted taking into consideration of both
hot and cold conditions.
Pipe subject to hydraulic, hammer or high impact as a result of
valves closing quickly.
The piping effects of other conditions such as temperature
gradients that could cause thermal bowing or where piping is
connected to equipment with significant thermal growth may
require analysis of a line

(a)

Pipe 4 and smaller with temperature over 260 C

(b)

Pipe 6 and larger with temperature over 204 C and less than -73
C

(c)

Piping 16 in. diameter and larger

(d)

Lines having substantial concentrated loads such as valves fittings,

unsupported vertical risers and branches

(e)

Closed pressure relief system where the design temperature either

exceeds 200F (93 oC) or less than 73 F (-100 oC). It should be noted
that some piping, such as closed relief valve discharges to flare lines
may not require analysis, if a standardized supporting scheme can be
agreed upon

(f)

Lines having local reduction in strength due to installation of special

fittings (If reducers, greater than one size change)

(g)

Piping 3" and larger connected to rotating equipment such as pumps,

blowers, and compressors

(h)

3 and larger gas and/or steam turbine piping

The temperature used in the piping stress analysis shall be the maximum
differential temperature between installation temperature and the calculation
temperature.

(i)

3 and larger air fin cooler piping

5.2

(j)

Piping to reciprocating pumps and compressors (3" and larger)

(k)

Piping 3 NPS and larger connected to critical equipment such as fire

heaters, air cooled heat exchangers

The maximum or minimum ambient temperature shall be taken as installation

temperature. This temperature is used as the datum for stress calculations,
thermal expansion, and pipe installation.

(l)

Blowdown and flare header piping

ATTACHMENT-4

Halaman: A4- 5 dari 12

5 CALCULATION CONDITIONS
5.1

Temperature

Installation Temperature

ATTACHMENT-4

Halaman: A4- 6 dari 12

5.3

Calculation Temperature
(1)

For general process and utility lines:

Design temperature shall be taken to analyze the piping
displacement and stress range, and operating temperature shall be
taken to analyze the piping load. This temperature shall be as shown
in the Piping Line Designation Tables.

(2)

For jacketed lines:

Operating temperature of heated line or heating
temperature, whichever is greater, shall be taken.

(3)

For those lines with no flow, such as piping connected to a spare

pump, the following temperature shall be taken. However, when the
differential temperature is 100C (2120F) and lower, the "Hot-Cold"
case may not be analyzed.
(a)
(b)
(c)

5.4

medium

For un-insulated lines: Installation temperature

For insulated lines: 50% of operating temperature
For jacketed line: Heating medium temperature

(4)

If a spare pump has a warm-up bypass, the operating temperature of

the line shall be taken.

(5)

Steam out temperature or purge temperature.

(6)

Fire case temperature shall be considered as specified in the Line

Designation Table.

Differential settlement
The effect of foundation differential settlement on equipment and structures shall
be considered.

5.5.3 Wind Load

Wind load shall be combined in accordance with ANSI A58.1. However, computed
load shall not be less than those specified by local Statutory Regulations. Wind
load analysis based on above shall be carried out on lines whose outside diameter
(including insulation) 14 and above connected to towers and columns. The
analysis shall include wind pressure or velocity profile of the piping at elevation
10 m and above from the datum level. Effect of wind shielding from other pipework and structure can be considered as appropriate.

5.5.4 Earthquake Effect

Earthquake Loads shall not be considered.

6 CODE COMPLIANCE
6.1

Stress and Allowable Stress Limits

6.1.1 Basic Allowable Stress

Basic allowable stress values at predetermined temperatures shall be in
accordance with Appendix A in ASME B31.3.

Longitudinal Stress

Pressure

Design pressure shown in the Piping Line Designation Tables shall be taken as
the pressure for the calculation, unless otherwise specified.

The sum of longitudinal stresses (SL) in any component in a piping system due to
pressure, weight and other sustained loadings shall not exceed the basic allowable stress
at maximum temperature (Sh)

5.5

6.1.3 Displacement Stress Range

Other Conditions

5.5.1 Friction Effects

Friction effects shall be included in the thermal expansion and contraction
analysis for lines 12 and above and all sizes lines connected to strain sensitive
equipment. Friction force shall be calculated based on the properties of the sliding
surface and contact material.
The following static friction coefficient shall be used :
Contact Surface
PTFE on PTFE
Stainless Steel on PTFE
Steel on Steel
Steel on Concrete

The calculated displacement stress range (SE) in a piping system for thermal
expansion, contraction and anchor movements shall not exceed the allowable
displacement stress range (SA) calculated by Equation 1a or 1b in Paragraph
302.3.5, ASME B31.3 as the liberal stress allowable range.

6.1.4 Stress Due To Earth Settlement

Stress due to settlement shall be limited so that harmful displacement of the
piping system does not occur. The maximum displacement stress range due to
settlement in tank piping systems shall not exceed 3Sc where Sc is as defined in
Paragraph 302.3.5, ASME B31.3. However, no special allowance shall be given for
any loads on nozzle and bolted flange connections.

Friction Coefficient
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.4

6.2

Allowable Loads on Equipment

Allowable nozzle loads for equipment and pressure vessels shall be in accordance
with the following Codes and Specification (otherwise specified by manufacturer):
ATTACHMENT-4

Halaman: A4- 7 dari 12

ATTACHMENT-4

Halaman: A4- 8 dari 12

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Pressure Vessels
:
Centrifugal Pumps
:
Centrifugal Compressors :
Steam Turbines
:
Air Cooled Heat Exchangers

As Project Specification
API 610
API 617
NEMA SM 23
: API 661

7 STRESS ANALYSIS ISOMETRICS

Based on the stress analysis selection criteria, the Contractor shall prepare a
stress analysis line list. Preliminary analysis will be performed utilizing hand
drawn stress sketches. Stress isometrics will be prepared as system isometrics.
For analyzed lines,the acceptability of final fabrication isometrics will be made in
comparison to the final formal analysis

8 STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE & GUIDELINES

Each isometric will be documented in a stress analysis line list and assigned a
unique isometric number.
The locations and lengths of all valves must be accurately specified on the
stress isometrics.
All major structural columns and supports must be referenced dimensionally
on the stress isometrics.
Each analysis will document piping, properties, valves, material, and others
stress analysis input data pertaining to each problem.
Valve dimensional data and weights must be obtained from the valve
catalogues. It is necessary that the correct valve weights for each valve are
obtained from the selected valve suppliers for input to the analysis of critical
piping systems, such as lines to/from gas compressors and pumps, and any
piping system that requires spring hangers.
Rod hangers should be avoided in fireproofed areas or within 15 feet of grade.
Use of expansion joints shall be limited.
Piping to be designed for differential settlement as defined by the civil design.
Differential settlement assumptions shall be shown on the stress analysis
isometrics.
Lines, going to Battery Limits will be restrained to have negligible movements
at an interface.
Use teflon slide plates up to 350 deg F when the distance from the slide plates
to the pipe is equal to or less than the thickness of the insulation.
It is the Contractor's responsibility to assure proper support and analysis of
piping, where analysis shows support liftoff.
Upset conditions will be utilized for analysis of piping systems, including
nozzle load qualification. The key is meeting the Code's requirement for
utilizing maximum/minimum pipe metal temperatures

10 VIBRATION ANALYSIS
10.1 General
The effect of vibration in piping systems shall be investigated where appropriate.
Consideration shall be given to vibration directly or indirectly imposed upon
piping by mechanical equipment.
The possibility of vibration from the flowing fluid shall be assessed with particular
emphasis applied to valves in continuous flow gas service where a large pressure
drop occurs, such as blow-down valves, anti-surge valves and Joule-Thompson
process valves. Large pressure drop lines and pulsating flow lines shall be
similarly investigated.
If significant vibration is probable, the possibility of fatigue in the main piping
and components and in particular small-bore connections such as instruments,
vents and drains shall be assessed. The design shall be modified as necessary to
prevent the possibility of damage.
Additional restraints, hold-down supports or shock arrestors shall be considered in
order to moderate vibration. Small bore branch connections such as instruments,
vents and drains may require bracing to the header or re-routing in order to
restrain the mass.

10.2 Reciprocating Compressor

Frequently, an unbalanced mass in a
reciprocating pump/compressor will
induce harmful vibrations, especially if
the natural frequency (fn) of the piping
to/from the compressor is very close to
the compression strokes of equipment or
unbalanced mass.
For all reciprocating gas compressors and pumps on the project, a natural
frequency of the piping system will be computed and the following criteria will be
required to be satisfied in order to avoid resonance in the system.
If the criteria is not satisfied, relocation of pipe supports or redesign of piping
configuration will be made to avoid resonance. Small diameter pipes should be
gusseted or braced back to main pipe to avoid fatigue

11 HAND CALCULATIONS

9 COMPUTER PROGRAMS
The computer programs listed below will be employed to perform the types of
analysis shown :
ATTACHMENT-4

NAME OF PROGRAM ANALYSIS TYPE:

Caesar II Static and Dynamic Pipe Stress Analysis
Caesar II Nozzle loads on vessels in accordance with WRC-107
Caesar II Nozzle loads on rotating equipment in accordance with NEMA and
Applicable API Standards

Halaman: A4- 9 dari 12

All original hand calculations related to flexibility analysis, branch reinforcement,

wall thickness and pipe support design will be properly documented.
ATTACHMENT-4

Halaman: A4- 10 dari 12

12 DESIGN REPORT

Cover Sheet
Piping Data input (on stress isometric)
Valve Data input (on stress isometric)
All Hand Calculations needed for Input
Assumption and Judgment, if necessary
Computer Sketch
Stress summary for code compliance (on stress isometric)
Nozzle load summary including equipment supplier defined limits
Input Data from CAESAR II
Computer Output from CAESAR II
Stress Isometric with Stress Comments
Other correspondence (Supplier approval of nozzle loading, soil analysis for
tank settlement criteria, etc )
Compact disc containing stress analysis program input files
The report will be available for review and, subsequently, included in project
documentation files.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

13.2 Piping is connected to rotating equipment, air fin cooler, fire heater

After completion of pipe stress analysis and piping design related activities, a
piping stress analysis report containing the following will be prepared and shall
include, but not be limited to:

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

149oC (300oF)

ATTACHMENT-4

>16

232 C (450 F)

260 C (500 F)

121oC (250oF)
93oC (200oF)
o
o
66 C (150 F)
38oC (100oF)
SIZE
< 1-1/2
-30oC (-20oF)
o
o
-46 C (-50 F)
o
o
-73 C (-100 F)
-101oC(-150oF)

< 1-1/2

-30oC (-20oF)
-46oC (-50oF)
-73oC (-100oF)
o
o
-101 C(-150 F)
o
o
-129 C(-200 F)

316 C (600 F)

13.1 General Piping for Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel

SIZE

13.3 Piping is connected to other static equipment

13. STRESS ANALYSIS CHECKING GRADE

316 C (600 F)
o
o
260 C (500 F)
232oC (450oF)
204oC (400oF)
o
o
178 C (350 F)

316oC (600oF)
260oC (500oF)
o
o
232 C (450 F)
o
o
204 C (400 F)
178oC (350oF)
149oC (300oF)
o
o
121 C (250 F)
o
o
93 C (200 F)
66oC (150oF)
38oC (100oF)

>16

204oC (400oF)
o

178 C (350 F)
149 C (300 F)
121 C (250 F)
o

93 C (200 F)
66oC (150oF)
38oC (100oF)
SIZE

< 1-1/2

-30oC (-20oF)
-46oC (-50oF)
o

-73 C (-100 F)
o

-101 C(-150 F)

-129 C(-200 F)

Halaman: A4- 11 dari 12

ATTACHMENT-4

Halaman: A4- 12 dari 12

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ATTACHMENT-5
Prosedur dari Penggambaran 2D, yang berisikan : (Contoh)

ENGINEERING PROCEDURE FOR 2D DRAWING

(S A M P L E)

DAFTAR ISI
1.0

SCOPE........................................................................................................................................................... 2

2.0

REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................................. 2

2.1.
3.0
3.1.
3.2.
3.3.
3.4.
3.5.
3.6.
3.7.
3.8.
3.9.
3.10.
3.11.
3.12.
4.0
4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
4.4.
4.5.
4.6.
4.7.
4.8.
4.9.
5.0
5.1.
5.2.
5.3.
5.4.
5.5.
5.6.
5.7.
5.8.
5.9.

DESIGN SPECIFICATION .............................................................................................................................. 2

PIPING ROUTING STUDY........................................................................................................................ 3

1.0

The purpose of this procedure is to define the general concept, work processes
and scope of work to perform 2D-CAD drawing for for SHORT COURSE
TRAINING ON KEAHLIAN SISTEM PEMIPAAN AT MERCU BUANA
UNIVERSITY, JAKARTA-INDONESIA FOR SAMPLING .

This procedure contents major activity to prepared drawing for Piping

Routing Study drawing and Pipe Support.
This procedure is only use to planning 2D-CAD drawings for:
Study Drawing (Sketch Study)
Plot Plan
Drawing Index
Information Drawing
Piping Plan U/G Piping
Isometric U/G Drawing
Pipe Support Drawing

ISOMETRIC DRAWING FOR 2D-CAD................................................................................................. 17

COMPOSITION ........................................................................................................................................... 17
DRAWING SHEET AND SCALE ................................................................................................................... 17
DIVISION OF DRAWINGS ........................................................................................................................... 18
DESIGN METHOD FOR ISOMETRIC DRAWING ............................................................................................ 20
DIMENSIONING ......................................................................................................................................... 25
DRAWING NUMBERING SYSTEM ............................................................................................................... 27
DRAWING TITLE BLOCK ........................................................................................................................... 28
MATERIAL LIST FOR U/G ISOMETRIC DRAWINGS ..................................................................................... 28
COMPILATION ........................................................................................................................................... 29
PIPE SUPPORT DRAWING .................................................................................................................... 30
COMPOSITION ........................................................................................................................................... 30
SCALING AND DRAWING SHEETS .............................................................................................................. 30
SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................... 30
UNIT ......................................................................................................................................................... 30
LETTERING ............................................................................................................................................... 30
DIMENSIONS ............................................................................................................................................. 30
PIPE SUPPORT MATERIAL DESIGNATIONS ................................................................................................ 30
PIPE SUPPORT NUMBERING ...................................................................................................................... 31
COMPILATIONS ......................................................................................................................................... 31

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 1 of 31

SCOPE

2.0

REFERENCES
The following codes, standards and specifications shall form a part of the
requirements of this drafting procedure.

2.1. Design Specification

Project Spec.
Project Spec.
Project Spec.
Project Spec.
Project Spec.
Project Spec.
Project Spec.
Project Spec.
Project Spec.

Project Spec.
Project Spec.
Project Spec.
Project Spec.

ATTACHMENT-5

Specification for Painting & Surface Preparation

General Specification for Rush Prevention
General Specification for Heat Insulation
General Specification for Cold Insulation
Field Test for Underground Piping
Specification for Welding Piping Component
Specification for Installation-Underground Piping
Specification for Manual Valves
Specification for Pipe Field Fabrication and
Erection
Specification for Piping Fabrication
Specification for Piping Pressure Test
Specification for Pipe Stress Analysis
General Specification for Piping Design
Halaman: A5- 2 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.0

Project Spec.
Project Spec.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Piping Material Specification including line pipe

Specification for Piping Arrangement.
MATCH LINE TO DWG. NO.

PIPING ROUTING STUDY

3.1. Composition

3.5

The composition of the piping plan drawings shall be as follows:

1. The scope of each drawing shall be in accordance with the designations
given in the drawing index. The piping layout drawings shall be drawn as
orthographic plan views of a third angle projection.
2. The piping layout drawing designates the piping system in accordance
with the requirements of the P&ID, utility header diagram, plot plan,
vendor drawing etc. and shows the connections between the equipments
3. In general, Piping study drawing shall be drafted by using 2D-Cad, and
piping study drawing will be prepared f
4. The piping layout drawing shall be drawn for all lines, such as process
lines, utility lines, auxiliary lines, equipment vents and drains etc.
5. Piping layout drawings shall designate only the min. details and sections
needed to indicate the requirements and shall avoid excessive details.
6. When piping overlaps or becomes complicated in the plan view, the
drawing may be divided into plans showing arbitrary levels or
supplemented with partial details prepared in elevation or in isometric
view, to ensure clarity.
7. Layout drawings for columns, fired heaters and structure may be divided
into plans at the proper levels, to avoid overlap and complication. In this
case, divided elevation shall be indicated on the layout drawings.

EL. CC

EL. CC AND ABOVE

( SHT 3 OF 3 )

EL. BB TO EL. CC
( SHT 2 OF 3 )
EL. BB

3.5

9. Background of drawing shall include all necessary information as follows:

Equipment outline, platform, ladder and nozzle.

Foundation of equipment stanchion and columns etc.

Structure columns, beams ladders and platforms.

Oily sewer funnel, manhole, valve pit and cable duct etc., as
necessary to show/clarify minimum clearance or distance is
considered.

Match line and/or battery limit line.

10. Background of drawing shall be drawn in front of the drawing sheet.
11. Support location and number shall be indicated in the layout drawing.

3.2. Scaling and Drawing Sheets

In principal, piping layout drawing scale and sheet size shall be as follows:
DRAWING

SCALE SHEET SIZE

Overall Field Layout

General Plot Plan
Unit Plot Plan
General Arrangement
Drawing Index
Drawing Index for Sales Gas Pipeline
U/G

1/10000
1/1500
1/50
1/50
1/1500
1/10000
1/1500

A0
A1
A1
A1
A1
A0
A1

3.3. Symbol and Abbreviations

EL. AA TO EL. BB
( SHT 1 OF 3 )
EL. AA

8. Connecting drawing numbers shall be indicated at all match lines as

shown below.
ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 3 of 31

3.3.1 Layout drawings for columns, fired heaters and structure may be
divided into plans at the proper levels, to avoid overlap and
complication. In this case, divided elevation shall be indicated on the
layout drawings.
3.3.2 In general, 2D-Cad shall draft piping layout drawing.

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 4 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.3.3 Piping symbols and abbreviations shall be in accordance with

Standard Drawing for Piping Arrangement Project Spec. ya.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.3.4 Instrument symbols and abbreviations shall be in accordance with

P&ID and utility headers diagrams.

3.4. Unit
3.4.1 Units of dimensions shall be given in millimeter (mm).

4) Title of Elevation

3.4.2 Units of angle shall be given in degree.

3.4.3 Nominal pipe size shall be shown in inch (for example 6).

EL. 0 TO EL. 7500

3.5. Lettering
3.5.1 Layout drawings for columns, fired heaters and structure may be
divided into plans at the proper levels, to avoid overlap and complication. In
this case, divided elevation shall be indicated on the layout drawings.

5) Section
15

Letter shall be taken from A to Z for area wise.

3.5.2 Characters used in the piping layout drawings shall be written in the
English alphabet and Arabic numbers.
3.5.3 In general, lettering shall be New Times Romans style either for CAD
or hand writing and its height shall be as follows:

Dimensions 1,2,3 Height 2.5 mm

Line Number
A,B,C,1,2,3 Height 2.5 mm

Note / Remarks
A, B, C
Height 2.5 mm
3.5.4 Layout drawings for columns, fired heaters and structure may be
divided into plans at the proper levels, to avoid overlap and complication. In
this case, divided elevation shall be indicated on the layout drawings.

SECTION Z - Z

(SCALE :

Scale to be shown

6) Detail
A

3.5.5 For the following indications, lettering height shall be in accordance

with this procedure as shown below, and for hand writing the lettering
template shall be used instead of free hand:

1) Battery limit and coordinates of Battery limit

BATTERY LIMIT: E 15360

Letter shall be taken from A - Z for area wise.

2) Match Line

MATCH LINE TO DWG. NO.

XXXX
5
7) Title Block

3) Equipment and structure number

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 5 of 31

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 6 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lettering and uniformity of title block shall be as follow:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

shall also be drawn to scale on the front side of the drawings, using 0.5mm
solid line and/or dot line.
3.6.5 Fireproofing shall be shown on the members of fireproofed structures.
3.6.6 Insulation of equipment and piping greater 75 mm thk. shall not be
shown.
3.6.7 Shell, nozzles, platforms, ladders and foundations for equipments
shall be shown in accordance with the following;

3.6. Drawing Arrangement

3.6.1 A Key Plan shall be shown on the right of the drawing above the title
block to indicate the relative position of the drawing in the overall unit
layout.
3.6.2 In general, drawing north is upward or to the right. The north arrow
shall be indicated at the top of left corner of the drawing with as shown.

Equipment number may be shown at the outside of match line.

3.6.8 Layout drawings for columns, fired heaters and structure may be
divided into plans at the proper levels, to avoid overlap and complication. In
this case, divided elevation shall be indicated on the layout drawings.
3.6.9 Numbering for pipe racks and structure etc., shall be shown in the
balloon on the drawings as follows:

MATCH LINE

3.6.3 Battery limit and match line shall be drawn to scale, using a two-doted
chain line about 1.2 mm widths on the front side of the drawings.
3.6.4 Items relevant to the piping design, such as equipment and structure
ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 7 of 31

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 8 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.6.10 Cable ducts, cable trenches, sewer manholes, catch basin etc. shall be
indicated to scale without dimension, only when necessary for clarification of
the operability, accessibility, and Interference to the piping system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.7. Designation of Piping Component

3.7.1 General
In general, the designation of piping components shall be in accordance with
Standard Drawing for Piping Arrangement Doc. No. Project Spec. ya.
3.7.2 Pipe lines
1) All pipe lines in the plan drawing shall be designated with a line mark
(including the nominal pipe size, line number, piping spec., insulation
thickness etc.), flow direction and elevation, as follows:

3.7.3 Valves
1) Face to face dimensions, hand wheel diameter, and fully open position
of the handle or steam shall show to scale.
The handle orientation
shall also be shown. Particular attention shall paid to control valve
actuators or other automatically actuated valve, where their actuators are
usually than anticipated. Therefore, it actual outline configuration shall
be drawn to scale to clear any interference.
2) For fabrication or installation, the flow direction of valves shall be
indicated for valves which the flow direction is specified due to valve type
or sealing of disc.
3) When line class is changed at a valve, the classes shall be indicated as
shown bellow.

Note: When line class is changed from stainless steel to carbon steel, the
classes shall break with flange.
When classes are different, flange reefing, higher rating shall be
applied at mating flange.

2) Sloped lines shall be indicated as follows:

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 9 of 31

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 10 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4) When the specification of a Valve differs from the line specification in

which it is installed, its material stock code number shall be indicated.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

drawings as follows:
Control valve manifold detail shall be shown in isometric drawing.

OFF LINE SPEC..

STOCK CODE NO.

INSTR. SYMBOL
LINE SPEC..

SERIAL NO..

PLANT NO.
DIM

5) The location and elevation of the valves shall be indicated as shown

below.
3 - FV - 006
CV std set no.
Std. Block Set No.
DIM

Support No.

3.8.3 Orifice type flow instruments shall be shown with tag number as
follows: detail shall be shown in Isometric drawing.

3.7.4 Flanges, Fittings and Special Components

1) Symbols for flange, fitting and special components such as strainers
and expansion joints etc. shall be in accordance with Standard Drawing
for Piping Arrangement Doc. No. Project Spec. ya. .
2) When the specification of flange, fitting etc. differ from the line
specification in which it is installed to meet the type of equipment nozzles
flange, its material stock code number shall be indicated.
STOCK CODE NO.
LINE SPEC.: MSS FLANGE.

EQUIPMENT.

API FLANGE NOZZLE

3.8. Designation of Non Piping Component

3.8.1 All Instrument tag numbers in the specified circles on the plan
drawings shall indicate the number of the extraction point from the pipe lines
shown on the P&ID and utility diagram.
3.8.2 In case of complicated control valve, manifolds shall be shown on the
ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 11 of 31

3.8.4 Piping connecting to

level controllers (LC) and level
gages (LG) shall be shown by
indicating
the
piping
configuration, tag number and
simple
outline
of
the
instrument body as shown
below:

All
indication
shall be drawn to scale to
clear any interference.

Details shall be
shown
in
isometric
drawings.

Where the
instruments required
maintenance space or
ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 12 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

operational space, such shall be

shown as below.

LOCATION OF RELEVANT EQUIPMENT

EQP.NO.
EQP.NO.

*
*

* * *

*
A

*
*

* *
*

3.8.5 Miscellaneous equipment such as filters, flame arresters, silencers and

exhaust heads etc. shall be shown by indicating the equipment number or
name and a simple outline to scale.

3.9. Dimensions

3.9.1 Miscellaneous equipment such as filters, flame arresters, silencers and

exhaust heads etc. shall be shown by indicating the equipment number or
name and a simple outline to scale.
3.9.2 Elevation
All Elevations should be given in millimeter (mm).
Height of the nozzles, platforms, floors, foundations, support beams,
structures relevant to the piping, and the height of piping etc. shall be
indicated in MSL (mean sea level).
3.9.3 Location of Relevant Equipment
Distance between centerline of each piece of equipment, or datum line
of structures, shall be indicated. Dimensions from match lines to
centerline of the equipment and datum line of structure shall be
indicated.
pment, cable ducts, cable trenches, sewer manholes, catch basin etc.
that have little influence on the piping systems shall not be required to
indicated.

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 13 of 31

*
*
EQP. NO.

*
EQP.

*
2

EQP.
NO

EQP. NO.

*
1

*:DIMENSIONS

3.9.4 Piping System Dimensions

Dimensions of piping in a plan view shall be based on the center or
datum line of the related equipment or facilities and shall be indicated
sequentially.
Elevation of piping in a plan view shall be indicated along the pipelines
or on extensions lines. When the pipe lines are laid on the same level, the
elevation may be indicated on a common extension line.
Face to face or center to center dimensions of standardized valves,
flanges, fittings etc shall not be indicated.
Face location of flanges and spectacle blinds shall be indicated.
Thickness of the gaskets and plates for orifice flanges shall not be
indicated. However, the location of the orifice flange (Middle Point) shall
be indicated.
The indication of the location dimensions for valves, instruments and
special components shall be based on their center lines or on either side
of the connections, such as the flange face.
Typical dimensioning shall be shown as bellow:

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 14 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.11.

Pipe Support Location

1. Type and number of pipe support shall be indicated in the label, as shown

* DIMENSION

below:
*

* 45
*

5 mm

3.10.

3mm

* *

LINES DIM.
EQUIP./STRUCT. DIM.

Piping Assembly (Block Set)

Piping Assembly is applied for drain, vents and instrument connections.

BLOCK SET NO.

DRAIN CONN.

2. The symbol of support shall be in accordance with Standard Drawing for

Piping Arrangement Doc. No. Project Spec. ya. .

VENT CONN.

3.12.

Fire Fighting Spray System

1. The
5
F

BLOCK SET NO.

5
F
BLOCK SET NO.

BLOCK SET NO.

5
F

ORIFICE
INSTRUMENT CONNECTION

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 15 of 31

piping system
between fire water
main and supply and
sub header shall be
shown in the same
way as for the
general
piping
system on piping
study drawing.
2. The piping system for
spray headers and
spray nozzles shall be
shown on separate
piping
layout
drawings.

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 16 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.0

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.2.3 The drawings need not be drawn to scale, but shall be drawn in
proportion to the actual piping configuration, avoiding any overlapping of the
drawn lines.

ISOMETRIC DRAWING FOR 2D-CAD

4.1. Composition
4.1.1 The composition of the isometric drawings for U/G shall be as follows:
1. The piping system between fire water main and supply and sub
header shall be shown in the same way as for the general piping
system on piping study drawing.
2. 2D-Cad isometric drawings shall be drawn for U/G lines.
3. 2D-Cad isometric drawings for U/G shall basically be drafted
manually.
4. 2D-Cad isometric drawings for U/G shall indicate the Line Mark
(including nominal pipe size, line number, piping class etc.),
configuration of piping system, dimensions, elevation, flow direction
and test/inspection items, pipe support no, reference coordinate etc.
5. 2D-Cad isometric drawings for U/G are utilized for controlling of
line fabrication, material, construction schedule and inspection
reports such as
6. Radiographic test, heat treatment and pressure test etc., therefore
isometric drawings must allow space for these utilization's.
7. The symbols of isometric drawings shall be in accordance with
Standard Drawing for Piping Arrangement Doc. No. Project Spec.
ya.
8. All dimensions shall be in millimeters.
9. The language used in the isometric drawings shall be English.
10. Special attention shall be given to filling in the engineering data,
especially for radiographic and painting code.
Radiographic
Piping systems in which subject to be pneumatically tested, all
welding shall be 100% Non Destructive Examination (X-ray,
Penetrant Test etc.). And piping system in which subject to be
hydrostatically tested, 5% of examination of buttweld joints
radiographic shall be given as a minimum requirement or in
accordance with applicable specification whichever is governs.
Painting Code
For piping system in which personal protection insulation is
applied,
it shall be categorized as a fully painted and painting code shall
be assigned.

4.2. Drawing Sheet and Scale

4.2.1 All dimensions shall be in millimeters.

4.2.4 In general, U/G isometric drawings shall be drawn on Single Line.

4.3. Division of Drawings

4.3.1 In general, U/G isometric drawings shall be drawn on Single Line.
4.3.2 In general, a piping system with only one line number shall be drawn
on one drawing sheet.
4.3.3 If this line will complicate or cause overlapping, it may be divided into
two or more sheets. In this case, sheet number shall be shown with drawing
number. (EXAMPLE).

4.3.4 When
piping
system
having different materials in
one line number, such as
carbon, low alloy, stainless steel
and FRP etc., it shall not be
drawn in the same drawing
sheet, but shall be drawn in
separate sheets. (EXAMPLE)

4.2.2 A3 size of form sheets shall be used for U/G isometric drawings.

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 17 of 31

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 18 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Division of material group shall be as follows :

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.4. Design Method for Isometric Drawing

Low Temperature Carbon Steel CPVC

Carbon Steel
Galvanized Steel
Low Alloy Steel
FRP
Stainless Steel
HDPE

4.4.1 The north mark shall be indicated at the top left corner of the drawing.

4.3.5 The following case shall be drawn in the same drawing sheet.
Preference North arrow
direction to be decided sheet by
sheet

4.4.2 The pipe line designation shall be as follows:

The flow direction shall be indicated for each branch line in the
drawing.
A sloped line shall be designated as shown below.

4.3.6
S
hall there be a branch line
having spec. break adjacent
to its header, it shall be
partially drawn in the same
drawing sheet to simplify
its material list.

All pipe lines shall be drawn by a single medium width line,

regardless of the nominal pipe size.
4.3.7 When the Battery
Limit or match line is shown
in the drawing, the locations
dimension shall be indicated.

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 19 of 31

4.4.3 The valve designations shall be as follows:

All valve hand wheel orientation including block set shall be
indicated. This indication is intended to minimize construction
mistake due to less engineering knowledge.

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 20 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. This dimension shall be calculated based on 4 x insulation thickness

plus half of main pipe diameter as a minimum.
2. This dimension shall be calculated based on 100 mm clearance
between outer surface of insulation to outer of valve hand wheel as a
minimum.
For valves such as check and angle etc. in which flow direction is
specified, the flow direction shall be indicated for installation.
When the specification of a special valve or other valve differs from the
line specification in which it is installed, the commodity codes number of
the special valves or other valves shall be indicated.

When the bolt holes for a

valve flange do not
straddle the Horizontal,
Vertical, North-South or
East-West Lines, the bolt
hole orientation shall be
shown as below:

0
230

270

23
0

180

SECTION "Y" - "Y"

When supplemental accessory designations such as actuators, motors,

extension handles and chain wheels etc. are used for valves, they shall
be shown in accordance with Standard Drawing for Piping Arrangement
Doc. No. Project Spec. ya. and vendor drawings.
4.4.4

In case of low
temperature service
or cryogenic service,
block set indication
shall be as beside:

The designation of the flanges, fittings and special components

shall be as follows:

Lines shall designate the curve for standard 90 or 45 elbows, except for pipe
bends.

Note:

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 21 of 31

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 22 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

When the specification of a flange or fitting differs from the line

specification in which it is installed, its material stock codes no. shall be
indicated as below:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE:
1) Standard pipe length of each materials and sizes shall be in
accordance with Specification for Piping Material Class Doc. No.
Project Spec. ya. .
2) Single random length = Apr. 5.5 m.
3) Double random length = Apr. 11.5 m.
4.4.6 The designation of all instruments shall be as follows:
The location of all instruments shall be indicated. The
instruments TAG No. shall be indicated in the circles or boxes
specified.
Indicating the TAG No shall show orifice type flow instruments
and details of tap orientation as shown below.

4.4.5

Welding points shall be designated as follows:

All piping welds, except for slip-on and socket welding flanges
and bosses etc., shall be indicated in accordance with Standard
Drawing for Piping Arrangement (Project Spec. ya. ).
Welding point for straight run lines (more than two pieces
welding) shall be as follows:

Stand pipes, pieces

or valves connecting
level
gages
and
controllers
to
equipment
nozzles
shall be indicated as
shown bellow.

FOR B.W LINES

EQUIP. NO.

FOR S.W /SCREW ED LINES

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 23 of 31

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 24 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.5.

Dimensioning
4.5.1 Dimensions shall be indicated as shown below:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NO.
1

4.5.2 All face-to face-dimensions of control valves, safety valves, special

valves, butt-welded or flanged ordinary valves, special components and
instruments etc. shall be indicated together with the relative dimensions
between the ends and the adjacent components.
4.5.3 The end-to-end or center-to-end dimensions for flanges, fittings and
socket-weld/screwed ordinary valves, which are specified in codes and
regulations.

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 25 of 31

COMPONENT

DATUM

SOCKETWELDED
VALVES
SCREWED
VALVE

CENTER
LINE OF
COMPONE
NTS

ELBOWS
TEES
OTHERS

DITTO

FLANGES

FLANGE
FACE

REDUCERS
CAPS

WELD
LINE OF
WELDING
JOINT

FLANGED,
WAFER AND
BUTT
WELDED
VALVES

FACE TO
FACE
OR
END TO
END

SKETCH

The location dimensions from adjacent components shall be indicated to

datum in accordance with the following table.
4.5.4 Gasket thickness shall be as follows:

Gasket thickness 1.6 mm shall be indicated by calculation thickness 1.0

mm.

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 26 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.6.2 In case of more than two (2) line number in one drawing, major line
number shall be taken as the U/G isometric drawing number.

NOTE-1 : For Blind & Spacer size 24" and larger, jack screw shall be
provided in accordance with Standard Dimension Table for
Piping Component.
Gasket thickness 3.2 mm shall be indicated by calculation thickness 3.0
mm as shown below.

4.6.3 For U/G isometric numbers for equipment trim such as vent, drain,
pressure indicator and temperature indicator etc. shall be given based on
equipment number.

4.7. Drawing Title Block

Drawing title block shall be in accordance with project format.

4.8. Material List for U/G Isometric Drawings

4.8.1 Piping material list for U/G isometric drawings shall be provided for
each individual drawing.
4.8.2 The system for Bill of materials shall be used PMMS.

4.6. Drawing Numbering System

4.6.1 For U/G isometric drawing number shall be given based on main line
number.

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 27 of 31

4.8.3 All piping materials required for the fabrication and installation of the
piping system shall be listed in the material list.
4.8.4 When drawings are turned-over to PCI, they shall be compiled on
drawing as follows:
ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 28 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.0

PIPE SUPPORT DRAWING

5.1. Composition
MATERIAL
LIST

ISOMETRIC
DRAWING

Pipe Support Drawing composition should follow:

These are two types of pipe support; Standard Pipe Support and Special
Pipe Support.

Type and location of Pipe Support including shoe, anchors, spring

hangers and guides usually to be indicated on Piping Plan drawings.

The pipe support detail drawings are provided for the special pipe
supports, where the dimensions and size of the number and structure
are indicated.

To be sticked

5.2. Scaling and Drawing Sheets

4.8.5 Each drawing number shall be used for identification number of
drawing and material list. Also, identification number and revision status
(REV. No) for isometric drawing and material list shall be equal. (REF To
explanation of next page).

5.3. Symbols and Abbreviations

4.9. Compilation
U/G isometric drawing shall be compiled by plant wise as follows :

A3 size drawing sheet shall be used for all pipe support detail drawings.
Drawing basically to be scale (non scale my be accepted).

Pipe support symbol and abbreviations shall be in accordance with

Standard Drawing for Piping Arrangement Doc. No. Project Spec. ya.
Welding symbol of pipe fabrication shall be indicated.

5.4. Unit

U/G ISOMETRIC
DWG
FOR PROCESS

SEE ATT. 3-1

Unit of Dimensions shall be in millimeter (mm).

Unit of Angle shall be in degree.
Nominal pipe size shall be shown by inch (example: 6).

5.5. Lettering
In general, lettering shall be in English alphabet and Arabic numbers.

(COVER
SHEET)

SEE ATT. 3-3

SEE ATT. 3-4/3-5

5.6. Dimensions

ISOMETRIC DWG.
INDEX

ISOMETRIC
DWG.

5.6.1 All necessary dimensions for fabrication and installation, shall be

indicated to avoid rework on site by consideration:
Interrelated dimensions between a pipe support and supported piping,
equipment or structure required for installation.
Interrelated dimensions between support numbers for assembly.
Detail dimensions for each support number for fabrication.
5.6.2 Dimension for standard pipe support; such as base plates, pipe shoes
and sliding plates etc, can be omitted, when related standard drawing is
indicated.

5.7. Pipe Support Material Designations

5.7.1 In general, pipe support materials shall be in accordance with
Standard Pipe Support Drawing Doc. No. Project Spec. ya. .
ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 29 of 31

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 30 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.7.2 Shape steel shall be indicated as below:

The close section of shape steel can illustrate by a single line when drawing
scale is too small to allow a double line designation.

5.8. Pipe Support Numbering

5.8.1 Standard pipe support numbering system should follow Standard Pipe
Support Drawing Doc. No. Project Spec. ya. . Number/Name of Pipe
Support has to shown on Piping Routing Study.
5.8.2 For Special Pipe Support, numbering system should be follows:
PX
NNNN
NN

Letter PX denoting
special pipe support
Piping GA reference No.
Sequential Number

5.9. Compilations
Special Pipe Support drawings shall be compiled by area wise as below:

SPECIAL SUPPORT DWG

FOR
XXXXXX

(COVER SHEET)

XXXXXX

SPECIAL SUPPORT

SPECIAL SUPPORT DWG

ATTACHMENT-5

Halaman: A5- 31 of 31

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BUKU PEGANGAN
MAHASISWA
SISTEM PEMIPAAN 2009

SOAL-SOAL DAN
LATIHAN MANDIRI

By. Ir. Teguh Pudji Hertanto, M.Si

JAN UARI 2009

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Petunjuk Pelaksanaan
DAFTAR LATIHAN
1.

PETUNJUK PELAKSANAAN ............................................................................................................................... 2

GAMBAR PIPE FITTING................................................................................................................................... 3

FITTING (PROYEKSI) REDRAW ................................................................................................................................. 3

FITTING (PROYEKSI) ............................................................................................................................................... 4
ISILAH DIMENSI YANG HILANG YA ..................................................................................................................... 5
GAMBARLAH FREE-HAND ! DILANJUTKAN DENGAN KOMPUTER. ........................................................................... 7
DASAR-DASAR FLANGE...................................................................................................................................... 9

PROYEKSI FLANGE (RE-DRAW) .............................................................................................................................. 9

FITTING MAKE-UP .................................................................................................................................................. 9
ISILAH DIMENSI YANG HILANG YA ................................................................................................................... 10
VALVES.................................................................................................................................................................. 13

PROYEKSI VALVES (RE-DRAW) ............................................................................................................................ 13

ISILAH DIMENSI YANG KOSONG, DSAN GAMBARKAN ! .......................................................................................... 13
GAMBARKAN KEMBALI. PERHATIKAN DAN BERI DIMENSINYA ............................................................................ 15
DIAGRAM ALIRAN DAN INSTRUMENTASI ................................................................................................. 16

GAMBAR ISOMETRIC ....................................................................................................................................... 20

BUAT ISOMETRICNYA YA !................................................................................................................................ 20

ISILAH DIMENSI YANG KOSONG ! .......................................................................................................................... 23
GAMBARLAH ISOMETRIC-NYA SECARA LENGKAP DIMENSINYA !.......................................................................... 24
EQUIPMENT LAY-OUT...................................................................................................................................... 28

ISI DAN JAWABLAH DENGAN SINGKAT, PADAT DAN JELAS !.................................................................................. 28

GAMBARLAH!....................................................................................................................................................... 30
TENTUKANLAH SESUAI INFORMASI GAMBAR ....................................................................................................... 31

Di bawah diberikan berbagai soal latihan yang berkaitan dengan materi

yang telah disampaikan dan di bahas di buku ini.
Soal-soal tersebut diberikan dan wajib di kerjakan dan di serahkan pada hari
/ minggu yang akan di tetapkan oleh pengajar.
Tugas latihan ini di rancang secara step-by-step dan sederhana, sehingga
peserta lebih mudah dalam penyelesaiannya.
Bila mendapat kesulitan
segera lihat buku / materi pelatihannya. Bila masih bingung juga
tanyakan ke pengajarnya...
Seluruh siswa menyerahkan tugas dimaksud dalam bentuk soft-file, dan
DILARANG KERAS UNTUK MENG-COPY DARI REKAN SE-KELAS.
Soal-soal dikerjakan MANDIRI, jadi peserta wajib mengerjakan
SENDIRI, dan setiap kesulitan di sampaikan kepada pengajar pada saat
pengumpulan tugas untuk di bahas di dalam kelas.
Hasil Pekerjaan berupa Gambar, wajib di berikan border sebagaimana
attacment soal.
Tanyakan ke pengajar di kelas untuk pembuatan dan
dimensionalnya.
Demi keberhasilan sistem belajar mengajar ini, diharapkan kerja sama yang
aktif antara peserta dan pengajar. Diskusi dan latihan di kelas merupakan
kegiatan untuk mengukur dan mengevaluasi daya serap materi yang di
berikan.
Latihan wajib di luar kelas yang dilakukan oleh peserta secara
mandiri akan mendorong dan memacu pemahaman dan daya serap materi
pelatihan.
JANGAN MUDAH MENYERAH BERTANYALAH BERLATIHLAH.
PIKIRKAN RENCANAKAN DAN LAKUKANLAH...

VOLUME-1

Halaman : 1 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 2 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Gambar Pipe Fitting

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fitting (proyeksi)
Gambarlah proyeksi gambar tampak atas & samping

Fitting (proyeksi) redraw

Gambarlah kembali dengan free-hand dan juga AutoCad.

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 3 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 4 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Isilah Dimensi yang hilang ya

Nah, sekarang isi dimensi yang hilang untuk screw Fitting

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 5 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 6 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gambarlah free-hand ! Dilanjutkan dengan komputer.

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 7 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 8 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Dasar-dasar Flange
Proyeksi Flange (Re-draw)
Gambarlah kembali Flange 300# RFWN dibawah

Isilah Dimensi yang hilang ya

Catatan : tebal gasket-nya 1/8 saja ya.

Fitting Make-up
Gambarlah kembali Fittng Make-up dibawah

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 9 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 10 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 11 of 34

Cobalah Gambar kembali denga Free-Hand dan juga Autocad.

Perhatikan dimensinya ya

Page 12 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Valves
Proyeksi Valves (Re-draw)
Cobalah Gambar kembali denga Free-Hand dan juga Autocad.
Perhatikan dimensinya ya

Isilah dimensi yang kosong, dsan gambarkan !

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 13 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 14 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. Diagram aliran dan instrumentasi

Gambarkan kembali. Perhatikan dan beri dimensinya

1. Sebutkan 5 item yang di tunjukkan di Process Flow Diagram (PFD).

_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
2. Sebutkan 5 item yang di tunjukkan di Process P&ID.
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
3. Sebutkan 4 dasar dari grup instrumentasi.
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
4. Sebutkan 5 fungsi utama pada peralatan instrumentasi
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
5. Identifikasi dan sebutkan fungsi singkatan instrumentasi di bawah ini.
a. LG _________________________________________________________
b. FA _________________________________________________________
c. TI __________________________________________________________
d. PC _________________________________________________________
e. TRC ________________________________________________________
f. LC _________________________________________________________
g. PSV ________________________________________________________
h. HCV _______________________________________________________
i. LAH _______________________________________________________
j. LAL _______________________________________________________
6. Identifikasi dan sebutkan fungsi singkatan Flow diagram di bawah ini.
a. DF _________________________________________________________
b. SC _________________________________________________________
c. CSO________________________________________________________
d. LC _________________________________________________________
e. NO _________________________________________________________
7. Tentukanlah mana yang Upstream dan mana yang down stream !

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 15 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 16 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. Cobalah buat sketsa isometrik (pakai tagan saja), untuk P&ID

sebagaimana gambar di bawah. Gak usah pakai dimensi juga deh

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Koneksi Vessel :

LC2. elevasi ________________

LC1. elevasi ________________
LG2. elevasi ________________
LG1. elevasi ________________
LSH2. elevasi ________________
LSH1. elevasi ________________
LSL2. elevasi ________________
LSL1. elevasi ________________

Koneksi Briddle :

LC2. elevasi ________________

9. Berapa sih ukuran semua drain atau bleed pada Control Manifolds itu ?
10. Dimanakah yang terbaik lokasi TAP di orifice Flange sebaiknya bila
servicenya adalah:
Gas _____________________
Cairan ___________________
11. Tahu dong 3 (tiga) jenis Flow diagram. Sebutkan dan Jelaskan
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________

Koneksi Vessel :

LC2. elevasi ________________

12. Berdasarkan instruksi pengajar, diminta mahasiswa untuk menentukan

elevasi masing-masing koneksi gambar di bawah

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 17 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 18 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. Gambar Isometric
Koneksi Briddle :

Buat isometricnya ya !

LC2. elevasi ________________

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 19 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 20 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 21 of 34

Page 22 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gambarlah Isometric-nya secara lengkap dimensinya !

Perhatikan, (1) jarak antar-lasan 75 mm (3) dan (2) untuk size di bawah
2 sambungannya socketwelded rating 300#.

Isilah dimensi yang kosong !

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 23 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 24 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 25 of 34

Page 26 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. Equipment Lay-out
Isi dan jawablah dengan singkat, padat dan jelas !
1. Jelaskan menurut pemahaman sudara, apakah itu plant coordinate
system ?

2. Ada 3 unit pengukuran dalam penulisan koordinat, Apa sajakah itu

?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
3. Apakah itu Match Line dan Battery limit ?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
4. Sebutkan 3 faktor yang mempengaruhi pengaturan dan spacing dari
equipment, Jelaskanlah
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
5. Bagaimanakah fondasi diatas tanah di representasikan pada
gambar lokasi pondasi ? Jelaskan !
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
6. Sebutkan 4 jenis Exchanger yang saudara ketahui !
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
7. Sebutkan jenis driver dari pompa yang saudara ketahui Jelaskan !
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
8. Coba buatlah sketsa dengan tangan reboiler jenis kettle (tampak
samping saja), dan beri tanda mana yang sheel dan channel nya !.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
9. Hitunglah koordinat Nozzle A untuk Eqp 15-V-01.
SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 27 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 28 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Diketahui :
Nozzle Projection 3-10
Class A15, Size Nozzle 6

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gambarlah!

Ditanya koordinat Nozzle!

North _______________
East ________________

10. Gambarlah secara lengkap Isometric dari line pipa di bawah ini,
selanjutnya tentukanlah masing-masing Nozle kedua Equipment
nya ! Gate valve di inlet exchanger ukurannya 8 150 # RF.

KETERANGAN

SIZE &
RATING

ORIENT
ATION

PROJECT
ION

ELEVASI

COORDINAT
UTARA
SELATAN

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 29 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 30 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Isilah koordinat dan elevasi equipment di bawah ini !

SIZE &
COORDINAT
KETERANGAN
ELEVASI
RATING
UTARA
SELATAN

Tentukanlah sesuai Informasi gambar

Perhatikan Piping Classnya Ya... (Lihat di Volume-1)
1. Isilah koordinat dan elevasi equipment di bawah ini !
KETERANGAN

SIZE &
RATING

ELEVASI

COORDINAT
UTARA
SELATAN

14-E-5

21-P-101
14-E-9

21-P-102

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 31 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 32 of 34

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Isilah koordinat dan elevasi equipment di bawah ini !

SIZE &
COORDINAT
KETERANGAN
ELEVASI
RATING
UTARA
SELATAN

11-V-26

4. Isilah koordinat dan elevasi equipment di bawah ini !

KETERANGAN

SIZE &
RATING

ORIENT
ATION

PROJECT
ION

ELEVASI

COORDINAT
UTARA
SELATAN

15-V-3

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 33 of 34

SOAL & LATIHAN

Page 34 of 34

Anda mungkin juga menyukai

UMB Piping Modul
Belum ada peringkat
UMB Piping Modul
241 halaman
Panduan Pelatihan Sistem Pemipaan
100% (1)
Panduan Pelatihan Sistem Pemipaan
240 halaman
Panduan Menjadi Piping Engineer Sukses
Belum ada peringkat
Panduan Menjadi Piping Engineer Sukses
5 halaman
Desain Piping Platform Oil & Gas
100% (2)
Desain Piping Platform Oil & Gas
20 halaman
Pujangga Piping - Bila Aku Ingin Menjadi Seorang Piping Engineer
100% (1)
Pujangga Piping - Bila Aku Ingin Menjadi Seorang Piping Engineer
63 halaman
Sistem Perpipaan: Komponen dan Analisis
Belum ada peringkat
Sistem Perpipaan: Komponen dan Analisis
28 halaman
Tinjauan Desain Sistem Pipeline Hidrokarbon
Belum ada peringkat
Tinjauan Desain Sistem Pipeline Hidrokarbon
42 halaman
Panduan Lengkap Teknik Permipaan
Belum ada peringkat
Panduan Lengkap Teknik Permipaan
69 halaman
Piping DWG (P-2)
100% (1)
Piping DWG (P-2)
102 halaman
Introduction To Piping Material Engineering
100% (2)
Introduction To Piping Material Engineering
28 halaman
Pipe, Fitting and Isometrik
Belum ada peringkat
Pipe, Fitting and Isometrik
88 halaman
Piping Designer (By - Simbah)
50% (2)
Piping Designer (By - Simbah)
36 halaman
Mari Mengenal Dunia Piping Lewat Soal-Soal (E-Book)
100% (1)
Mari Mengenal Dunia Piping Lewat Soal-Soal (E-Book)
90 halaman
Soal Teori Piping Drafting
Belum ada peringkat
Soal Teori Piping Drafting
1 halaman
Piping Material
100% (1)
Piping Material
40 halaman
Pengetahuan Dasar Piping
100% (4)
Pengetahuan Dasar Piping
22 halaman
Asme B31
100% (1)
Asme B31
2 halaman
Jenis dan Spesifikasi Pipa Industri
Belum ada peringkat
Jenis dan Spesifikasi Pipa Industri
28 halaman
Panduan Lengkap Teknik Perpipaan
Belum ada peringkat
Panduan Lengkap Teknik Perpipaan
77 halaman
Pipa Dan Tangki
Belum ada peringkat
Pipa Dan Tangki
150 halaman
Piping Drawing
100% (1)
Piping Drawing
27 halaman
Perancangan Pipeline ASME B31.8 BAB II
100% (2)
Perancangan Pipeline ASME B31.8 BAB II
30 halaman
Gambar Isometrik Untuk Pemipaan
100% (5)
Gambar Isometrik Untuk Pemipaan
25 halaman
Teknik Perpipaan-02-Piping Codes, Standar and Specifications
100% (1)
Teknik Perpipaan-02-Piping Codes, Standar and Specifications
17 halaman
Pipe, Fitting and Valve
Belum ada peringkat
Pipe, Fitting and Valve
68 halaman
Fungsi dan Operasi Pig Launcher/Receiver
Belum ada peringkat
Fungsi dan Operasi Pig Launcher/Receiver
4 halaman
Panduan Gambar Isometri Pipa 3D
Belum ada peringkat
Panduan Gambar Isometri Pipa 3D
9 halaman
Pemipaan Pertemuan 1
Belum ada peringkat
Pemipaan Pertemuan 1
94 halaman
Dasar-Dasar Perpipaan Industri Minyak
Belum ada peringkat
Dasar-Dasar Perpipaan Industri Minyak
26 halaman
02 Prosedur Wrapping Pipa
Belum ada peringkat
02 Prosedur Wrapping Pipa
20 halaman
P&ID
Belum ada peringkat
P&ID
14 halaman
Jenis-Jenis Fitting Pipa dan Fungsinya
Belum ada peringkat
Jenis-Jenis Fitting Pipa dan Fungsinya
25 halaman
Rumus dan Pembuatan Elbow Pipa 90°
Belum ada peringkat
Rumus dan Pembuatan Elbow Pipa 90°
9 halaman
Pipe Support
Belum ada peringkat
Pipe Support
29 halaman
Pipe Support Training
Belum ada peringkat
Pipe Support Training
29 halaman
Pemilihan Material dan Pipa Perpipaan
100% (1)
Pemilihan Material dan Pipa Perpipaan
115 halaman
Piping Engineering-Design Flowchart
100% (2)
Piping Engineering-Design Flowchart
17 halaman
Piping - Special Item
100% (1)
Piping - Special Item
40 halaman
Piping Drafter
100% (2)
Piping Drafter
42 halaman
Stress Analisys - Achmad Chamsudi
Belum ada peringkat
Stress Analisys - Achmad Chamsudi
99 halaman
Tutorial Pelatihan Expansion Joint
Belum ada peringkat
Tutorial Pelatihan Expansion Joint
25 halaman
Nama Dan Arah Tegangan Dalam Pipa
Belum ada peringkat
Nama Dan Arah Tegangan Dalam Pipa
11 halaman
Panduan Dasar Membuat Piperack SP3D
Belum ada peringkat
Panduan Dasar Membuat Piperack SP3D
19 halaman
Panduan Desain Pipa PDMS
100% (3)
Panduan Desain Pipa PDMS
38 halaman
Ringkasan B31 Pipeline
Belum ada peringkat
Ringkasan B31 Pipeline
33 halaman
Piping & Pipeline in Oil and Gas
100% (9)
Piping & Pipeline in Oil and Gas
74 halaman
Perencanaan Proyek Perpipaan CNG Subang
Belum ada peringkat
Perencanaan Proyek Perpipaan CNG Subang
67 halaman
Urutan Konstruksi Pipa Gas di Indonesia
Belum ada peringkat
Urutan Konstruksi Pipa Gas di Indonesia
20 halaman
Tekanan Kerja Maksimum MAWP
Belum ada peringkat
Tekanan Kerja Maksimum MAWP
6 halaman
Pipeline
100% (1)
Pipeline
10 halaman
Cara Menentukan Critical Line Pipe - Indonesian Piping Knowledge
100% (1)
Cara Menentukan Critical Line Pipe - Indonesian Piping Knowledge
3 halaman
Perhitungan Span Pipa dalam CAESAR II
50% (2)
Perhitungan Span Pipa dalam CAESAR II
31 halaman
Caesar II Tutorial-I
100% (2)
Caesar II Tutorial-I
30 halaman
Desain dan Analisis Sistem Perpipaan
Belum ada peringkat
Desain dan Analisis Sistem Perpipaan
14 halaman
Desain dan Drafting Pemipaan Industri
Belum ada peringkat
Desain dan Drafting Pemipaan Industri
22 halaman
Pdms Commands Digital Cliping
0% (1)
Pdms Commands Digital Cliping
154 halaman
Pdms Commands Book
Belum ada peringkat
Pdms Commands Book
100 halaman
Sistem Perancangan Pemipaan
Belum ada peringkat
Sistem Perancangan Pemipaan
35 halaman
Perencanaan dan Instalasi Sistem Pipa
Belum ada peringkat
Perencanaan dan Instalasi Sistem Pipa
59 halaman